NC0024252_Application_20210104

� __ APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION
__,___ TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT
K CI NORTHEAST WWTF HEADWORKS
IMPROVEMENTS
CONOVER, NORTH CAROLINA
Prepared for:
North Carolina Department of
Environmental and Natural
Resources — Division of Water
Resources/NPDES
Prepared by:
Garrett Davis, P.E.
Project Engineer
December.2020
{,tattriali, ii' - .: ,' s , ,, :i- i
s,
€i 1 I 11111111_
[I
L.-- :
� 1,, 1-: ,,iiii'J111ldl9iil � iilliiiiil . il,1'1
�a ,,, i
3
,,'
RISE TO THEE �_���_
CHALLENGE L� _ �.-il`4 ',?., .
I , I

nownwordimmi
immr` ISO 9001:2015 CERTIFIED
immismemons ENGINEERS • PLANNERS • SCIENTISTS • CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS
KC I 106 Clair Drive• Piedmont,SC 29673• Phone [phone]
December 18, 2020 RECEIVED
North Carolina Department of Environmental and Natural Resources JAN 0 4 2021
Division of Water Resources/ NPDES
512 N. Salisbury Street, 9th Floor NCDEQ/DWR/NPDES
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604
RE: Application for Authorization to Construct Permit
Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
Conover, North Carolina
KCI Technologies of North Carolina, P.A.. (KCI) is pleased to submit the enclosed Application for
Authorization to Construct Permit on behalf of the City of Conover, North Carolina for the
construction of the Northeast WWTF Headworks Upgrade project.
The proposed project consists of the replacement of an existing influent bar screen, and the
modification of an existing grit removal system at the Northeast WWTF.
The following documents are included with this submittal:
• NCDEQ Authorization to Construct Application
• A copy of the current NPDES permit for the facility;
• One (1) set of signed and sealed engineering plans;
• One (1) set of signed and sealed specifications;
• One (1) set of engineering calculations;
If you have any questions or require additional information, please contact me at(864) 714-1297 or
[e-mail].
Sincerely,
Garrett Davis, P.E.
Project Engineer
Enclosures
Employee-Owned Since 1988
RISE TO THE CHALLENGE www.KCI.COM

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
SECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS AND INFORMATION
A. The Division of Water Resources will accept this application package for review only if all of the items are provided and the
application is complete.Failure to submit all of the required items will result in the application package being returned as incomplete
per 15A NCAC 02T.0105(b).
B. Plans and specifications must be prepared in accordance with 15 NCAC 02H.0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General Statute
133-3, North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1, and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES
Wastewater Treatment Facilities.
C. The plans and specifications submitted must represent a completed final design that is ready to advertise for bid.
D. Any content changes made to this Form ATC-12-14 shall result in the application package being returned.
E. The Applicant shall submit ONE ORIGINAL and ONE DIGITAL COPY (CD) of the application, all supporting documentation and
attachments. All information must be submitted bound or in a 3-ring binder, with a Section tab for each Section, except the
Engineering Plans.
F. Check the boxes below to indicate that the information is provided and the requirements are met.
G. If attachments are necessary for clarity or due to space limitations, such attachments are considered part of the application
package and must be numbered to correspond to the item referenced.
H. For any project that requires review under the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA), an Authorization to Construct cannot be
issued prior to the completion of a State Clearinghouse advertisement period for a FONSI, EIS,etc.unless the project qualifies for
a Determination of Minor Construction Activity.
' For more information,visit the Division of Water Resources web site at:https://deq.nc.gov/about/divisions/water-resources/water-
resources-permits/wastewater-bra nch/npdes-wastewater/a uthorization-to-construct.
J. In addition to this Authorization to Construct,the Applicant should be aware that other permits may be required from other Sections
of the Division of Water Resources(for example: reclaimed water facilities permits;Class A or B biosolids residuals permit).
SECTION 2: APPLICANT INFORMATION AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION RECEIVED
E�
A. APPLICANT I�
Applicant's name City of Conover JAN 0 4 2021
Signature authority's name per 15A NCAC 02T.0106(b) Brian Bradshaw
Signature authority's title Public Utilities Director NCDEQIDWR/NPDES
Complete mailing address P.O. Box 549,Conover, NC 28613
Telephone number 828-464-4808
Email address [e-mail]
B. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
Professional Engineer's name Garrett T. Davis
Professional Engineer's title Project Engineer
North Carolina Professional Engineer's License No. 50854
Firm name KCI Technologies of North Carolina, P.A.
Firm License number C-764
Complete mailing address 106 Clair Drive, Piedmont,SC 29673
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 1

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
Telephone number 864-269-0890
Email address [e-mail]
C. NPDES PERMIT
NPDES Permit number NC0024252
Current Permitted flow(MGD)—include permit
flow phases if applicable 1.5 MGD
D. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Provide a brief description of the project:
The project consists of the replacement of an existing chain and rake bar screen with a new unit,the removal of an existing
chain and flight grit removal system,the installation of a new grit pump and grit classifier,and the replacement of the existing
air blowers. Also included is the installation of a concrete overhead walkway,a new access driveway,electrical control panels
and wiring,and all related appurtenances.
ECTION 3: APPLICATION ITEMS REQUIRED FOR SUBMITTAL FOR ALL PROJECTS
A. Cover Letter
® The letter must include a request for the Authorization to Construct; the facility NPDES Number; a brief project description
that indicates whether the project is a new facility,facility modification,treatment process modification,or facility expansion;
the construction timeline;and a list of all items and attachments included in the application package.
❑ If any of the requirements of 15 NCAC 02H. 0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General Statute 133-3, North Carolina
General Statute 143-215.1, and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES Wastewater Treatment
Facilities are not met by the proposed design,the letter must include an itemized list of the requirements that are not met.
B. NPDES Permit
® Submit Part I of the Final NPDES permit for this facility that includes Part A(Effluent Limitations and Monitoring Requirements)
for the monthly average flow limit that corresponds to the work that is requested for this project.
C. Special Order by Consent
❑ If the facility is subject to any Special Orders by Consent(SOC), submit the applicable SOC.
® Not Applicable.
D. Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision
❑ Submit a copy of the Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision for this project.
❑ Provide a brief description of any of the mitigating factors or activities included in the approved Environmental Document
that impact any aspect of design of this project, if not specified in the Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision.
® Not Applicable.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 2

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
E. Engineering Plans
® Per 15A NCAC 02T.0504(c)(1),submit one set of detailed plans that have been signed,sealed and dated by a North Carolina
Licensed Professional Engineer.
® Per 21 NCAC 56.1103(a)(6),the name,address and License number of the Licensee's firm shall be included on each sheet of
the engineering drawings.
® Plans must be labeled as follows: FINAL DRAWING—FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY—NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
❑ 15A NCAC 02H .0124 requires multiple (dual at a minimum) components such as pumps, chemical feed systems, aeration
equipment and disinfection equipment. Is this requirement met by the design? ❑ Yes or ❑ No. If no, provide an
explanation:
Plans shall include:
® Plans for all applicable disciplines needed for bidding and construction of the proposed project(check as appropriate):
® Civil ❑ Not Applicable
❑ Process Mechanical ® Not Applicable
❑ Structural ® Not Applicable
❑ Electrical ® Not Applicable
❑ Instrumentation/Controls ® Not Applicable
❑ Architectural ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Mechanical ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Plumbing ® Not Applicable
® Plan and profile views and associated details of all modified treatment units including piping,valves,and equipment(pumps,
blowers, mixers,diffusers,etc.)
❑ Are any modifications proposed that impact the hydraulic profile of the treatment facility? ❑ Yes or® No. If yes, provide
a hydraulic profile drawing on one sheet that includes all impacted upstream and downstream units. The profile shall include
the top of wall elevations of each impacted treatment unit and the water surface elevations within each impacted treatment
unit for two flow conditions: (1) the NPDES permitted flow with all trains in service and (2) the peak hourly flow with one
treatment train removed from service.
❑ Are any modifications proposed that impact the process flow diagram or process flow schematic of the treatment facility?
❑Yes or®No. If yes,provide the process flow diagram or process flow schematic showing all modified flow paths including
aeration, recycle/return, wasting, and chemical feed,with the location of all monitoring and control instruments noted.
F. ® Engineering Specifications
® Per 15A NCAC 02T.0504(c)(2),submit one set of specifications that have been signed,sealed and dated by a North Carolina
Licensed Professional Engineer.
® Specifications must be labeled as follows: FINAL SPECIFICATIONS — FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY — NOT RELEASED FOR
CONSTRUCTION.
Specifications shall include:
® Specifications for all applicable disciplines needed for bidding and construction of the proposed project (check as
appropriate):
® Civil ❑ Not Applicable
❑ Process Mechanical ® Not Applicable
❑ Structural ® Not Applicable
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 3

State of North Carolina
,:a Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
® Electrical ❑ Not Applicable
❑ Instrumentation/Controls ® Not Applicable
❑ Architectural ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Mechanical ® Not Applicable
❑ Building Plumbing ® Not Applicable
® Detailed specifications for all treatment units and processes including piping, valves, equipment (pumps, blowers, mixers,
diffusers, etc.),and instrumentation.
® Means of ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product including leakage testing requirements for structures and
pipelines,and performance testing requirements for equipment.
❑ Bid Form for publicly bid projects.
G. Construction Sequence Plan
® Construction Sequence Plan such that construction activities will not result in overflows or bypasses to waters of the State.
The Plan must not imply that the Contractor is responsible for operation of treatment facilities. List the location of the
Construction Sequence Plan as in the Engineering Plans or in the Engineering Specifications or in both: Plan Sheet C-2
H. Engineering Calculations
® Per 15A NCAC 02T.0504(c)(3),submit one set of engineering calculations that have been signed,sealed and dated by a North
Carolina Licensed Professional Engineer;the seal,signature and date shall be placed on the cover sheet of the calculations.
For new or expanding facilities and for treatment process modifications that are included in Section 4.C,the calculations shall
include at a minimum:
® Demonstration of how peak hour design flow was determined with a justification of the selected peaking factor.
❑ Influent pollutant loading demonstrating how the design influent characteristics in Section 4.B.2 of this form were
determined.
❑ Pollutant loading for each treatment unit demonstrating how the design effluent concentrations in Section 4.B.2 of this form
were determined.
❑ Hydraulic loading for each treatment unit.
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment(blowers, mixers,pumps,etc.)
® Total dynamic head (TDH) calculations and system curve analysis for each pump specified that is included in Section 4.C.6.
❑ Buoyancy calculations for all below grade structures.
❑ Supporting documentation that the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
I. Permits
® Provide the following information for each permit and/or certification required for this project:
Permit/ If Not Issued Provide
Not Date Date Certification Status and Expected
Permit/Certification Applicable Submitted Approved Number Issuance Date
Dam Safety x
Soil Erosion and Sediment Control x
USCOE /Section 404 Permit x
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 4

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
Water Quality Certification (401) x
USCOE/Section 10 x
Stormwater Management Plan x
CAMA x
NCDOT Encroachment Agreement x
Railroad Encroachment Agreement x
Other: x
J. Residuals Management Plan
❑ For all new facilities, expanding facilities, or modifications that result in a change to sludge production and/or sludge
processes, provide a Residuals Management Plan meeting the requirements of 15A NCAC 02T .0504(i)and 15A NCAC 02T
.0508;the Plan must include:
❑ A detailed explanation as to how the generated residuals(including trash,sediment and grit)will be collected, handled,
processed,stored,treated,and disposed.
❑ An evaluation of the treatment facility's residuals storage requirements based upon the maximum anticipated residuals
production rate and ability to remove residuals.
❑ A permit for residuals utilization or a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Department approved
residuals disposal/utilization program that has adequate permitted capacity to accept the residuals or has submitted a
residuals/utilization program application.
❑ If oil,grease,grit or screenings removal and collection is a designated unit process,a detailed explanation as to how the
oil/grease will be collected, handled, processed,stored and disposed.
® Not Applicable.
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 5

State of North Carolina
; Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
SECTION 4: PROJECT INFORMATION
A. WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT FLOW INFORMATION—COMPLETE FOR NEW OR EXPANDING FACILITIES
Not applicable, no new or expanding facilities are proposed.
1. Provide the following flow information:
Plant Flows
Existing Plant Design
Current NPDES Permit Limit -
Current Annual Average
(past 12 months)
For Past 12 Months: For Past 24 Months:
Start Date: Start Date:
End Date: End Date:
Maximum Month MGD MGD
Maximum Day MGD MGD
Peak Hour MGD MGD
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 6

NI.riz Department ofState of North Carolina
Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
B. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN INFORMATION—COMPLETE FOR NEW OR EXPANDING FACILITIES AND
FOR TREATMENT PROCESS MODIFICATIONS
1. Have all of the requirements of 15 NCAC 02H.0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General Statute 133-3, North Carolina
General Statute 143-215.1,and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES Wastewater Treatment
Facilities been met by the proposed design and specifications?®Yes or❑ No. If no, provide justification as to why the
requirements are not met,consistent with 15A NCAC 02T.0105(n):
2. Provide the design influent and effluent characteristics that are used as the basis for the project design,and the NPDES
permit limits for the following parameters: NPDES permit limits are provided. Influent and effluent characteristics are not
provided as the proposed project does not propose to change the primary treatment methods within the plant and will
therefore not have an affect on the existing design characteristics.
Project Basis of Design
Design Influent Design Influent
Influent Concentration Load
Concentration- (Must be (Must be
Current Annual supported by supported by
Average(past Engineering Engineering Design Effluent
Concentration and/or NPDES Permit Limits
12 months)if Calculations Calculations Load (monthly average)
Parameter Available [Section 3.H]) [Section 3.H])
Ammonia Nitrogen mg/L Summer 2.0 mg/L Summer
(NH3 N) mg/L mg/L lb/day
mg/L Winter 4.0 mg/L Winter
Biochemical mg/L Summer 8.0 mg/L Summer
Oxygen Demand mg/L mg/L lb/day
(BODs) mg/L Winter 16.0 mg/L Winter
Fecal Coliform per 100 mL 200 per 100 mL
Nitrate+Nitrite
Nitrogen (NO3-N+ mg/L N/A
NO2-N)
Total Kjeldahl
Nitrogen mg/L
mg/L N/A
Total Nitrogen
lb/year N/A
mg/L N/A
Total Phosphorus mg/L mg/L lb/day
lb/year N/A
Total Suspended mg/L mg/L lb/day mg/L 30 mg/L
Solids(TSS)
3. Based on the "Project Basis of Design" parameters listed above,will the proposed design allow the treatment facility to
meet the NPDES Permit Limits listed above?®Yes or❑ No. If no, describe how and why the Permit Limits will not be
met:
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 7

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
4. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(I), by-pass and overflow lines are prohibited. Is this condition met by the design?®Yes or❑ No
If no, describe the treatment units bypassed,why this is necessary,and where the bypass discharges:
5. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(k), multiple pumps shall be provided wherever pumps are used. Is this condition met by the
design?❑Yes or® No. If no, provide an explanation:A single grit pump is utilized as it is a non-essential treatment
process. However,a backup grit pump will be purchased as part of the project and kept on-site in the case of a pump
failure.
6. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(I), power reliability shall be provided consisting of automatically activated standby power supply
onsite capable of powering all essential treatment units under design conditions, or dual power supply shall be provided
per 15A NCAC 02H.0124(2)(a). Is this condition met by the design? ®Yes or❑ No. If no,provide(as an attachment
to this Application)written approval from the Director that the facility:
➢ Has a private water supply that automatically shuts off during power failures and does not contain elevated water
storage tanks,and
➢ Has sufficient storage capacity that no potential for overflow exists,and
➢ Can tolerate septic wastewater due to prolonged detention.
7. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(o),a minimum of 30 days of residual storage shall be provided. Is this condition met by the
design? ®Yes or❑ No. If no, explain the alternative design criteria proposed for this project in accordance 15A NCAC
02T.105(n):
8. Per 15A NCAC 02T.0505(q),the public shall be prohibited from access to the wastewater treatment facilities. Explain how
the design complies with this requirement:A perimeter fence is installed around the entirety of the headworks site.
9. Is the treatment facility located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑Yes or® No. If yes,describe how the facility is
protected from the 100-year flood:
C. WASTEWATER TREATMENT UNIT AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INFORMATION—COMPLETE FOR NEW OR
EXPANDING FACILITIES AND FOR MODIFIED TREATMENT UNITS
1. PRELIMINARY AND PRIMARY TREATMENT(i.e., physical removal operations and flow equalization):
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Provided?
Units Type Size per Unit Reference Reference
(Yes or No)
Manual Bar Screen MGD at peak hourly flow
Mechanical Bar Chain& Rake
1 3.5 MGD at peak hourly flow C7/C9 46 21 13 Yes
Screen Bar Screen
Aerated Grit
Chamber,Grit
Grit Removal 1 Pump,Grit 0.36 MGD at peak hourly flow C9-C11 46 23 13 Yes
Classifier
Flow Equalization -- gallons
Primary Clarifier Circular ft diameter; ft side
water depth
square feet; ft side
Primary Clarifier Rectangular water depth
Other
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 8

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
2. SECONDARY TREATMENT(BIOLOGICAL REACTORS AND CLARIFIERS)(i.e., biological and chemical processes to remove
organics and nutrients)
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Type Size per Unit Provided?
Units Reference Reference
(Yes or No)
Aerobic Zones/ gallons
Tanks
Anoxic Zones/ gallons
Tanks
Anaerobic
Zones/Tanks gallons
Sequencing Batch
Reactor(SBR) gallons
Membrane gallons
Bioreactor(MBR)
Secondary Clarifier Circular ft diameter; ft
side water depth
•
Secondary Clarifier Rectangular square feet; ft
side water depth
Other
3. TERTIARY TREATMENT
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Provided?
Units Type Size per Unit Reference Reference
(Yes or No)
Tertiary Clarifier Circular ft diameter; ft
side water depth
Tertiary Clarifier Rectangular square feet; ft
side water depth
Tertiary Filter square feet
Tertiary Membrane
Filtration square feet
Post-Treatment
Flow Equalization -- gallons
Post-Aeration gallons
Other
4. DISINFECTION
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Type Size per Unit Provided?
Units Reference Reference (Yes or No)
gal/day per bank at
Ultraviolet Light (Parallel; in
peak hourly flow;
series)
number of banks;
number of lamps/bank
Chlorination (Gas; gallons of contact
tablet; liquid) tank/unit
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 9

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
Dechlorination (Gas; gallons of contact
tablet; liquid) tank/unit
5. RESIDUALS TREATMENT
No.of Plan Sheet Specification Calculations
Treatment Unit Provided?
Units Type Size per Unit Reference Reference
(Yes or No)
Gravity Thickening square feet; ft side
Tank water depth
Mechanical
Thickening/ dry lb/hour
Dewatering
Aerobic Digestion gallons
Anaerobic
Digestion gallons
Composting dry lb/hour
Drying dry lb/hour
Other
6. PUMP SYSTEMS(include influent, intermediate,effluent, major recycles,waste sludge,thickened waste sludge and plant
drain pumps)
No.of Capacity of Plan Sheet Specification
Location Pumps Purpose Type each pump Reference Reference
GPM TDH
7. MIXERS
No.of Power of Plan Sheet Specification
Location Mixers Purpose Type each
(HM fixer Reference Reference
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 10

State of North Carolina
'MC
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
8. BLOWERS
Capacity of
Location No.of Purpose Type each Blower Plan Sheet Specification
Blowers (CFM) Reference Reference
Headworks 2 Aerated Grit Centrifugal 119 C11 43 11 33
Chamber
9. ODOR CONTROL
Location No.of Purpose Type Plan Sheet Specification
Units Reference Reference
D. SETBACKS—COMPLETE FOR NEW WASTEWATER TREATMENT STRUCTURES
1. The minimum distance for each setback parameter to the wastewater treatment/storage units per 15A NCAC 02T.0506(b)
are as follows:
Is Minimum Distance
Minimum Distance Requirement met by the
Setback Parameter Required from Nearest Design?If"No",identify
Treatment/Storage Setback Waivers in Item D.2
Unit
Below
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate 100 ft ®Yes ❑ No
ownership or not to be maintained as part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source 100 ft ®Yes ❑ No
Surface waters(streams—intermittent and perennial, perennial 50 ft ®Yes ❑ No
waterbodies, and wetlands)
Any well with exception of monitoring wells 100 ft ®Yes ❑ No
Any property line 50 ft ®Yes ❑ No
2. Have any setback waivers been obtained per 15A NCAC 02T .0506(d)? ❑ Yes or ® No. If yes, have these waivers been
written, notarized and signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of Deeds? ❑ Yes or ❑ No. If
no, provide an explanation:
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 11

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
SECTION 5: APPLICATION CERTIFICATION BY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
Professional Engineer's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T.0105:
I, Garrett Davis, attest that this application package for an Authorization to Construct Jor the Northeast WWTF
Headworks Improvements project was prepared under my direct supervisory control and to the best of my knowledge
is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the engineering plans, specifications, calculations,
and all other supporting documentation for this project.
I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the proposed design has been prepared in accordance with all
applicable regulations and statutes, 15 NCAC 02H. 0100, 15A NCAC 02T, North Carolina General Statute 133-3, North
Carolina General Statute 143-215.1,and Division of Water Resources Minimum Design Criteria for NPDES Wastewater
Treatment Facilities, and this Authorization to Construct Permit Application,except as provided for and explained in
Section 4.B.1 of this Application. I understand that the Division of Water Resources' issuance of the Authorization to
Construct Permit may be based solely upon this Certification and that the Division may waive the technical review of the
plans, specifications, calculations and other supporting documentation provided in this application package. I further
understand that the application package may be subject to a future audit by the Division. Although certain portions of
this submittal package may have been prepared, signed and sealed by other professionals licensed in North Carolina,
inclusion of these materials under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed the materials and have
'etermined that the materials are consistent with the project design.
I understand that in accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes
any false statement, representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor,
which may include a fine not to exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to$25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal with written signature placed over or adjacent to the seal and dated:
1pI•HIIFI•
EI SCI IS RIH/•/0//..p050854 1
: y
i Q.9��'•:�QfNEEP• 0J�
NuA RII01; $,
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 12

State of North Carolina
!WIZ Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Resources
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY APPLICATION FOR AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT PERMIT(FORM ATC-12-14)
SECTION 6:APPLICATION CERTIFICATION BY APPLICANT
Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC 02T.0106(b):
I, Donald Duncan,City Manager, attest that this application package for an Authorization to Construct
(Typed Name of Signature Authority and Title)
for the Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
(Facility and Project Name)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I also understand that if all
required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required supporting information and
attachments are not included,this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify that in
accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0120(b),the Applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of environmental crimes,
has not abandoned a wastewater facility without proper closure,does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all
appeals have been abandoned or exhausted, are compliant with any active compliance schedule, and does not have any
overdue annual fees.
I understand that the Division of Water Resources' issuance of the Authorization to Construct Permit may be based
solely upon acceptance of the Licensed Professional Engineer's Certification contained in Section 5,and that the Division
may waive the technical review of the plans, specifications, calculations and other supporting documentation provided
in this application package. I further understand that the application package may be subject to a future audit.
I understand that in accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6E any person who knowingly makes
any false statement, representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor,
which may include a fine not to exceed $10,000,as well as civil penalties up to$25,000 per violation.
Signature: Date: A;2 �.
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES/NPDES
By U.S. Postal Service By Courier/Special Delivery:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER 512 N. SALISBURY STREET, 9TH FLOOR
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617 RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
Application for Authorization to Construct Permit(FORM ATC-12-14) Page 13

_
1 PAT MCCRORY
i
N •
6d 1 Governs'
DONALD R. VAN DER VAART
Secret.):
S. JAY ZIMMERMAN
Water Resources
Director
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
October 18, 2016
•
Mr.MicjiaerFox
Wastewater Treatment and Collection Supervisor
City of Conover
P.0 Box 549
Conover,North Carolina 27699
• Subject: Final NPDES Permit for Renewal and Expansion
Permit NC0024252
Northeast WWTP
Catawba County
Class III Facility
SIC 4952
Dear Mr.Fox:
Division personnel have reviewed and approved your application for renewal and expansion of the
subject permit. Accordingly,we are forwarding the attached NPDES permit This permit is issued
pursuant to the requirements of North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1 and the Memorandum
of Agreement between North Carolina and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency dated
October 15,2007(or as subsequently amended). -
i
In response to your inquiry about the Total Copper daily limmt,it is part of the US EPA approved
water quality criteria that is required to be implement in NPDES permits so we cannot remove this
limit. Compliance with the new Total Copper daily limit is governed by the permit's special 1 '•
condition A. (6) COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE FOR TOTAL COPPER.
The Water Science Section/Aquatic Toxicology Branch mailing address for submitting toxicity
results and reports [See special conditions (A. (4) and A. (5)] has changed and was updated in
this permit. There were no other changes made to the draft permit.
This final permit contains the following changes from your previous permit:
1.Current 1.5 MGD effluent page and general:
• Reduced Effluent Pollutant Scan to three scans with practical quantitation levels(PQL)defined for
Total Cadmium and Total Silver.Also,a reminder was added to complete the four second species
toxicity tests prior to submittal of the next permit renewal application. I'
• Reduced Total Zinc monitoring to quarterly based on a Reasonable Potential Analysis evaluation
using new NC water quality standards/EPA criteria.
• Added Total Copper limits with monthly monitoring based on a Reasonable Potential Analysis
evaluation using new NC water quality standards/EPA criteria. A five-year compliance schedule
from the effective date of this permit for the new Total Copper limits was implemented
• Added Total Silver quarterly monitoring with PQL of 1 leg/L.
• Added hardness quarterly monitoring for effluent and instream,upstream from discharge.
State of North Carolina J Environmental Quality J Water Resources
1617 Mail Service Center J Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1617
919 807 6300

Page 12
D
• Added special condition A. (8) ELECTRONC REPORTING OF DISCHARGE MONITORING
REPORTS and corresponding footnote to limitation pages for Electronic Reporting of Monthly 3
Discharge Monitoring Reports(eDMR),compliance beginning December 21,2016. g
• Revised the Supplement to Permit Cover Sheet and chronic toxicity special condition narrative to • 1
reflect current conditions and updates.
2.New 1.9 MGD effluent page:
• Limits and the monitoring frequency for BOD, TSS,NH3-N,Fecal Coliform,pH,Total Residual
Chlorine,and DO are the same as listed for the 1.5 MGD effluent page.
• Monitoring frequency for Chronic Toxicity,Temperature,Total Nitrogen,Total Phosphorus,Total
instream parameters are
Effluent Pollut
ant Scan, and .
Copper, Total Silver,Total Zinc, hardness,
the same as listed for the 1.5 MGD effluent page. '
• Decreased Total Copper limits based on the change in instream waste concentration(IWC).A five-
year compliance schedule from the effective date of this permit for the new Total Copper limits f._
was implemented.
• Increased Chronic Toxicity effluent concentration limit to 37%based on the change in the IWC,
• Added Total Cadmium quarterly monitoring with a PQL of 0.5 µg/L. G
i
3.New 3.0 MGD effluent page: f
• Special condition A. (7) FLOW JUSTIFICATION FOR EXPANSION TO 3.0 MGD was added h
requiring submittal of the flow justification to expand to 3.0 MGD to the Division for approval I
. before an Authorization to Construct application can be submitted. u
• Monitoring frequency for BOD, TSS,NH3-N,Total Residual Chlorine,Fecal Coliform,pH,DO ri
increased to daily(5/week)based on the facility's new treatment Class IV designation. 11
• Monitoring frequency for Chronic Toxicity,Temperature,Total Nitrogen,Total Phosphorus,Total
Cadmium,Total Copper,Total Silver,Total Zinc,hardness,Effluent Pollutant Scan,and instream
parameters are the same as listed for the 1.9 MGD effluent page
• Limits for BOD,TSS,NH3-N(winter),Total Residual Chlorine,Fecal Coliform,pH,and DO are
the same as listed for the 1.9 MGD effluent page. i
• Deceased NH3-N(summer)limits based on the NC ammonia toxicity criteria evaluation.
• • Decreased Total Copper limits based on the change in IWC.A five-year compliance schedule from
the effective date of this permit for the new Total Copper limits was implemented. i
• Increased Chronic Toxicity effluent concentration limit to 48%based on the change in IWC.
4
5
If any parts, measurement frequencies or sampling requirements contained in this permit are
unacceptable to you, you have the right to an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within
thirty•(30) days following receipt of this letter. This request must be in the form of a written .
petition, conforming to Chapter 150B of the North Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the E
Office of Administrative Hearings (6714 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, North Carolina 27699- 9
6714). Unless such demand is made,this decision shall be final and binding.
I
Please note that this permit is not transferable except after notice to the Division. The Division
may require modification or revocation and reissuance of the permit. This permit does not affect 1
the legal requirements to obtain other permits which may be required by the Division of Water
Resources or any other Federal, State, or Local governmental permits that may be required. s
1
g
3
S
8
ii
A
I
i
1

Page 13
If you have any questions concerning this permit,please contact Ron Berry at(919) 807-6396 or
via email at [e-mail].
Sincerely,
6„,
S. Jay Zimmerman,P.G.
Director,Division of Water Resources, NCDEQ
Hardcopy: NPDES Files
Central Files
DWR/Raleigh Regional Office/Water Quality
Ecopy: US EPA Region 4 •
DWR/Aquatic Toxicology Branch/Susan Meadows
I
li
� I
77i
1
•
•
•
•
•
•
a$ 9
g 9
yd
a B
3
•
•

Permit No. NC0024252
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
PERMIT
TO DISCHARGE WASTEWATER UNDER THE
NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM
In compliance with the provision of North Carolina General Statute 143-215.1, other lawful standards and
regulations promulgated and adopted by the North Carolina Environmental Management Commission, and the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended,
City of Conover
is hereby authorized to discharge wastewater from a facility located at the
Conover Northeast WWTP
3680 Hillview Drive
Conover, North Carolina -
Catawba County
to receiving waters designated as Lyle Creek in the Catawba River Basin
in accordance with effluent limitations,monitoring requirements,and other conditions set forth in Parts I,II,III,
and W hereof.
The permit shall become effective December 1,2016.
This permit and the authorization to discharge shall expire at midnight on November 30,2021.
Signed this day October 18,2016.
rer-^ 01414to
ay Zimmerman, P.G.
Director,Division of Water Resources
By Authority of.the Environmental Management Commission
Page 1 of 16

•
Permit No. NC0024252
SUPPLEMENT TO PERMIT COVER SHEET
All previous NPDES Permits issued to this facility, whether for operation or discharge are hereby
revoked, and as of this issuance, any previously issued permit bearing this number is no longer effective.
Therefore, the exclusive authority to operate and discharge from this facility arises under the permit
conditions, requirements, terms, and provisions included herein.
City of Conover
1
is hereby authorized to: •
fi
1. Continue to operate an existing 1.5 MGD wastewater treatment facility and consisting of the
following wastewater treatment components:
• mechanical bar screen
• aerated grit chamber
• influent composite sampler
• influent pump station and metering flume
• four(4)sequential batch reactors
• five(5)tertiary effluent sand filter cells •
• chlorination with sodium hypochlorite
• dechlorination with sodium bisulfite
• cascade post-aeration
• effluent composite sampler 1
• aerated sludge holding tank and sludge thickening facilities
Located at Conover Northeast WWTP,3680 Hillview Drive, Conover, Catawba County,
s
2. After receiving an Authorization to Construct from the Division, to construct and operate a 1.9
MGD facility utilizing approved modifications to the facility's treatment components.
3. After receiving an Authorization to Construct from the Division, to construct and operate a 3.0
MGD facility utilizing approved modifications to the facility's treatment components.
•
4. Discharge from said treatment works via Outfall 001 into Lyle Creek, a Class C water in the
Catawba River Basin, at the location specified on the attached map.
•
' • K
a
Page 2 of 16

Permit No. NC0024252
Part I
A. (1) EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
[15A NCAC .02B .0400 et seq., .02B .0500 et seq.]
a. Beginning on the effective date of this permit and lasting until expiration, or submittal of Engineer's
Certificate for expansion above 1.5 MGD, the Permittee is authorized to discharge treated
wastewater from Outfall 001. Such discharges shall be limited and monitored 1 by the Permittee as
specified below:
EFFLUENT LIMITS MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
CHARACTERISTICS Monthly Weeldy Daily Measurement Sample Sample
Average Average Maximum Frequency Type Location 2
Flow 1.5 MGD Continuous Recording I or E
BOD 5-day, 20°C 3 8.0 mg/L 12.0 mg/L 3/Week Composite E,I
(April 1 -October 31)
BOD, 5-day 20°C 3 16.0 mg/L 24.0 mg/L 3/Week" Composite E,I
(November 1 -March 31)
Total Suspended Solids 3 30.0 mg/L 45.0 mg/L 3/Week Composite E,I
NH3 as N 2.0 mg/L 6.0 mg/L 3/Week Composite E
(April 1 - October 31)
NH3 as N 4.0 mg/L 12.0 mg/L 3/Week Composite E
(November 1 -March 31)
Total Residual Chlorine 4 28 µg/L 3/Week Grab E
Fecal Coliform 200/100 400/100 3/Week Grab E
(geometric mean) ml ml"
Not less than 6.0 S.U. nor greater 3/Week Grab E
pHthan 9.0 S.U.
Dissolved Oxygen Not less than 5.0 mg/L, daily 3/Week. Grab E
average
Dissolved Oxygen,mg/L Variable 5 Grab U, D
Total Copper 6,7 28.9 µg/L 35.3 µg/L Monthly Composite E
Temperature,°C Daily Grab E
Temperature, °C Variable 5 Grab U,D
Total Nitrogen,mg/L 8 Monthly Composite E
Total Phosphorus,mg/L Monthly Composite E
Total Silver, }ug/L 6'9 Quarterly Composite E
Total Zinc, µg/L 6 - Quarterly Composite E
Hardness,mg/L 6 Quarterly Composite E
Total as CaCO3 or Ca+Mg
Hardness,mg/L 6 Quarterly Grab U
Total as CaCO3 or Ca+Mg
Chronic Toxicity 10 Quarterly Composite E
Effluent Pollutant Scan See footnote 11 E
Page 3of16

r !
Permit No. NC0024252
(Continued A. (1)EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS)
1
Footnotes:
1. Starting on December 21, 2016, begin submitting discharge monitoring reports electronically
using NC DWR's eDMR application system. See Special Condition A. (8) ELECTRONIC I
REPORTING OF DISCHARGE MONITORING REPORTS. s
2. Sample locations: E- Effluent; I-Influent; U-Upstream 75-feet from outfall; D- Downstream 1
approximately two miles,end of road at Rock Barn Pump Station 1. 1
3. The monthly average effluent BOD5 and TSS concentrations shall not exceed 15% of the
respective influent value(85%removal).
4. The Division shall consider all effluent TRC values reported below 50 .µg/1 to be in compliance
with this permit. The Permittee shall continue to record and submit all values reported by a &
North Carolina certified laboratory even if these values fall below 50 µg/l. 1
5. Upstream/downstream samples shall be collected 3/week during June, July, August, September, a
and 1/week during the remaining months of the year.
6. Sampling for Total Copper, Total Silver, Total Zinc shall coincide with sampling for hardness
and toxicity test. i
1
7. Compliance with Total Copper limits shall be no later than November 30, 2021. During the
interim period prior to compliance the permittee shall meet the requirements in special
conditions A. (6)COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE FOR TOTAL COPPER.
8. For a given wastewater sample, TN = TKN + NO3-N + NO2-N, where TN is Total Nitrogen,
TKN is Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, and NO3-N and NO2-N are Nitrate and Nitrite Nitrogen,
respectively. 1
9. Total Silver shall be measured to a minimum Practical Quantification Level of 1 µg/L.
10. Chronic Toxicity(Ceriodaphnia) at 32%; March, June, September, December; see Condition A g
(4) CHRONIC TOXICITY PERMIT LIMIT.
11.The permittee shall perform three Effluent Pollutant Scans during the term of this permit, see A. a
(5)EFFLUENT POLLUTANT SCAN. i
g
b.There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
1
a
P
g
i
E
i
i
i
S
i
i
I
1
Page 4 of 16 1
1

Permit No. NC0024252
A. (2) EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
[15A NCAC .02B .0400 et seq., .02B .0500 et seq.]
a. Beginning on the effective date of this permit and submittal of Engineer's Certificate for expansion
above 1.5 MGD, and lasting until expiration or expansion r above 1.9 MGD, the Permittee is
authorized to discharge treated wastewater fi-om Outfall 001. Such discharges shall be limited and
monitored 2 by the Permittee as specified below:
EFFLUENT LIMITS MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
CHARACTERISTICS Monthly Weekly Daily Measurement Sample Sample
Average Average Maximum Frequency Type Location 3
Flow 1.9 MGD Continuous Recording I or E
BOD 5-day,20°C 4 8.0 mg/L 12.0 mg/L 3/Week Composite E,I
(April om 1 -October 31) p
BOD, 5-day,20°C 4 16.0 mg/L 24.0 mg/L 3/Week Composite E,I
(November 1 - March 31) _ p
Total Suspended Solids 4 30.0 mg/L 45.0 mg/L 3/Week Composite E,I
NH3 as N 2.0 mg/L 6.0 mg/L 3/Week Composite E
(April 1 - October 31)
NH3 as N 4.0 mg/L 12.0 mg/L 3/Week Composite E
(November 1 -March 31)
Total Residual Chlorine 5 28 µg/L 3/Week Grab E
Fecal Coliform 200/100 400/100 3/Week Grab E
(geometric mean) ml ml
pH Not less than 6.0 S.U.nor greater 3/Week Grab ' E
than 9.0 S.U.
Dissolved Oxygen Not less than 5.0 mg/L, daily 3/Week Grab E
average
Dissolved Oxygen,mg/L Variable 6 Grab U,D
Total Copper 7.8 25.3 µg/L 31.4 µg/L Monthly Composite E
Temperature,°C -Daily Grab E
Temperature,°C Variable 6 Grab U,D
Total Nitrogen, mg/L 9 Monthly Composite E
Total Phosphorus,mg/L Monthly Composite E
Total Cadmium, µg/L 7,1° Quarterly Composite E
Total Silver, µg/L 11 Quarterly Composite E
•
Total Zinc, µg/L 7 Quarterly Composite E
Hardness,mg/L 7 Quarterly Composite E
Total as CaCO3 or Ca+Mg
Hardness,mg/L
Total as CaCO3 or Ca+Mg Quarterly Grab U
Chronic Toxicity 12 Quarterly Composite E 1
Effluent Pollutant Scan See Footnote 13 E
1
Page 5 of 16

Permit No. NC0024252
(Continued A.(2)EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS)
3
Footnotes:
1. Before submitting an Authorization to Construct application for expansion to 3.0 MGD the permittee shall l
2
submit a flow justification to the NPDES Complex Permitting Unit describing projected flows for a 20 a
year planning period; see Special Condition A. (7)FLOW JUSTIFICATION FOR EXPANSION TO 3.0 1
MGD. F
2. Starting on December 21, 2016, begin submitting discharge monitoring reports electronically
using NC DWR's eDMR application system. See Special Condition A. (8) ELECTRONIC 5,
REPORTING OF DISCHARGE MONITORING REPORTS.
3
3. Sample locations: E- Effluent; I-Influent; U-Upstream 75-feet from outfall; D- Downstream
approximately two miles, end of road Rock Barn Pump Station 1. G
4. The monthly average effluent BODS and TSS concentrations shall not exceed 15% of the
respective influent value(85%removal).
5. The Division shall consider all effluent TRC values reported below 50 µg/1 to be in compliance
with this permit. The Permittee shall continue to record and submit all values reported by a
North Carolina certified laboratory even if these values fall below 50 µg/l. 3
6. Upstream/downstream samples shall be collected 3/week during June, July, August, September, t
and 1/week during the remaining months of the year.
7. Sampling for Total Cadmium, Total Copper, Total Silver, Total Zinc shall coincide with
sampling for hardness and toxicity test. 1
8. Compliance with Total Copper limits shall be no later than November 30, 2021. During the 1
interim period prior to compliance the permittee shall meet the requirements in special
conditions A. (6) COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE FOR TOTAL COPPER. k
9. For a given wastewater sample, TN = TKN + NO3-N + NO2-N, where TN is Total Nitrogen, LI
TKN is Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, and NO3 N and NO2-N are Nitrate and Nitrite Nitrogen, 1.
. respectively. 1
10.Total Cadmium shall be measured to a minimum Practical Quantification Level of 0.5 µg/L.
2
11.Total Silver shall be measured to a minimum Practical Quantification Level of 1 lag/L.
12.Chronic Toxicity(Ceriodaphnia) at 37%; March, June, September, December; see Condition A.
(4) CHRONIC TOXICITY PERMIT LIMIT. g
13.The permittee shall perform three Effluent Pollutant Scans during the term of this permit, see A. (5) a
EFFLUENT POLLUTANT SCAN. 1
X
b. There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts. g
i
3
8
P.
B
g
3
g€
1
1.
I z
k
Page 6 of 16 1
i
1

Permit No. NC0024252
•
A. (3) EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
[15A NCAC .02B .0400 et seq., .02B .0500 et seq.]
a. Beginning on the effective date of this permit and submittal of Engineer's Certificate for expansion
to 3.0 MDG 1, and lasting until expiration the Permittee is authorized to discharge treated
wastewater from Outfall 001. Such discharges shall be limited and monitored 2 by the Permittee as
specified below:
EFFLUENT LIMITS MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
CHARACTERISTICS Monthly Weekly Daily Measurement Sample Sample
_ Average Average Maximum Frequency Type Location 3
Flow 3.0 MGD Continuous Recording I or E
BOD 5-da , 20°C 4 8.0 mg/L 12.0 mg/L Daily Composite E,I
(April 1 -October 31)
BOD, 5-day 20°C 4 16.0 mg/L 24.0 mg/L Daily Composite E,I
(November 1 -March 31)
Total Suspended Solids 4 30.0 mg/L 45.0 mg/L Daily Composite E,I
NH3 as N 1.8 mg/L 5.4 mg/L Daily Composite E
(April 1 -October 31)
NH3 as N 4.0 mg/L 12.0 mg/L Daily Composite E
(November 1 -March 31)
Total Residual Chlorine 5 28 µg/L Daily Grab E
Fecal Coliform 200/100 400/100 Daily Grab E
(geometric mean) ml ml
pH Not less than than 9.0 S.U.
greater Daily Grab E
Dissolved Oxygen Not less than 5i gmg/L,daily Daily Grab E
aveae
—
Dissolved Oxygen,mg/L Variable 6 Grab U,D
Total Copper, µg/L 7'8 20.5 p.g/L 26.0 µg/L Monthly Composite E
Temperature,°C Daily Grab E
Temperature, °C Variable 6 Grab U,D
Total Nitrogen,mg/L 9 Monthly Composite E
Total Phosphorus, mg/L Monthly Composite E
Total Cadmium, µg/L 7'1° Quarterly Composite E
Total Silver, µg/L 7,11 Quarterly Composite E
Total Zinc, µg/L 7 Quarterly Composite E
Hardness,mg/L 7
Total as CaCO3 or Ca+Mg Quarterly Composite E
Hardness,mg/L 7 Quarterly Grab U
Total as CaCO3 or Ca+Mg
Chronic Toxicity 12 Quarterly Composite E
Effluent Pollutant Scan See Footnote 13 E
Page 7of16

Permit No. NC0024252
(Continued A. (3)EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS)
Footnotes:
1. Before submitting an Authorization to Construct application for expansion to 3.0 MGD the permittee shall
submit a flow justification to the NPDES Complex Permitting Unit describing projected flows for a 20
year planning period; see Special Condition A. (7) FLOW JUSTIFICATION FOR EXPANSION TO 3.0
MGD.
2. Starting on December 21, 2016 begin submitting discharge monitoring reports electronically using NC
DWR's eDMR application system.. See Special Condition A. (8) ELECTRONIC REPORTING OF
DISCHARGE MONITORING REPORTS.
3. Sample locations: E- Effluent; I-Influent; U-Upstream 75-feet from outfall; D- Downstream
approximately two miles, end of Road Rock Barn Pump Station 1.
4. The monthly average effluent BOD5 and TSS concentrations shall not exceed 15% of the
respective influent value(85%removal).
5. The Division shall consider all effluent TRC values reported below 50 µg/1 to be in compliance
with this permit. The Permittee shall continue to record and submit all values reported by a
North Carolina certified laboratory even if these values fall below 50 µg/l.
6. Upstream/downstream samples shall be collected 3/week during June, July, August, September,
and 1/week during the remaining months of the year.
7. Sampling for Total Cadmium, Total Copper, Total Silver, Total Zinc shall coincide with
sampling for hardness and toxicity test. 3
8. Compliance with Total Copper limits shall be no later than November 30, 2021. During the
interim period prior to compliance the permittee shall meet the requirements in special
conditions A. (6) COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE FOR TOTAL COPPER.
9. For a given wastewater sample, TN = TKN + NO3-N + NO2-N, where TN is Total Nitrogen,
TKN is Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, and NO3-N and NO2-N are Nitrate and Nitrite Nitrogen,
respectively.
10. Total Cadmium shall be measured to a minimum Practical Quantification Level of 0.5 µg/L.
11.Total Silver shall be measured to a minimum Practical Quantification Level of 1 µg/L.
12. Chronic Toxicity(Ceriodaplznia) at 48%; March, June, September,December; see Condition A.
(4) CHRONIC TOXICITY PERMIT LIMIT.
13. The permittee shall perform three Effluent Pollutant Scans during the term of this permit, see A. (5) .
EFFLUENT POLLUTANT SCAN.
b. There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.
•
4
{
Page 8 of 16

Permit No. NC0024252
A. (4) CHRONIC TOXICITY PERMIT LIMIT (QUARTERLY)
[15A NCAC 02B .0200 et seq.]
The effluent discharge shall at no time exhibit observable inhibition of reproduction or significant
mortality to Ceriodaphnia dubia at an effluent concentration of 32% for a permitted flow of 1.5
MGD, an effluent concentration of 37% for a permitted flow of 1.9 MGD, and an effluent
concentration of 48% for a permitted flow of 3.0 MGD.
The permit holder shall perform at a minimum, quarterly monitoring using test procedures outlined in
the "North Carolina Ceriodaphnia Chronic Effluent Bioassay Procedure," Revised December 2010, or
subsequent versions or "North Carolina Phase II Chronic Whole Effluent Toxicity Test Procedure"
(Revised- December 2010) or subsequent versions. The tests will be performed during the months of
March,June, September, and December. These months signify the first month of each three-month
toxicity testing quarter assigned to the facil
ity. Effluent sampling for this testing must be obtained
during representative effluent discharge and shall be performed at the NPDES permitted final effluent
discharge below all treatment processes.
If the test procedure performed as the first test of any single quarter results in a failure or ChV
below the permit limit, then multiple-concentration testing shall be performed at a minimum, in
each of the two following months as described in "North Carolina Phase II Chronic Whole
Effluent Toxicity Test Procedure"(Revised-December 2010)or subsequent versions.
All toxicity testing results required as part of this permit condition will be entered on the Effluent
Discharge Monitoring Form (MR-1) for the months in which tests were performed, using the parameter
code TGP3B for the pass/fail results and THP3B for the Chronic Value. Additionally,DWR Form AT-
3 (original)is to be sent to the following address:
Attention: North Carolina Division of Water Resources
Water Sciences Section/Aquatic Toxicology Branch
1621 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,NC 27699-1621
Completed Aquatic Toxicity Test Forms shall be filed with the Water Sciences Section no later than 30
days after the end of the reporting period for which the report is made.
Test data shall be complete, accurate, include all supporting chemical/physical measurements and all
concentration/response data, and be certified by laboratory supervisor and ORC or approved designate
signature. Total residual chlorine of the effluent toxicity sample must be measured and reported if
chlorine is employed for disinfection of the waste stream.
•
Should there be no discharge of flow from the facility during a month in which toxicity monitoring is
required, the permittee will complete the information located at the top of the aquatic toxicity(AT) test
form indicating the facility name,permit number,pipe number, county, and the month/year of the report
with the notation of"No Flow"-in the comment area of the form. The report shall be submitted to the
Water Sciences Section at the address cited above.
Should the permittee fail to monitor during a month in which toxicity monitoring is required,monitoring
will be required during the following month. Assessment of toxicity compliance is based on the toxicity
Page 9 of 16

Permit No. NC0024252 •
(Continued A. (4) CHRONIC TOXICITY PERMIT LIMIT)
testing quarter, which is the three month time interval that begins on the first day of the month in which
toxicity testing is required by this permit and continues until the final day of the third month.
Should any test data from this monitoring requirement or tests performed by the North Carolina Division
of Water Resources indicate potential impacts to the receiving stream, this permit may be re-opened and •
modified to include alternate monitoring requirements or limits.
NOTE: Failure to achieve test conditions as specified in the cited document, such as minimum control
organism survival, minimum control organism reproduction, and appropriate environmental controls,
shall constitute an invalid test and will require immediate follow-up testing to be completed no later
the month of the initial monitoring.
dayof the month followingh o
than the lastg
{
•
•
•
fi
Page 10 of 16
3

Permit No. NC0024252
A. ( 5) EFFLUENT POLLUTANT SCAN
[G.S. 143-215.1(b)]
The Permittee shall perform a total of three (3) Effluent Pollutant Scans for all parameters listed below. One scan
.must be performed in each of the following years: 2017,2018, and 2019. Analytical methods shall be in accordance
with 40 CFR Part 136 and shall be sufficiently sensitive to determine whether parameters are present in
concentrations greater than applicable standards and criteria. Samples should be collected with one quarterly toxicity
test each year, and must represent seasonal variation [i.e., do not sample in the same quarter every year]. Unless
otherwise indicated,metals shall be analyzed as"total recoverable."
Ammonia(as N) Trans-1,2-dichloroethylene Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether
Chlorine(total residual,TRC) 1,1-dichloroethylene Bis(2-chloroisopropyl)ether
Dissolved oxygen 1,2-dichloropropane Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
Nitrate/Nitrite 1,3-dichloropropylene 4-bromophenyl phenyl ether
Kjeldahl nitrogen Ethylbenzene Butyl benzyl phthalate
Oil and grease Methyl bromide 2-chloronaphthalene
Phosphorus Methyl chloride 4-chlorophenyl phenyl ether
Total dissolved solids Methylene chloride Chrysene
Hardness 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane Di-n-butyl phthalate
Antimony Tetrachloroethylene Di-n-octyl phthalate
Arsenic Toluene Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene
Beryllium 1,1,1-trichloroethane 1,2-dichlorobenzene
Cadmium(PQL=0.5 µg/1) 1,1,2-trichloroethane 1,3-dichlorobenzene
Chromium Trichloroethylene 1,4-dichloroben7Pne
Copper Vinyl chloride 3,3-dichlorobenzidine
Lead Acid-extractable compounds: Diethyl phthalate
Mercury(EPA Method 1631E) P-chloro-m-cresol Dimethyl phthalate
Nickel 2-chlorophenol 2,4-dinitrotoluene
Selenium 2,4-dichlorophenol 2,6-dinitrotoluene
Silver(PQL=1 µg/L) 2,4-dimethylphenol 1,2-diphenyihydrazine
Thallium 4,6-dinitro-o-cresol Fluoranthene
Zinc 2,4-dinitrophenol Fluorene
Cyanide 2-nitrophenol Hexachlorobenzene
Total phenolic compounds 4-nitrophenol Hexachlorobutadiene
Volatile organic compounds: Pentachlorophenol Hexachlorocyclo-pentadiene
Acrolein Phenol Hexachloroethane
Acrylonitrile 2,4,6-trichlorophenol Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
Benzene Base-neutral compounds: Isophorone
Bromoform Acenaphthene Naphthalene
Carbon tetrachloride Acenaphthylene Nitrobenzene
Chlorobenzene Anthracene N-nitrosodi-n-propylamine
Chlorodibromomethane Benzidine N-nitrosodimethylamine
Chloroethane Benzo(a)anthracene N-nitrosodiphenylamine
2-chloroethylvinyl ether Benzo(a)pyrene Phenanthrene
Chloroform 3,4 benzofluoranthene Pyrene
Dichlorobromomethane Benzo(ghi)perylene 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene
1,1-dichloroethane Benzo(k)fluoranthene
1,2-dichloroethane Bis(2-chloroethoxy)methane
•
Page 11 of 16

Permit No. NC0024252
j
(Continued A. (5)EFFLUENT POLLUTANT SCAN) F
E
Reporting. Test results shall be reported on DWQ Form-A MR PPAI (or in a form approved by the Director)by
December 313' of each designated sampling year. The report shall be submitted to the following address: NC
NCDWR I Central Files, Mail Service Center,Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1617.
5
}
Additional Toxicity Testing Requirements for Municipal Permit Renewal. Please note that Municipal
facilities that are subject to the Effluent Pollutant Scan requirements listed above are also subject to additional j
toxicity testing requirements specified in Federal Regulation 40 CFR 122.21(j)(5). The US EPA requires four(4) t
toxicity tests for a test organism other than the test species currently required in this permit. The multiple species 1
tests should be conducted either quarterly for a 12-month period prior to submittal of the permit renewal k
application, or four tests performed at Ieast annually in the four and one half year period prior to the application. 1
These tests shall be performed for acute or chronic toxicity, whichever is specified in this permit. The multiple z
species toxicity test results shall be filed with the Aquatic Toxicology Branch at the following address: 1
j
North Carolina Division of Water Resources 1
Water Sciences Section/Aquatic Toxicology Branch
1621 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1621
i
if
Contact the Division's Aquatic Toxicology Branch at 919-743-8401 for guidance on conducting the additional
toxicity tests and reporting requirements. Results should also be summarized in Part E(Toxicity Testing Data)of .
EPA Municipal Application Form 2A,when submitting the permit renewal application to the NPDES Permitting €
Unit.
A. (6) COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE FOR TOTAL COPPER c
{G.S. 143-215.1(b))
1. No later than November 30,2017 the Permittee shall: aE
g
a. Improve and implement"clean"techniques. Some steps that can be investigated: 1
• Discuss procedures with contracted lab to ensure elimination of potential g
contamination sources. a
• Examine basic sampling handling processes (field sampling,laboratory handling j
and analysis) 1
• Examine sampling equipment cleaning procedures (jugs/bottles/samplers/strainers/ 1
reagent quality) 1
• Ensure that sampling personnel are non-smokers.
b. Submit to the Division of Water Resources a report summarizing improvements, and stating if k
the actions taken will enable the Permittee to achieve compliance with the Total Copper gl
Limits at Outfall 001 without further actions. g
I j
2. No later than November 30,2018 the Permittee shall:
a. Identify sources of the Total Copper and evaluate source reduction alternatives. j
b. Submit to the Division of Water Resources a report summarizing the identified pollutant
sources and source reduction alternatives that were investigated. j
3.
1
Page 12 of 16 3
E
x
I
3

Permit No. NC0024252
(Continued A. (6)COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE FOR TOTAL COPPER)
c. Submit to the Division of Water Resources a Corrective Action Plan(CAP)for approval that
summarizes the actions to be taken to achieve compliance no later than five years from the
permit effective date for the Total Copper limits at Outfall 001. These actions may include
such events as design Engineering,procurement of funds and approvals, construction and
operation changes. The CAP shall assign a schedule for completion of critical activities for
each of the remaining three years. .
•
3. No later than November 30,2019 the Permittee shall submit a report to the Division
summarizing actions taken in accordance with the approved CAP and schedule.
4. No later than November 30,2020 the Permittee shall submit a report to the Division
summarizing actions taken in accordance with the approved CAP and schedule.
5. No later than November 30,2021 the Permittee shall achieve compliance with the Total Copper
limits at Outfall 001.
In addition to steps 1 through 5, upon approval by the Division of the CAP; the steps and deadlines
outlined in the CAP will also become an enforceable part of the permit. Any modification to the
schedule shall be requested to the Division at least ninety (90) days before a scheduled deadline.
Modification to the schedule in excess of four (4) months or more than one 4 month modification
request to the schedule will be subject to public notice.
1
The CAP and annual reports shall be submitted to the NPDES Complex Permitting Unit at the following
address:
NPDES Complex Permitting Unit
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh,NC 27699-1617
A. (7)FLOW JUSTIFICATION FOR EXPANSION TO 3.0 MGD
[15A NCAC 02H.0105(c)(1)]
The Permittee shall submit a flow justification for 3.0 MGD to the Division of Water Resources for
review and approval before submitting an Authorization to Construct application for 3.0 MGD.The flow
justification must include flow projections for future commercial, residential, and industrial flows for a
20 year planning period. The justification shall be submitted to the NPDES Complex Permitting Unit at
the following address:
NPDES Complex Permitting Unit
1617 Mail Service Center
. Raleigh,NC 27699-1617
1
g
•
Page 13 of 16
•

. t
Permit No. NC0024252
1
. 4
A. (8) ELECTRONIC REPORTING OF DISCHARGE MONITORING REPORTS
{G.S. 143-215.1(b)] g
Federal regulations require electronic submittal of all discharge monitoring reports(DMRs) and program 1
reports and specify that,if a state does not establish a system to receive such submittals, then permittees
must submit monitoring data and reports electronically to the Environmental Protection Agency(EPA).
The final NPDES Electronic Reporting Rule was adopted and became effective on December 21,2015.
1
NOTE: This special condition supplements or supersedes the following sections within Part II of this 1
permit(Standard Conditions for NPDES Permits): I
4
• Section B. (11.) Signatory Requirements ,
• Section D. (2.) Reporting
}
• Section D. (6.) Records Retention
• Section E. (5.) Monitoring Reports
1
1. Reporting Requirements [Supersedes Section D. (2.)and Section E.(5.)(a)l a
Effective December 21, 2016, the permittee shall report discharge monitoring data electronically
using the NC DWR's Electronic Discharge Monitoring Report(eDMR)internet application. a
[
. Monitoring results obtained during the previous month(s) shall be summarized for each month and
submitted electronically using eDMR. The eDMR system allows permitted facilities to enter
monitoring data and submit DMRs electronically using the internet. Until such time that the state's
eDMR application is compliant with EPA's Cross-Media Electronic Reporting Regulation
(CROMERR), permittees will be required to submit all discharge monitoring data to the state
electronically using eDMR and will be required to complete the eDMR submission by printing, I
signing, and submitting one signed original and a copy of the computer printed eDMR to the
following address:
NC DENR/Division of Water Resources/Water Quality Permitting Section
ATTENTION: Central Files
3
4
1617 Mail Service Center r
Raleigh,North Carolina 27699-1617
If a permittee is unable to use the eDMR system due to a demonstrated hardship or due to the facility 1
being physically located in an area where less than 10 percent of the households have broadband
access, then a temporary waiver from the NPDES electronic reporting requirements may be granted i
and discharge monitoring data may be submitted on paper DMR forms (MR 1, 1.1, 2, 3) or x
alternative forms approved by the Director. Duplicate signed copies shall be submitted to the
mailing address above. See"How to Request a Waiver from Electronic Reporting"section below.
Regardless of the submission method, the first DMR is due on the last day of the month following
the issuance of the permit or in the case of a new facility, on the last day of the month following the I
commencement of discharge.
I
t
3
1
F
i
's
I
Page 14 of 16
1

•
Permit No. NC0024252
(Continued A. (8)ELECTRONIC REPORTING OF DISCHARGE MONITORING REPORTS)
Starting on December 21, 2020, the permittee must electronically report the following compliance
monitoring data and reports,when applicable:
• Sewer Overflow/Bypass Event Reports;
• Pretreatment Program Annual Reports; and
• Clean Water Act(CWA) Section 316(b)Annual Reports.
The permittee may seek an electronic reporting waiver from the Division (see "How to Request a
Waiver from Electronic Reporting"section below).
2. Electronic Submissions
In accordance with 40 CFR 122.41(1)(9), the permittee must identify the initial recipient at the time
of each electronic submission. The permittee should use the EPA's website resources to identify the
initial recipient for the electronic submission.
Initial recipient of electronic NPDES information from NPDES-regulated facilities means the entity
(EPA or the.state authorized by EPA to implement the NPDES program)that is the designated entity
for receiving electronic NPDES data[see 40 CFR 127.2(b)].
EPA plans to establish a website that will also link to the appropriate electronic reporting tool for
each type of electronic submission and for each state. Instructions on how to access and use the
appropriate electronic reporting tool will be available as well. Information on EPA's NPDES
Electronic Reporting Rule is found at: http://www2.epa.gov/compliance/final-national-pollutant-
discharge-elimination-system-npdes-electronic-reporting-rule.
Electronic submissions must start by the dates listed in the"Reporting Requirements"section above.
3. How to Request a Waiver from Electronic Reporting
The permittee may seek a temporary electronic reporting waiver from the Division. To obtain an
electronic reporting waiver, a permittee must first submit an electronic reporting waiver request to
the Division. Requests for temporary electronic reporting waivers must be submitted in.writing to
the Division for written approval at least sixty (60) days prior to the date the facility would be
required under this permit to begin submitting monitoring data and reports. The duration of a
temporary waiver shall not exceed 5 years and shall thereupon expire. At such time,monitoring data
and reports shall be submitted electronically to the Division unless the permittee re-applies for and is
granted a new temporary electronic reporting waiver by the Division. Approved electronic reporting
waivers are not transferrable. Only permittees with an approved reporting waiver request may
submit monitoring data and reports on paper to the Division for the period that the approved
reporting waiver request is effective.
Information on eDMR and the application for a temporary electronic reporting waiver are found on
the following web page:
http://deq.nc.gov/about/divisions/water-resources/edmr
Page 15 of 16

Permit No. NC0024252
(Continued A. (8)ELECTRONIC REPORTING OF DISCHARGE MONITORING REPORTS)
4. Signatory Requirements [Supplements Section B. (11.) (b) and Supersedes Section B. (11.) (d)]
All eDMRs submitted to the permit issuing authority shall be signed by a person described in Part II,
Section B. (11.)(a) or by a duly authorized representative of that person as described in Part II,
Section B. (11.)(b). A person, and not a position, must be delegated signatory authority for eDMR
reporting purposes.
For eDMR submissions, the person signing and submitting the DMR must obtain an eDMR user
account and login credentials to access the eDMR system. For more information on North
Carolina's eDMR system, registering for eDMR and obtaining an eDMR user account, please visit
the following web page:
http://deq.nc.gov/about/divisions/water-resources/edmr
Certification. Any person submitting an electronic DMR using the state's eDMR system shall make
the following certification [40 CFR 122.22]. NO OTHER STATEMENTS OF CERTIFICATION
WILL BE ACCEPTED:
•
"I certify, under penalty of law, that this document and all attachments were prepared under my
direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that quaked personnel
properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or
persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information,
the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief true, accurate, and complete. I .
am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the a
possibility offines and imprisonment for knowing violations."
5. Records Retention [Supplements Section D. (6.)1
The permittee shall retain records of all Discharge Monitoring Reports, including eDMR
submissions. These records or copies shall be maintained for a period of at least 3 years from the
date of the report. This period may be extended by request of the Director at any time [40 CFR
122.41].
•
fi
Page 16 of 16
1

•
j' � r. ti is ,' jr •i ,•.. ( ,a . ) �:
•
.ova•' `'tir ;i , �` l.. ) �• , \`\ s: ,,j/� �i' !7
' t• A. t { ;i J .t rWt'.3 :ltt ` t'�.J _'r• ,'� • S1' f1. ,i - `ha. �i
.: -' ..)r-fr;.:4'" ... ' -,-.-•
'F f t; ' •••r i • 1 ft • z 'tr.
y !1. t(./....e...44,.:..0-1,
r ,,, 'lE f',_..: • '• '!(.Fr/' - " '4•✓-•-• 1r i! try • .1"1" r .° - r• ',„} •'• -.'.�.^..�)Ca F t.Ss�. $ ,1•• ` .,: fj?i• i rt� r• �`�f 1 lrf .tJ `.' �•a,.. t
• �" , ':. :-• .At,-_,, .,i✓' "- 1 ( fyf t +.� ' \6).•..i y.1yi�',',� t• (, 1 • ��r .•' .'!�d• 1.lJ •t' '-.t��
•
� i �}�: t i • f � V.
• 52'• r 4.S„� � i• � r 5°tf.J• ,y i
t '.\ •1 ': ti E: f ', I f'. r _!°,4' } F - j 1�}',\ i5 T7
;�{{3 `� ' r ,:, .i : i .r• ,i� w.n t r Sr t. 'k• �F -' '(�
- S rE r .iF ` ; ( j ,,• ` ' .t A ' . t .^?'�:; Cis -.J'_� s - i
t., (:1: S ?,:it' ' t `x ,r of r�
lrct • / �i(} `� ' Downstream s) �' + �), 3� ' b
-\
t t.f' •� t ( _ ti��; f ,_"r7.r'� ',f ( ' ` j .. ,•�. i} ' / ,9•'lc'�y`px
Y 1 r<��-'' NC HWY 16 } 1 , , : : - ; �• Sa '.:
}t ;C , '-'Li. r*� t r^ t�,fifl R \ :1 'ot •�tt!f i '}i.'-; - f Q, -. �, .
,',.Ni. p'a t N s 1 z .r• y , a'e^ Fy}t,.. • }1�..{
� r, ''' j{{,a^' f ,' '� - -,.., , 1.-k. t 11
'� ,,��. Upstream r ;, r /A, .,rv _ ,< t;.
'f.:.' ,( t•'`"V'dY 1 !;., �n S i U O. i(,jt 1r?/i rt•T" ' 3;1 ,/' , fnzr
i .t s-� C....�-Ili.
\:}Ta z ...'`:. �[j ,•�� r } �1 - ` 0 I r :� 14i- t _f�. �.�,si� '-+w'��.r
5)t -... 1 �, 74• 1:, i t ) ..,_ t i ,t1 h Discharge NCO024252 3> i rig ( ; , .
;..'`r + �1 .---- j li 1 i ; _ - .m: .-Z:_-:-• - `S � r '''t.sr it'rY -•
•
Northeast WWTP r •:; }t i > , ;3 :4/fj� F f . ,. , �;�.:.�,`
a, i �i 1 f !F { •( 1 I f .SL y r•i j k.yx'm } f t:i.•� k. ! •-�`,'
•
'• �'{ - :_i )1� t: , t V ,. ::• - ; i s N...� z �fZ'f �fr
.
_. y L
�+% . �il( r ,m, r�dish- i 11,• " - - j?vr �:.;''! • i:V' 'Ij •i Ni: .• +
7 E w-n C t
rr r"t ,- t l { S r .„ IfSk h'+. ` F t( . , . �' j 1 4 r r~µp y;::'•-)}a ,' \ 9' t
1
'�' 'I ( �.r .'. r• 1. 4ti \ • `) (' . ' i t uM1+;.
/ 1 e (.. \ I'} 1 t k.: t� ,slit . J' S >..i i I r .
{ � � • ; ! 7:� `' r_�� p _ i a �^wgxk. fir'
: {
..r , 'f 47,y....
, { S i•S f ii.. :� _, rc=�1 (, }.;-% ;ill:- p' ••\i Y". `▪ �r� ; t• f s r r �.e.•I
-. ,�L,1+). r .a,•• rzf`+ � ,,, • 1 1_- "i.. w ,f! • 1 i JIS P , r. „„:„....,_.
,.4
,4$?% '' r ''' ':1 .3 _ 1 t t,"19 ,rn •# 'tiz. V.• �as ,��?t�'' Ge�j- !. •r,, �i J 1 a�1`..
�- a:T • as. ♦f v. ' +. ! . `� e' ma's (.• (j - .�,'
t1 ,`itt �'k 3, �xd 1'z ` '\fib', -3 .. ;c
"1f: �a,,vp ._ t .i• - -t - }_ • ♦ .'1Crr"• /J.,/,1•/• •- • ~>. _-,_ _ - `. 1 ; . ) .(`'.``i'11`:- Il r},
SCALE:1:24000
USGS Quad: E14NW Newton,NC � � �
Outfall Facility � "
.atitude: 35°44'21"N 35°44'6.4"N , `�
.angitude: 81° 11'25"W 81° 11'25.1"W
Stream Class: C (( Facility Location
l'North .
Subbasin: 03-08-32 HUC: 03050101 Northeast WWTP NC0024252
Receiving Stream: Lyle Creek Catawba County

DESIGN CALCULATIONS NARRATIVE
FOR
CITY OF CONOVER
NORTHEAST WWTF HEADWORKS IMPROVEMENTS
CONOVER, NORTH CAROLINA
Prepared for
IIP
ISO ipoloP
11011.,
ins+n i
Prepared By
KCI ASSOCIATES OF NC
KCI ENGINEERS I PLANNERS I SCIENTISTS I CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS
Piedmont, South Carolina
[phone]
KCI Project # 962004671
DECEMBER 2020
WIN/,
e.• f I •. 4
SEAL
05¢854
'A .FNQ EEQ:•• • Q'i IN
Projectt Engineer T. Davis, P.E. A 11 0 \`\`���
ili '

A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 BACKGROUND 1
2.0 EXISTING WASTEWATER FLOWS 1
3.0 EXISTING HEADWORKS FACILITIES 3
4.0 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS 4
4.1 SCREEN REPLACEMENT 4
4.2 GRIT SYSTEM 4
4.3 OVERHEAD WALKWAYS AND ACCESS PLATFORM 5
4.4 ELECTRICAL 5
TABLES
Table 2-1 : Northeast WWTF Permitted Flows 1
Table 2-2: Northeast WWTF Average Influent Flows 2
Table 3-1 : Existing Screen Properties 3
Table 3-2: Existing Grit Removal System Properties 3
APPENDICES
Appendix A — Figures
Figure 1: Location Map
Figure 2: Headworks Location
Appendix B — Screen Calculations
Appendix C — Grit System Calculations
DESIGN CALCULATIONS NARRATIVE-NORTHEAST WWTF HEADWORKS IMPROVEMENTS
xc<A,SOCIATES OF NC PAGE i Project No. 962004671

Design Calculations Narrative
For the
Northwest WWTP Headworks Upgrade
Prepared for
City of Conover
1.0 BACKGROUND
The City of Conover Northeast Wastewater Treatment Facility (WWTF) is owned and
operated by the City of Conover, NC. Wastewater treated at the WWTF originates from the
City of Conover, NC service area and is discharged under NPDES Permit No. NC0024252.
The location of the WWTF is shown on Figure 1 .
KCI Associates of North Carolina, P.A. (KCI) has been tasked by the City of Conover to design
an upgrade to the existing headworks structure and facilities at the WWTF. The existing
headworks structure was constructed in 1989 and includes a primary channel with an
existing mechanical catenary screen, a bypass channel with a manual screen, and an aerated
grit chamber with associated blowers and grit removal equipment.
The proposed upgrade includes replacement of the existing influent screen, replacement of
the existing aerated grit chamber blowers, installation of a new grit pump and grit classifier,
and the construction of a new concrete overhead walkway over the headworks structure.
2.0 EXISTING WASTEWATER FLOWS
The WWTF has permitted flows as shown in Table 1 below.
Table 2-1 — Northeast WWTF Permitted Flows
Description Flow
(MGD)
Design Flow Average Daily WW
Flow (ADWF)
Peak Dry Weather
Peak Flow 3.0 Flow (PDWF)
Peak Wet Weather
Storm Flow 3.0 Flow (PWWF)
DESIGN CALCULATIONS NARRATIVE—NORTHEAST WWTF HEADWORKS IMPROVEMENTS
-- xCi A,SO[�IATEY+OF t'C PAGE 1 Project No. 962004671

The VWVTP has an existing influent Palmer-Bowlus flume located in the influent pump station
wetwell. A year of influent flow meter data from this flume was collected from July 2018 to
June 2019 and is summarized below in Table 2.
Table 2-2 - Northeast WWTF Average Influent Flows
Flow (MGD)
Date Average Max Min
Jul-18 0.619 0.851 0.500
Aug-18 0.756 1 .122 0.629
Sep-18 0.820 2.642 0.576
Oct-18 0.858 3.117 0.616
Nov-18 0.966 2.725 0.635
Dec-18 1 .217 2.652 0.702
Jan-19 0.974 2.042 0.744
Feb-19 1 .145 2.775 0.657
Mar-19 0.829 1 .267 0.800
Apr-19 0.891 2.051 0.631
May-19 0.680 1 .399 0.489
Jun-19 1 .053 3.292 0.639
0.901 3.292 0.489
As shown in the Table 2, the average influent flow is approximately 0.9 MGD and the peak
flow registered during the year of flow data was 3.29 MGD. However, it should be noted
that due to the installation location of the influent flume (located inside the influent wetwell
structure) it is possible for the flume to develop a submerged condition where the flume
cannot freely discharge. In this situation the Palmer-Bowlus flume can give inaccurate
readings. As a result, it can be reasonably assumed that the actual peak flow is higher than
the registered 3.29 MGD.
DESIGN CALCULATIONS NARRATIVE-NORTHEAST WWTF HEADWORKS IMPROVEMENTS
�-- xci Arno�IATE9 OP tvc PAGE 2 Project No. 962004671

3.0 EXISTING HEADWORKS FACILITIES
The location of the headworks structure is shown on Figure 2. The existing catenary screen
at the headworks facilities has the following characteristics as shown in Table 3.
Table 3-1 — Existing Screen Properties
Bar Opening 1/2"
Screenings removal 20 CF/HR
Rate
Channel Width 3'-0" feet
Discharge height 6'-0" feet
above channel
The existing grit removal system consists of an aerated grit chamber with a chain and flight
grit removal system. The existing grit removal system has the following characteristics as
shown in Table 4.
Table 3-2 — Existing Grit Removal System Properties
Removal Rate 14 CF/HR at 3.5 MGD
flow rate
Blowers 2 - Positive Displacement
Air Discharge 119 SCFM
Channel Width 10 feet
Channel Depth 9.5 feet
Channel Length 18.5 feet
Removal Type Chain / Flights
Air Piping 4" Ductile Iron
The bar screen and grit removal system both discharge to an existing belt conveyor system
which conveys the screenings/grit to a dumpster located adjacent to the headworks
structure. The mechanical bar screen and the grit removal equipment are original to the
headworks and have outlived their service life (they are approximately 30 years old).
DESIGN CALCULATIONS NARRATIVE—NORTHEAST WWTF HEADWORKS IMPROVEMENTS
KCI Assoaares of NC PAGE 3 Project No. 962004671
n.LL[li ImOK I f0in6R I mnnEIIOI uI616

4.0 PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS
4.1 SCREEN REPLACEMENT
The existing catenary bar screen will be replaced with a new multi-rake bar screen of the
same size and capacity as the existing screen. The new screen will utilize a smaller bar
opening of 1/4" to improve capture efficiency. A new washer compactor will also be
installed to better dewater the removed screenings and compact debris for easier disposal.
Headloss calculations for the proposed screen are attached in Appendix B showing that the
maximum headloss through the screen under a peak flow condition of 3.5 MGD is 4.07
inches, which will not adversely affect the upstream water level.
4.2 GRIT SYSTEM
The existing grit system will be removed in its entirety including the chain and flight system,
blowers, and air piping. The existing baffle wall will also be removed, and a new fiberglass
reinforced plastic baffle wall installed in its place.
Two positive displacement blowers are proposed to replace the existing blowers with a
matching air discharge of 118 SCFM. New air piping matching the same size as the existing
piping is also proposed to supply air to the aerated grit chamber.
The bottom of the aerated grit chamber will be sloped towards a common low point as
shown on the project plans where a new 250 GPM grit pump will be installed. The grit
pump will pump to a new grit classifier where the grit will be removed, washed, and disposed
of in a new dumpster. Calculations for the aerated grit chamber and grit pump headloss are
attached in Appendix C.
DESIGN CALCULATIONS NARRATIVE—NORTHEAST WWTF HEADWORKS IMPROVEMENTS
—�� KCI ASSO�IATESOF C PAGE 4 Project No. 962004671

4.3 OVERHEAD WALKWAYS AND ACCESS PLATFORM
A new cast in place concrete walkway is proposed over the existing headworks screening
area. This overhead walkway will allow for access to the multi-rake bar screen, washer
compactor, and associated electrical components without the need to enter the lower level
of the headworks structure. Additionally, an elevated aluminum platform will be installed
for access to the grit pump.
This area is prone to being submerged with wastewater during high flows due to backups
from the influent pump station. This submergence/flooding situation can lead to damaged
equipment and the screen/grit units not working, and the new overhead walkway will
alleviate these operational issues.
4.4 ELECTRICAL
New control panels will be installed for the screen / washer compactor, blowers, and grit
pump / grit classifier system. A new incoming service panel will also be installed to replace
the existing panel on-site. All new electrical components will be installed outside of the
headworks structure to avoid any flooding issues that may be present during high flows.
Heat-tracing will also be utilized on the washer compactor piping and on all exposed water
line installation to avoid freezing during cold weather conditions.
DESIGN CALCULATIONS NARRATIVE-NORTHEAST WWTF HEADWORKS IMPROVEMENTS
xci Asnoc1ArE5.oF Nc PAGE 5 Project No. 962004671

APPENDIX A

Ithlehe m N
W I4 E
-6; s
• I g B
rd4
e ` 1 p C/i
/ ram I GAF
/ 1 Riverbend I V
, — — / I Park \ .y
, ,- ` � . � I ,°a/ E
/ I Cree,„f
f0GG h Lake I -
:'Hc laory .
Country \
' ',Club Ba'fA
a -
\
-•ee4
1009 1. '‘, `--.. _
\?
' ' St Stephens
•
iyKA,
;, NortheastWWTF ,, w�'', LyleC
• - ' Rbck,earn 1 reek
Golf N& Spa, -_r
, ...-„..„,,,'.
•
•
' �3F. - r ��' Clare mo ntA
a„,... 5
Conover. ,• , , .4 ;1.'74E 1
•
It
o
•
"-
• 'r Newton / t
t % . I
! , I v C/ 7 fr , /
k •
v 1-v I F
, - {rre Cfab�', '�
—r
rt •
KCI ASSOCIATES OF NC Figure 1 -Location Map
KC I ENGINEERS I PLANNERS I SUNRISES I CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements ----
City of Conover r
0 5,000 10,000 20,000et Conover,North Carolina --`y

AI / 4,,‘,,,•- , . _ , , :. .‘,...,,, -.....ijo:4,{q. N
1' ( f - - 1/4 ' • ' - 1 ''- * * . VA‘' -- ai•V\
.- • • 'VzOl;
, , :, ,- x - „ • lt, —,.. • -.1-; A 71.,,
0
'i
, 1
„
..','
. '
Itl
4 , kior.e.i, '
} J
-" , . ' ' -;')'.-
4 1.
6
*-4, .r.' , , ,-„,•c,,,1 t #...
*
---cl
„-4..,
..,. .
,... „.„
•
_
• a k I 7'',.'il t ri..+1»,)S:o.'.1..:1; ,..
• NN••
• . .a.•baiti._,' %,
It' ,
I -
Headworks Structure _ •,--
(Project Location)
'r 6 '''-, . Rt. . • • ... Tit '•
• • ' =__1 ,. -,-.r.ir- ,' .4. c ,•,. A. , ..% . , 4 .A''.,.4* , .
• • '4., . ' .t.cc - . m-, F.: . ,ip - ''Afr' . 4 "-.... .'. '. ,, 14," ,'
..,, , ,.; ..,, . , , ,.. .4:,... -„,*- ,,,....1i;,:,,, `n‘ th. ' .•"in,-• .I' *.4itAik. \,' 7,, ,e',i",1,44,
,.. •...,. ..1„. , , ., , ......,„ . , . ,,,, ,„,.. , . A ..„. ../ ., it_ ,. ..„), . .k: ,
' - oi,.,..„,t,.. ... , , I - ..,•, ,,,,. „ - _, ,, -„, .
ck' -- .,
't,
..,,,,,:si....s,, , -: -e.,,,,,,‘•,,,--:-t,, -Mb,„„., , . ., ,- ..-„,
-I --', ,.., c. , -4" '' =•,. *:„VAN '-liitio.4. 4,01,..t.1,-*\A '
'''' - •- .-o,',,, '•'At%- .; ‘ . '',.1 '
. I
_-, :,t : -.'..-... 1,,,,... '‘. --•
I • t,
'- •-'-• • 4" . f.,, '' , 004 theiltriii.boirk
t.-... .
-L-`----:- KCI ASSOCIATES OF NC Figure 2-Headworks Location •
K C ENGINEERS I RUNNERS I SCIENTISTS I CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS Northeast VVWTF Headworks
Improvements
City of Conover
0 100 200 400 Conover,North Carolina
Feet

APPENDIX B

Duperon ADAPTIVE TECHNOLOGYTM
1111111) PRELIMINARYIDS/SOLIDS SEPARATION SYSTEMS
Date: July 26, 2019
Project: Conover NE WVVTP NC Proposal Number: P10244 R1
BUDGET EQUIPMENT SCOPE
To: Clay M. Helms, P.E From: Your Duperon®Team
Hulsey McCormick&Wallace 864.269.0890 Dan Satryano
[e-mail] Sales Project Manager
[phone]
[e-mail]
Rep: Josh Ziembiec Mark Wilson
ClearWater Inc. Regional Sales Manager
[e-mail] [phone]
[e-mail]
�.. r 1
111
•
_
- ,
, 7
II , .
7, , s , co
S yy`
1�� �� . 4 - __
QVY
,-. _,. - otk 1 ''' , _
_, . „..:-. t. -.., „.,?, .„••.. t .. _ i ,
i {¢Ely+' is � `' .
v+"` .tA'
Y
- . 1
a
1200 Leon Scott Court I Saginaw,MI 48601 I P 989.754.8800 I F 989.754.2175 I TF 800.383.8479 I www.duperon.com

PCL XL error
Subsystem:xlpaint
Error: Input Stream EOF
Operator: BezierRelPath
Position: 24334

Date:July 26,2019
)Duperon•ADAPTIVE TECHNOLOGY" Project: Conover NEWWfPNC
Number: P10244
Let's Build a System that Works for You'
HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS
Notes: 3.5 MGD Peak Flow, 1/4" Openings, 2.5' USWL, 25% Blinding
2' wide screen in 3' wide channel, Duperon to provide closeouts
INPUT:Channel Physics
Flow in MGD 3.50 MGD
Upstream water level 2.50 ft Blinding
Channel width 2.00 ft 25%
Channel depth 13.00 ft
Degree of blinding 25% Clear Opening
0.25 in Channel Width
2.00 ft
INPUT:Screen Physics Slot Velocity a,
Clear Opening 0.25 in 4.06 fps Channel Depth
Bar thickness 0.25 in 13.00 ft
Thickness of side fab and closeout(2) 0.58 ft Approach Velocity
1.08 fps
Upstream Level -
Calculations 2.50 ft
Side fab&closeout area 1.45 sft /___.
Flow area between side fab&closeouts 3.55 sft •
Number of bars 34.00 ea
Flow area taken up by bars 1.77 sft
Total Channel flow without screen 5.00 sft
Flow area after screen area and blinding taken out 1.33 sft .
Approach Velocity 1.08 fps
Slot Velocity 4.06 fps
Downstream Velocity 1.25 fps -' Downstream Velocity.
�� --
1 . 1 5 h 2. 6 ft 2 fps
Downstream Depth -p p
Head Loss 4.07 in
Headloss
Bernoulli Calculations 4.07 in
Velocity thru bar screen 4.06 fps .- •
Velocity upstream of bar screen 1.08 fps _ _ Downstream Level
Gravitational acceleration(constant) 32.20 fUs2 __ -- - - i 2.16 ft
Frictional coefficient(constant) 1.43 c
Headloss 0.34 ft
00000000064
Headloss 4.07 inches Flow Direction
3.50 MGD
These calculations are an estimation based upon the information available. Flow channel hydraulics are highly dependent on water levels and the degree of blinding. The calculations above
are a snapshot of only one condition. To fully analyze the hydraulics please contact your local Duperon representative.
Duperon recommends a minimum of 1.00 ft water depth when the unit is in operation to keep the SSTL FlexLinks lubricated and ensure an optimal amount of screening area.
Duperon recommends using Water Environment Federation(WEF)&"10 States"standards as design guidelines:
Approach velocity should be greater than 1.25 ft/s to prevent settling. Slot velocities should be less than 4 ft/s to prevent forcing material thru openings.
©Copyright 2016,Duperon Corporation.All Rights Reserved
1200 Leon Scott Court I Saginaw,MI 48601 I P 989.754.8800 I F 989.754.2175 I TF 800.383.8479 I www.duperon.com

Date: July 26,2019
e Duperon•ADAPTIVE TECHNOLOGY' Project: Conover NE WWTP Nc
Number: P10244
Let's Build a System that Works for You"
HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS
Notes: 1.5 MGD Avg Flow, 1/4" Bar Openings, 1.1' USWL, 25% Blinding
2' wide screen in 3' wide channel, Duperon to provide closeouts
INPUT:Channel Physics
Flow in MGD 1.50 MGD
Upstream water level 1.10 ft Blinding
Channel width 2.00 ft 25%
Channel depth 13.00 ft
Degree of blinding 25% Clear Opening
0.25 in Channel Width
2.00 ft
INPUT:Screen Physics Slot Velocity
Clear Opening 0.25 in 3.95 fps Channel Depth
Bar thickness 0.25 in 13.00 ft
Thickness of side fab and closeout(2) 0.58 ft Approach Velocity
1.05 fps
Upstream Level • _
Calculations 1.10 ft
Side fab&closeout area 0.64 sft ___
•
Flow area between side fab&closeouts 1.56 sft A
Number of bars 34.00 ea
Flow area taken up by bars 0.78 sft
Total Channel flow without screen 2.20 sft
Flow area after screen area and blinding taken out 0.59 sft irk
Approach Velocity 1.05 fps
Slot Velocity 3.95 fps - I
Downstream Velocity 1.49 fps • L A
1" Downstream Velocity.
Downstream Depth 0.78 ft - 'J• 1.49 fps
Head Loss 3.87 in G'°
Vr Headloss
Bernoulli Calculations
r ' 3.87 in
.g
Velocity thru bar screen 3.95 fps <,
Velocity upstream of bar screen 1.05 fps Downstream Level
- -
Gravitational acceleration(constant) 32.20 ft/s2 - -----� 0.78 ft
Frictional coefficient(constant) 1.43 c ioi0000iuiour*' " '
Headloss 0.32 ft
Headloss 3.87 inches Flow Direction
1.50 MGD
These calculations are an estimation based upon the information available. Flow channel hydraulics are highly dependent on water levels and the degree of blinding. The calculations above are a
snapshot of only one condition. To fully analyze the hydraulics please contact your local Duperon representative.
Duperon recommends a minimum of 1.00 ft water depth when the unit is in operation to keep the SSTL FlexLinks lubricated and ensure an optimal amount of screening area.
Duperon recommends using Water Environment Federation(WEF)&"10 States"standards as design guidelines:
Approach velocity should be greater than 1.25 ft/s to prevent settling. Slot velocities should be less than 4 ft/s to prevent forcing material thru openings.
©Copyright 2016,Duperon Corporation.All Rights Reserved
1200 Leon Scott Court I Saginaw,MI 48601 I P 989.754.8800 I F 989.754.2175 I TF 800.383.8479 I www.duperon.com

APPENDIX C

Atilt,. Hulsey McCormick & Wallace JOB /Ur kA4J ft {-ieo- fkr esm.�s ENGINEERING•ENVIRONMENT•SCIENCE
CALCULATION SHEET SHEET NO. OF A4 t/{r_)
CLIENT Cr ( C CALCULATED BY
�•-- i j� DATE
PROJECT
CHECKED BY DATE
SCALE /N IA-
7 7, I . _ 6 , H 2 3 4 5 6 , 6 1 2 3 + 3 6 3 F 1 2 3
Crn} entrAbtr-_ice .r a _- J8'Sf ((-)_ x + S Cif': Y a ` ' r
qq '�•
_ W _ q, (7),L.1 !-y r'iCS- �0.�;2>~, _. . � +-o
D q 1
lg. Sr \\ G.L,nex-e\ 1",c,r a+,t i 3 S
2,o83 Gem
eak,i6cv- 1fotU/n� r ( s')(14,1) g 1 f4-3 _ 5, el 1`7 3 44)10.S
'rr.t 1 1.. 4015:04 3 ..� 2...e L, f ,c° - Z 4P 1, 'T t^
`y d ) Csti1.... 4•,ter+ y.F. t.:
• A Cc rnl J •pe,r 1(31:5 11/1 ye-v.d V c f/i7 Nt 3 417 G's
)8 S
t c tit •
L rr=,v? trn' ,r
5 Q ra4--cat for 12,F , c , ,.r'
5 _p (0s-`� rum 05 ui 0,i Y.31.119 1L 3 .
• US i r> \ a 4rt 3,4 w)uwe..- L'3 AA 6D`,/` . 3
Arz-
M r
.s" r.1 i �'h;` T�- rip �`_, _s ... .
-`5. 1 _ %e �'d?`aeA.��`:� �"g'TC'�'.e�k... n��.r r `C('
4,

Northeast WWTF Grit Pump - Hydraulic Headloss Calculations
Client: City of Conover
Project: Northeast WWTF
Headworks Upgrade
HMW Project No. CNV-011
Prepared By: Garrett Davis
System Flow 250 GPM
Pumps Operating 1
Low Water Level 860.00 ft
Forcemain High Point 878.00 ft
Hazen-Williams C Value 140
Total Piping System Headloss 23.38 ft
Static Head 18.00 ft
Total System Head 41.38 ft
ITEM INTERNAL
DIA K L FLOW VEL V2/2g Hf/L H LOSS CL EL EGL EL HGL EL PRESSURE
ITEM in fft� (cipml (ft/sect fill jWftl Lit fit jtJ 1111 (PSIGI
SYSTEM SEGMENT: PUMP SUCTION PIPING
Wetwell 860.00 N/A
Entrance Loss 3 0.5 250 11.3 2.00 0.15 1.00 MUM= 859.00 857.00 2.60
Pump
HEADLOSS SUBTOIAL 1.00 Ift
SYSTEM SEGMEN f: PUMP DISCHARGE PIPING
Pump 851.00
90 Degree Bend 3 0.40 250 11.3 2.00 0.145 0.80 851.00 900.38 898.38 20.51
3 X 4 Increaser 3 0.30 250 11.3 2.00 0.145 0.60 851.00 899.58 897.58 20.17
Pipe Losses 4 17 250 6.4 0.63 0.036 0.61 Varies 898.98 898.35 N/A
90 Degree Bend 4 0.40 250 6.4 0.63 0.036 0.25 868.00 898.38 897.74 12.88
Pipe Losses 4 22 250 6.4 0.63 0.036 0.79 868.00 898.12 897.49 12.77
90 Degree Bend 4 0.40 250 6.4 0.63 0.036 0.25 868.00 897.34 896.70 12.43
Pipe Losses 4 7 250 6.4 0.63 0.036 0.25 868.00 897.08 896.45 12.32
90 Degree Bend 4 0.40 250 6.4 0.63 0.036 0.25 868.00 896.83 896.20 12.21
Pipe Losses 4 10 250 6.4 0.63 0.036 0.36 Varies 896.58 895.95 N/A
90 Degree Bend 4 0.40 250 6.4 0.63 0.036 0.25 878.00 896.22 895.59 7.61
Hydrogritter 4 27.40 250 6.4 0.63 0.036 17.34 878.00 895.97 895.34 N/A
Exit Loss 4 1.00 250 6.4 0.63 0.036 0.63 878.00 878.63 878.00 0.00
878.00
56
HEADLOSS SUB TOTAL 22.38
I OTAL P P NU HEADLOSS 23.38 FT
STAT C HEAD 8.00 FT
TOTAL SYSTEM HEAD 4 .38 FT
w KCI ASSOCIATES OF NC
KC I ENGINEERS I PLANNERS I SCIENTISTS I CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS

Northeast WWTF Grit Pump - System Curve
60.00
250 GPM at
50.00 - _ _ _ 42 ft. Head
40.00
-a 30.00 co
x f'/
20.00 -
•
System Curve C=100
10.00
N—System Curve C=120
—.—System Curve C=140
Grit Pump
0.00 I
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Flow [GPM]

.®TR FLOW TECHNO/LL/LOGIES'"UM Trillium Pumps USA Inc.20.4.1
Customer Technical Offer
Customer ClearWater,Inc. Size/Stages 3X11 Model CLCESR/1
Item number 001 Rev 1 Pump speed 1,160
Customer reference Conover,NC-Grit Quote number 1022961
Pump
Qty Description
1 3X11 Model CLCESR
General Pump Options
Pump Options
Clockwise rotation(CW)
Stainless steel pump hardware
Nitrile elastomers
Case Assembly
3x3 Case
High chrome case(650+BHN hardness)
Standard suction connection
Cast iron fastout
Trillium Fastout Style
Rotating Assembly
Rotating Assembly
High chrome impeller(650+BHN hardness)
Stainless steel shaft adapter
Stainless steel impeller lockscrew
Pump Sealing
Pump sealing
Seal Type:No Pump Sealing Required
Driver
Motors
Trillium Supplied Motor:Trillium Supplied Motor
7.5HP 210TY 1200RPM Standard Efficiency TENV Submersible Motor
All motors are sized and selected in accordance with Hydraulic Institute Grade 2-2B performance test acceptance grades and tolerances
which adds 8%to the rated horsepower requirement of the pump.This calculation has not changed the rated horsepower or efficiency shown
on the Performance Data Sheet.View the link for more information from Hydraulic Institute.
Motor manufacturer-Trillium Standard
Tungsten carbide/tungsten carbide motor seal
Motor options
Moisture Detector Relay
25 ft.motor cable
Protective Coatings
Paint type
Epoxy 2 Coat Paint-Blue(Prime and Top Coat)
Unless otherwise noted all motors will receive top coat only of specified paint
Packing&Shipping
Shipping
No Boxing
Trillium Decision Carrier
Freight Rates
Freight Rates-North Carolina:North Carolina
Material Testing
Material Testing
No Hardness Testing
No Non-Destructive Testing
Testing
Testing
Testing Required
Trillium Pumps USA Inc 440 West 800 South P.O.Box 209(84110-0209) Salt Lake City,UT 84101
phone:[phone] fax:[phone] •www.trilliumflow.com Page 3 of 17

.TRILL/UM Trillium Pumps USA Inc.20.4.1
FLOW TECHNOLOGIES"'
Pump
Qty Description
Performance Testing
5 Point Performance Test,Single Speed
Performance Test:Bare Pump Test
PE Certified
Start-up
Start-up
Start-up by Rep
Estimated Weights
Bareshaft Pump:200.0 lb
Baseplate: 185.0 lb
Driver:335.0 lb
Misc.Weight:0.00 lb
Misc.Weight:0.00 lb
Misc.Weight:0.00 lb
Total Per Unit Weight:720.0 lb
Trillium Pumps USA Inc•440 West 800 South P.O.Box 209(84110-0209)• Salt Lake City,UT 84101
phone:[phone] fax:[phone] www.trilliumflow.com Page 4 of 17

AM lik
Trillium Pumps USA Inc II®TRILLIUM
www.trilliumflow.com FLOW TECHNOLOGIES"
Pump Performance Datasheet
Customer :ClearWater,Inc. Quote number : 1022961
Customer reference :Conover,NC-Grit Size :3X11 Model CLCESR
Item number :001 Rev 1 Stages : 1
Service :Grit Slurry Based on curve number :3x110E_P10CE-D31
Quantity : 1 Date last saved :03 Nov 2020 8:30 AM
Operating Conditions Liquid
Flow,rated :250 USgpm Liquid type :User defined
Differential head/pressure,rated(requested) :42.0 ft Additional liquid description .
Differential head/pressure,rated(actual) :42.5 ft Solids diameter,max :0.00 in
Suction pressure,rated/max :0.00/0.00 psi.g Solids concentration,by volume :0.00%
NPSH available,rated :Ample Temperature,max :68.00 deg F
Site Supply Frequency :60 Hz Fluid density,rated/max : 1.000/1.000 SG
Performance Viscosity,rated : 1.00 cP
Speed criteria :Synchronous Vapor pressure,rated :0.00 psi.a
Speed,rated :1160 rpm Material
Impeller diameter,rated :10.13 in Material selected :Standard
Impeller diameter,maximum :11.00 in Pressure Data
Impeller diameter,minimum :6.00 in Maximum working pressure :20.10 psi.g
Efficiency :44.67% Maximum allowable working pressure :85.00 psi.g
NPSH required/margin required :-/0.00 ft Maximum allowable suction pressure :N/A
Ns(imp.eye flow)/Nss(imp.eye flow) :1,238/-US Units Hydrostatic test pressure :N/A
MCSF :36.3 USgpm Driver&Power Data(@Max density)
Head,maximum,rated diameter :46.4 ft Driver sizing specification :Rated power
Head rise to shutoff :10.45% Margin over specification :0.00%
Flow,best eff.point :354 USgpm Service factor : 1.00
Flow ratio,rated/BEP :70.58% Power,hydraulic :2.65 hp
Diameter ratio(rated/max) :92.05% Power,rated :5.94 hp
Head ratio(rated dia/max dia) :83.20% Power,maximum,rated diameter :7.18 hp
Cq/Ch/Ce/Cn [ANSI/HI 9.6.7-2010] :1.00/1.00/1.00/1.00 Minimum recommended motor rating :7.50 hp/5.59 kW
Selection status :Acceptable
10.0
Q 7.5
t Power
45 5.0
o
0
d 2.5
0.0
60 1-MCSF
100
54 11.00., 90
48 - 80
42 10.13 In 47"--. _ - 70
36 60
c
4✓
T
U
a 30 50 N
Efficiency
= U
24 40
W
18 - 30
12 "n in 20
6 10
0 / 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Flow-USgpm
Page5of17
Trillium Pumps USA Inc Quote No. 1022961 03 Nov 2020 8:30 AM

8 I 7 I 6 r 5 4 I 3 I 2 I
1 it
0- 47" _ QTY ITEM DESCRIPTION •
DIMENSIDNS IN INCHES
1 1 CASE
PUMP SIZE MOTOR SIZE A •3X4X11 180TY 3 PH. 37-5/8 —9-3/8-- 1 2 IMPELLER
3X4X11 210TY 3 PH. 43-3/8 f 7-5/8-� r 7-5/8 1 5 WEARPLATE p
3X4X11 250TY 3 PH. 48-3/4 1 9 -ADAPTER, SHAFT co
3-13/16 3/8�� CD
p 2X 'bs/, I 10 LOCKSCREW, IMPELLER �D
6—� + 1 24 -GASKET
1I� ' 1-5/B 2-3/8
® -3�- =-H- 1 32 COLLETT
1 68 FASTOUT
- 3 6-5/8
1 69 GUIDE SHOE
6~ 8 108 BOLT,HEX HD
OPTIONAL ®_ q UPPER BRACKET DETAIL 8 108 NUT
(OX 1/2' ANCHOR BOLTS BY OTHERS) 8 108 WASHER
OPTIONAL ® 8 108 WASHER, LOCK
1 109 ADAPTER,MOTOR
8 110 HEX BOLT
8 110 LOCK WASHER
I 1-1/2 UIDE'RAILSSCH40 PIPE 1 121 LIFTING YOKE
C — ..o-, (BY OTHERS) 1 122 LIFTING CABLE C
2 123 CLAMP
t23 ` P 1 125 BRKT, UPPER GUIDERAIL •
•
r I.
SUBMERSIBLE—„,,,
37-9/16 1
A O I
24-3/8 oo
--.1® y (P
o 07-11/16 4-1/2
0 I I•MI ® 6,' D:S:HNT3EB f
m _ . 1 - �L=
13-1/4 © E,' I� ',11�- J,_____
1_ i 17-:/88
T - - 61/2e , , T O �y4-1/4_ I ' 7 -11/16
2-3/8 E3' SU.:TION 1 l + D71S]l6S NCIIIJ.
\x,,i i. /. �.\/ \x J: �, . '�,.,,,, \.Y , 1 s/16�
- l - ONCRETE SUPPORT
. ► Q \ BY OTHERS
•NCHOR BOLTS
BY OTHERS
A 130.01.
A
NOTES, USER
ROM IKE M ROTO—JET'
1. DISCHARGE FLANGE MATES WITH STANDARD CLASS 125 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT
OR 150 ANSI FLANGES °"°`a'°RDERMAWR EPS1.ESSKEl o. INLINE CE SUBMERSIBLE
•
NI R, OAT oNv n1 .. COMM N"�: T �, a�..w WITH FASTOUT 6 GUIDE RAILS
�w VRE wuxw wwa L.% MOM.�ssN.m uy 0 CAL 12(02 RF 5400218 d NEW ISSUE 01h [ TORQUE-FLOW PUMP
/ CAL N 12-13-02 No.700751-i >N�*1 O 1 /
XT AIR
1 MD 5 12 RF 60158 EXTENDED CONCRETE TO SHOW UNDER PUMP 1 _ I �L40E _
2 MM 1j18 RF 63486 REDRAWN IN CREO WITH NEW FASTOUT DESIGN 66 RFC 12-16-02
3/16 D 700751 �2
• I RF 12-17-02 -
8 7 6 51 4 4 �I 3 2 1

TRILLIUM Trillium Pumps USA Inc.20.4.1
Customer Technical Offer
li Customer ClearWater,Inc. Size/Stages 12-FF-GE/1
Item number 002 Pump speed 0
Customer reference Conover,NC-Grit Quote number 1022961
Pump
Qty Description
1 WEMCO Hydrogritter 12"Full Flare-Grit End
Tank Options
Tank Options
Stainless steel tank
Non air tight design
NEMA4X safety stop enclosure
Stainless steel hardware
Standard tank support
Stainless steel tank support
No grit chute
Spiral Options
Spiral Options
Stainless steel spiral guard
Stainless steel spiral single pitch
ARS wear shoes
Stainless steel spiral hardware
Spiral speed-12 RPM
Drive
Drive Options
Stainless steel driven assembly
No torque limiter
No zero speed sensor
Belt driven
Stainless steel belt guard
Sluice water
Sluice Water Options
Stainless steel sluice water valve
120V
NEMA 4 sluice water valve enclosure
Wemclone
Wemclone Configuration
Wemclone quantity
Single Wemclone
1000C Wemclone(quantity of 1)
Aluminum Wemclone
Rubber Wemclone liner
Stainless steel Wemclone hardware
Stainless steel Wemclone support(single wemclone)
Wemclone overflow piping-01 90 degrees(arrangement A)
Inlet arrangement A
22.5 degree Wemclone
Stainless steel Wemclone pressure gauge
0-15 PSI Wemclone pressure gauge(single wemclone)
Outdoor stainless steel pressure gauge(single wemclone)
Feedbox
Feedbox Options
Center feedbox
One stainless steel feedbox
Trillium Pumps USA Inc 440 West 800 South P.O.Box 209(84110-0209)• Salt Lake City,UT 84101
phone:[phone] fax:[phone] •www.trilliumflow.com Page 7 of 17

FLOW TECHNO®TRILLILOGIES"'UM Trillium Pumps USA Inc.20.4.1
Pump
Qty Description
Motor
1/2 HP 1800 RPM E-PACT Efficient 230V/460V TENV Severe Duty Motor
Protective Coatings
Paint type
Paint Preparation:Standard paint preparation(clean and blast)
Tank Exterior and Cyclone-Epoxy 2 Coat Paint-Blue(Prime and Top Coat)
Tank Interior and Spiral-Coal Tar Epoxy Paint-Black
Stainless steel parts on the Hydrogritter will not be painted
Packing&Shipping
Shipping
No Boxing
Trillium Decision Carrier
Freight Rates
Freight Rates-North Carolina:North Carolina
Start-up
Start-up
Start-up by Rep
Estimated Weights
Tank:745.0 lb
Wemclone:650.0 lb
Driver:30.00 lb
Misc.Weight:0.00 lb
Misc.Weight:0.00 lb
Misc.Weight:0.00 lb
Total Per Unit Weight: 1,425.0 lb
No Group
Qty li Description
1 Flow Rate/per cyclone 250GPM:250 USgpm
Inlet Pressure 7.5PSI:7.50 psi.g
Trillium Pumps USA Inc 440 West 800 South P.O.Box 209(84110-0209)• Salt Lake City,UT 84101
phone:[phone] fax:[phone] www.trilliumflow.com Page 8 of 17

Trillium Pumps USA Inc
.,TRILLIUM
Quotation
03 Nov 2020
ClearWater, Inc. Quotation number: 1022961
1939 Tate Blvd, SE PO Box 1469 Revision: Rev 1
Hickory, North Carolina 28602
Attn: Josh Ziembiec
Project: Conover, NC Northeast WWTP Headworks-Grit
Your reference: Conover, NC-Grit
We thank you for your above referenced inquiry,and are pleased to submit our quotation for your consideration.
Please see the next page for a summary of our offer. Full details can be found in subsequent pages.
Rev 1:Grit Pump Operating Conditions Updated.
We hope you find our quotation in line with your requirements. However, if you have any questions, please do not hesitate
to contact us.
Sincerely,
Robert Haws
Trillium Pumps USA Inc
Trillium Pumps USA Inc •440 West 800 South • P.O. Box 209 (84110-0209) • Salt Lake City, UT 84101
phone: [phone] • fax: [phone] • www.trilliumflow.com
Page 1 of 17

Trillium Pumps USA Inc
gill/TRILLIUM
FLOW Quotation Summary
03 Nov 2020
ClearWater, Inc. Quotation number: 1022961
1939 Tate Blvd,SE PO Box 1469 Revision: Rev 1
Hickory, North Carolina 28602
Attn: Josh Ziembiec
Project: Conover, NC Northeast WWTP Headworks-Grit
Your reference: Conover, NC-Grit
The following is a price summary for this quotation. Please see item specific pages for more details.
Item number Service Size Unit Price Unit Freight Qty Extended Price
001 Rev 1 Grit Slurry 3X11 Model CLCESR $27,453 $506 1 $27,959
002 Grit Removal 12-FF-GE $63,695 $893 1 $64,588
Grand Total $92,547
PUMP FEATURES: All Trillium Pumps USA INC are designed to reduce maintenance costs through greater pump
reliability and improved mean time between failure.
SCOPE OF SUPPLY: Only that material detailed in this quotation is being offered. No assumptions should be made that
anything not specifically specified is included.
QUALITY STANDARDS: Trillium Pumps USA INC is an ISO ISO 9001:2015 certified plant.
VALIDITY: This offer is valid for 60 days from date issued.Quoted prices will be held firm through shipment if order is
released for manufacture within 60 days from order entry date.
PRICE: Price quoted is for all items purchased at one time. In the event of a partial order,we will review and adjust
accordingly.
SHIPMENT: Approximately 14-16 weeks after receipt of approved purchase order and/or final approval of submittal and
drawings.
START-UP: Not included.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS: The Terms and Conditions of Sale attached hereto as TFT-20 Rev. 09.2020(these
"Terms")apply to the sale of goods and ancillary services(collectively, "Goods")by Seller to its customer(the"Buyer").
These Terms are the only terms and conditions,oral or written,applying to the sale of Goods to Buyer except for
additional terms consistent with these Terms regarding prices,quantities,and the description of the Goods as set forth in
an order form accepted by Seller("Order"). Seller expressly rejects any additions to or modifications of these Terms,or
terms and conditions in Buyer's purchase Order(s). Buyer's assent to these Terms is conclusively established by Buyer's:
(i)issuance or placement of a purchase Order or(ii)acceptance of any of the Goods covered by these Terms.
PAYMENT TERMS: 100%Net 30 days(subject to credit approval). Purchase orders must be made out to Trillium Pumps
USA INC.
Trillium Pumps USA Inc 440 West 800 South • P.O. Box 209 (84110-0209) • Salt Lake City, UT 84101
phone: [phone] • fax: [phone] • www.trilliumflow.com
Page 2 of 17

RECEIVED
JAN 0 4 2021
NORTHEAST WWTF NCDEQ/DWR/NPDES
HEADWORKS IMPROVEMENTS
FINAL SPECIFICATIONS - FOR REVIEW PURPOSES
ONLY — NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
N , r-\
aijdeff/1,04-1a
Prepared for the City of Conover
Conover, North Carolina
KCI Project No. 962004671
KCI ASSOCIATES OF NC
KCI ENGINEERS ( PLANNERS I SCIENTISTS I CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS
December 2020
`oINIIIt%,
43�P�FESS/p''.�� k
Q
R
050854 : Co
I2116/20 : .
�'� •'%cyGIN£EP:r
%/ A Y 1.O •
ilium11%

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Section 00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION TITLE
01 10 00 Summary
01 20 00 Price and Payment Procedures
01 25 00 Substitution Procedures
01 30 00 Administrative Requirements
01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule
01 33 00 Submittal Procedures
01 40 00 Quality Requirements
01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01 60 00 Product Requirements
01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements
01 74 19 Construction Waste Management and Disposal (Demolition)
DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE
SECTION TITLE
03 30 00 Cast-in-place Concrete
03 60 00 Grouting
DIVISION 05 - METALS
SECTION TITLE
05 50 00 Miscellaneous Metals
05 52 00 Aluminum Pipe and Tube Railings
DIVISION 09 -PAINTING AND COATING
SECTION TITLE
09 90 00 Painting and Coating
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION TITLE
26 00 00 Electrical
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
SECTION TITLE
31 23 16 Excavating, Backfilling for Structures
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 00 00 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
31 23 19 Dewatering
31 23 33 Trenching, Backfilling for Utilities
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION TITLE
32 12 16 Asphaltic Concrete Paving
32 31 13 Chain Link Fence and Gates
DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES
SECTION TITLE
33 32 10 Temporary Bypass Pumping
DIVISION 40 - PROCESS INTERCONNECTIONS
SECTION TITLE
40 05 19 Plant Piping, Valves, and Appurtenances
40 05 59 Slide Gates
40 05 62 Plug Valves
DIVISION 43 - PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING EQUIPMENT
SECTION TITLE
43 11 33 Positive Displacement Blowers
DIVISION 46 - WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT
SECTION TITLE
46 21 13 Chain and Rake Bar Screens
46 21 16 Washer Compactor
46 23 13 Grit Classifying and Washing Equipment
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 00 00 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 10 00
SUMMARY
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Work Included:
1. Contract description.
2. Contractor's use of Site.
3. Work sequence.
4. Owner occupancy.
5. Permits.
6. Specification conventions.
7. Other requirements.
1.2 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION
A. Work of the Project generally includes the replacement of an existing chain and rake bar screen/
screenings conveyor with a new chain and rake bar screen/washer compactor,installation of new
overhead concrete walkway,positive displacement air blowers,air piping,grit pump,grit piping,
grit classifier,baffle wall, electrical panels, electrical and control signal wiring, and performing
all other associated work to provide a complete and operational project. Furnish all labor,
materials, equipment and incidentals required and construct project as shown on the Drawings
and specified herein.
B. Perform Work of Contract under stipulated sum Contract with Owner according to Conditions of
Contract.
1.3 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. There are no Owner-Furnished Products.
1.4 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE
A. Limit use of Site to allow:
1. Owner occupancy.
2. Access to Site: By Owner and Contractor.
i Operations: Limited to areas indicated on Drawings.
B. Construction Ope o
1. Noisy and Disruptive Operations (such as Use of Jack Hammers and Other Noisy
Equipment):Not allowed in close proximity to existing building(s)during regular hours of
operation. Coordinate and schedule such operations with Owner to minimize disruptions.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 10 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 10 00
SUMMARY
C. Time Restrictions for Performing Work: 8AM to 5PM,Monday through Friday unless otherwise
approved by the Owner in writing.
D. Utility Outages and Shutdown:
1. Coordinate and schedule electrical and other utility outages with Owner.
2. Outages: Allowed only at previously agreed upon times.
E. Contractor shall:
1. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under this
contract,whether stored on or off the site.
2. Move and store products under Contractor's control that interfere with operations of the
Owner or separate Contractor.
3. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or work areas needed for construction.
1.5 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Construct Work in phases during construction period as shown on Drawing Sheet C2. Coordinate
construction schedule and operations with Owner's representative.
B. Sequencing of Construction Plan: Construction sequencing shall comply with accepted
construction plan unless deviations are accepted by Owner in writing.
C. All work to be done under this Contract shall be done with minimal disruption to the operations
of the existing wastewater treatment plant.
D. Nothing is to be provided for Owner occupancy before substantial completion of the entire
project.
1.6 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. Schedule and substantially complete designated portions of the Work for occupancy before
Substantial Completion of the entire Work.
1. Owner intends to occupy each phase of the Project upon substantial completion of that
phase.
2. Owner's use and occupancy of designated areas before Substantial Completion of the entire
Project do not relieve Contractor of responsibility to maintain specified insurance
coverages on a 100 percent basis until date of final payment.
B. Owner will have full access to and use of all existing wastewater facilities at the site during entire
period of construction. Cooperate with Owner's representative in all construction operations to
minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations.
C. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations.
D. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 10 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 10 00
SUMMARY
1.7 PERMITS
A. Furnish and pay for all necessary construction and building permits for construction of Work
including,but not limited to,the following:
1. Local business license.
2. Local building permit.
1.8 SPECIFICATION CONVENTIONS
A. These Specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. This imperative
language is directed to Contractor unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" are
included by inference where a colon(:)is used within sentences or phrases.
B. Intent
1. All work called for in the Specifications applicable to this Contract,but not shown on the
Drawings in their present form, or vice versa, shall be of like effect as if shown or
mentioned in both. Work not specified in either the Drawings or in the Specifications,but
involved in carrying out their intent or in the complete and proper execution of the work,
is required and shall be performed by the Contractor as though it were specifically
delineated or described.
2. The apparent silence of the Specifications as to any detail, or the apparent omission from
them of a detailed description concerning any Work to be done and materials to be
furnished,shall be regarded as meaning that only the best general practice is to prevail and
that only material and workmanship of the best quality is to be used, and interpretation of
these Specifications shall be made upon that basis. The inclusion of the General
Requirements (or Work specified elsewhere) in the general part of the Specifications is
only for the convenience of the Contractor and shall not be interpreted as a complete list of
related Specification sections.
1.9 OTHER REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, services and incidentals to
complete all Work required by these Specifications and as shown on the Drawings.
B. The Contractor shall furnish the Work complete, in place, and ready for continuous service, and
shall include repairs,testing,permits,clean-up,replacements and restoration required as a result
of damages caused by the Contractor or its Subcontractors or Suppliers during the Work.
C. All materials, equipment, skills,tools and labor which are reasonable and properly inferable and
necessary for the proper completion of the work in a substantial manner and in compliance with
the requirements stated or implied by the Drawings and Specifications shall be furnished and
installed by the Contractor without additional compensation,whether specifically indicated in the
Contract Documents or not.
D. The Contractor shall comply with all municipal, county, state, federal, and other codes that are
applicable to the Work.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 10 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 10 00
SUMMARY
E. In case of conflict within the Bid Documents,the most expensive or owner preferred option will
prevail. In case of conflict between the General Specifications and the Technical Specifications
or Contract Drawings, the Technical Specifications and Contract Drawings will prevail. In case
of conflict between the Technical Specifications and Contract Drawings, the Technical
Specifications will prevail where related items are not explicitly included in the Contract
Drawings and the Contract Drawings will prevail where there is a specific directive relating to
the project work.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3-EXECUTION-Not Used
END OF SECTION 01 10 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 10 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 0120 00
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Testing and inspection allowances.
B. Schedule of Values.
C. Application for Payment.
D. Change procedures.
E. Defect assessment.
F. Unit prices.
1.2 TESTING AND INSPECTION ALLOWANCES
A. Contractor to cover all testing and inspections required in the Technical Specifications.
B. Costs Included in Testing and Inspecting Allowances:
1. Cost of engaging testing and inspecting agency.
2. Execution of tests and inspecting.
3. Reporting results.
C. Costs Not Included in Testing and Inspecting Allowance but Included in Contract Sum/Price:
1. Costs of incidental labor and facilities required to assist testing or inspecting agency.
2. Costs of testing services used by Contractor separate from Contract Document
requirements.
3. Costs of retesting upon failure of previous tests as determined by Engineer.
D. Payment Procedures:
1. Distribute copies of inspecting or testing firm's invoice with Application for Payment.
2. Pay invoice upon approval by Engineer.
E. Testing and Inspecting Allowance Schedule:
1. Include cost of testing and inspecting as shown in the Schedule of Bid Items.
F. Differences in cost will be adjusted by Change Order when additional testing or inspections,
above those outlined in the Technical Specifications,are requested by the Owner. Additional
testing or inspections costs resulting from deficiencies in the Work will not be approved for
payment.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 20 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 20 00
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Submit Schedule of Values within 15 days after notice to proceed is issued.
B. Include in each line item,direct proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit.
C. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders with each Application for Payment.
1.4 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. Comply with Section 19 of the General Conditions. Submit electronic copy of each Application
for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions.
B. Content and Format:Use Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment.
C. Submit updated construction schedule with each Application for Payment.
D. Submittals must include transmittal letter and comply with Section 01 33 00 — Submittal
Procedures.
E. Substantiating Data:When Engineer requires substantiating information,submit data justifying
dollar amounts in question. Include the following with Application for Payment:
1. Photographs of construction.
2. Partial release of liens from major Subcontractors and vendors.
3. Affidavits attesting to off-Site stored products.
15 CHANGE PROCEDURES
A. Comply with General Conditions.
B. Submittals: Submit name of individual who is authorized to receive change documents and is
responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the
Work.
C. Carefully study and compare Contract Documents before proceeding with fabrication and
installation of Work.Promptly advise Engineer of any error, inconsistency,omission,or apparent
discrepancy.
D. Requests for Interpretation (RFI) and Clarifications: Allot time in construction scheduling for
liaison with Engineer;establish procedures for handling queries and clarifications.
1. All requests must be made in writing and only written responses are considered approval
to proceed.
E. Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment to Contract
Sum/Price or Contract Time by issuing supplemental instructions on Field Order Form.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 20 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 20 00
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
F. Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for change to Engineer, describing
proposed change and its full effect on the Work.Include a statement describing reason for the
change and the effect on Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation.
G. Document requested substitutions according to the General Conditions and Section 01 25 00—
Substitution Procedures.
H. Stipulated Sum/Price Change Order: Based on Owner's approval and Contractor's price
quotation.
I. Unit Price Change Order: For Contract unit prices and quantities,the Change Order will be
executed on a fixed unit price basis.For unit costs or quantities of units of that which are not
predetermined,changes in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time will be computed as specified
for Change Order.
J. Engineer may issue Work Change Directive signed by Owner,instructing Contractor to proceed
with change in the Work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.Document will describe
changes in the Work and designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or
Contract Time.Promptly execute change.
K. Change Order:Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change,within
time limits indicated in Conditions of the Contract.Engineer will determine change allowable in
Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in Contract Documents.
L. Maintain detailed records of Work.Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed
changes and to substantiate costs for changes in the Work.
M. Document each quotation for change in Project Cost or Time with sufficient data to allow
evaluation of quotation.
1. Change Order Forms: Should the net cost be more or less than the specified amount of the
allowance, the contract will be adjusted accordingly by change order. The amount of
change order will not recognize any changes in handling costs at the site,labor,overhead,
profit and other expenses caused by the adjustment to the allowance.
N. Execution of Change Orders: Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as
provided in Conditions of the Contract.
O. Correlation of Contractor Submittals:
1. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each
authorized Change Order as separate line item and adjust Contract Sum/Price.
2. Promptly revise Progress Schedules to reflect change in Contract Time, revise
subschedules to adjust times for other items of Work affected by the change,and resubmit
3. Promptly enter changes in Record Documents.
1.6 DEFECT ASSESSMENT
A. Replace the Work,orportions of the Work,not conforming to specified requirements.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 20 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 0120 00
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
B. If,in the opinion of the Engineer,it is notpractical to remove andreplace the Work,The Engineer
will direct appropriate remedy or adjust payment via Change Order.
C. Authority of the Owner to assess defects and identify payment adjustments is final.
D. Nonpayment for Rejected Products:Payment will not be made for rejected products for any of
the following reasons:
1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable.
2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement.
3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle.
4. Products placed beyond lines and levels of the required Work.
5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work.
6. Loading,hauling,and disposing of rejected products.
1.7 STIPULATED SUM/PRICE MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. This section is the basis for payment for work to be completed under the items listed in the Bid.
Each amount shall include all labor,materials,tools,surface restoration,cleanup,construction
staking, equipment, transportation, overhead, profit, insurance, taxes, and all other costs
necessary for a complete and proper installation and placement in service of the work. No
additional compensationwill be considered,except for work approvedby the Owner as a changed
to the work as bid.
B. Payment for all items shall be full compensation for traffic control, mobilization and
demobilization, erosion control construction staking and layout, excavation,grading, bypass
pumping,dewatering,backfilling and compaction,seeding and grassing,site restoration,spare
prats,testing,startup services,cleanup,"as-built"drawings,warranties,and all other related work
necessary for a complete and proper installation.
C. Lump Sum Bid Items:
1. Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements:
Payment shall be full compensation for providing equipment, labor, and materials for
improvements to the existing wastewater treatment plant headworks including, but not
limited to, demolition and removal of existing equipment, new influent screen, washer
compactor, aerated grit chamber modifications, grit pump, grit classifier, positive
displacement blowers,piping, overhead structural walkway,electrical conduit,electrical
panels,specialty coatings and linings,yard piping,valves,fittings and gauges,connections
to existing facilities,chain link fencing and gates,making arrangements with the utility
company for paying all fees,permits,work,and materials provided by the utility company,
and all other items that are specified in the Project Manual and shown on the Drawings,
and other related work necessary for a complete and proper installation.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 20 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 0120 00
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 2 -PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3 -EXECUTION-Not Used
END OF SECTION 01 20 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 20 00-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 0120 00
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 20 00-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 0125 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality assurance.
B. Product options.
C. Product substitution procedures.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Based on products and standards established in Contract Documents without consideration of
proposed substitutions.
B. Products specified define standard of quality, type, function, dimension, appearance, and
performance required.
C. Substitution Proposals:Permitted for specified products except where specified otherwise. Do
not substitute products unless substitution has been accepted and approved in writing by Owner.
13 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. See Section 01 60 00-Product Requirements.
1.4 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
A. Instructions to Bidders specifies time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions
during Bidding period.
B. Substitutions shall be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of
Contractor.
C. Document each request with complete data,substantiating compliance of proposed substitution
with Contract Documents,including:
1. Manufacturer's name and address, product, trade name, model, or catalog number,
performance and test data,and reference standards.
2. Itemized point-by-point comparison of proposed substitution with specified product,
listing variations in quality,performance,and other pertinent characteristics.
3. Reference to Article and Paragraph numbers in Specification Section.
4. Cost data comparing proposed substitution with specified product and amount of net
change to Contract Sum.
5. Changes required in other Work.
6. Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement parts as applicable.
7. Certified test data to show compliance with performance characteristics specified.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 25 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
8. Samples when applicable or requested.
9. Other information as necessary to assist Engineer's evaluation.
D. A request constitutes a representation that the Contractor:
1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds quality level
of specified product.
2. Will provide same warranty for substitution as for specified product.
3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the
Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner.
4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become
apparent.
5. Will coordinate installation of the accepted substitute,making such changes as may be
required for the Work to be complete in all respects.
6. Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with reapproval by
authorities having jurisdiction.
E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawing or
Product Data submittals without separate written request or when acceptance will require
revision to Contract Documents.
F. Substitution Submittal Procedure:
1. Submit requests for substitutions prior to last day for bidder questions/inquiries.
2. Submit 3 copies of Request for Substitution for consideration.Limit each request to one
proposed substitution.
3. Submit Shop Drawings, Product Data, and certified test results attesting to proposed
product equivalence.Burden of proof is on proposer.
4. Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.
15 INSTALLER SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
A. Instructions to Bidders specifies time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions
during Bidding period.
B. Document each request with:
1. Installer's qualifications.
2. Installer's experience in work similar to that specified.
3. Other information as necessary to assist Engineer's evaluation.
C. Substitution Submittal Procedure:
1. Submit of Request for Substitution for consideration.Limit each request to one proposed
substitution.
2. Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 25 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 0125 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 2 -PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3 -EXECUTION-Not Used
END OF SECTION 01 25 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 25 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 25 00-4 City of Conover,NC

r - -
Section 0130 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Coordination and Project conditions.
B. Preconstruction meeting.
C. Site mobilization meeting.
D. Progress meetings.
E. Preinstallation meetings.
F. Closeout meeting.
G. Alteration procedures.
1.2 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various Sections of Project Manual to ensure
efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements.
B. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with
building utilities. Coordinate Work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities
for installing,connecting to,and placing operating equipment in service.
C. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical Work
indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit as
closely as practical; place runs parallel with lines of building. Use spaces efficiently to
maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance,and for repairs.
1. Coordination Drawings: Prepare as required to coordinate all portions of Work. Show
relationship and integration of different construction elements that require coordination
during fabrication or installation to fit in space provided or to function as intended.
Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing
and coordination of installations are important.
D. Coordination Meetings: In addition to other meetings specified in this Section, hold
coordination meetings with personnel and Subcontractors to ensure coordination of Work.
E. In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within construction. Coordinate locations of
fixtures and outlets with finish elements.
F. Coordinate completion and clean-up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial
Completion.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 30 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
G. After Owner's occupancy of premises, coordinate access to Site for correction of defective
Work and Work not complying with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's
activities.
1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Engineer will schedule and preside over meeting after Contract has been awarded.
B. Attendance Required: Engineer,Owner, Major subcontractors, Representatives of governmental
or regulatory agencies when appropriate,and Contractor and superintendent.
C. Minimum Agenda:
1. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates.
2. Distribution of Contract Documents.
3. Submission of a list of products, schedule of values,and Progress Schedule.
4. Designation of personnel representing parties in Contract, Owner, and Engineer.
5. Communication procedures.
6. Procedures and processing of requests for interpretations, field decisions, submittals,
substitutions, Applications for Payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract
closeout procedures.
7. Scheduling.
8. Critical Work sequencing.
9. Scheduling of shop drawing,product data, and sample submittals.
D. Engineer: Record minutes and distribute to participants within five days after meeting, to
Engineer,Owner,and those affected by decisions made.
1.4 SITE MOBILIZATION MEETING
A. Engineer will schedule meeting at Project Site prior to Contractor occupancy.
B. Attendance Required: Engineer, Owner, and Contractor.
C. Minimum Agenda:
1. Use of premises by Owner and Contractor.
2. Owner's requirements.
3. Construction facilities and controls.
4. Temporary utilities.
5. Survey and proposed layout.
6. Security and housekeeping procedures.
7. Schedules.
8. Procedures for testing.
9. Procedures for maintaining record documents.
10. Requirements for startup of equipment.
11. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 30 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 0130 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
D. Record minutes and distribution to participants within five days after meeting, to and those
affected by decisions made.
1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum one-month
intervals.
B. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, Owner, Engineer and suppliers, and as appropriate to
agenda topics for each meeting.
C. Minimum Agenda:
1. Review minutes of previous meetings.
2. Review of Work progress.
3. Field observations,problems, and decisions.
4. Identification of problems impeding planned progress.
5. Review of submittal schedule and status of submittals.
6. Review of off-Site fabrication and delivery schedules.
7. Maintenance of Progress Schedule.
8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.
9. Planned progress during succeeding work period.
10. Coordination of projected progress.
11. Maintenance of quality and work standards.
12. Effect of proposed changes on Progress Schedule and coordination.
13. Other business relating to Work.
D. Record minutes and distributed to participants within five days after meeting, and to those
affected by decisions made.
1.6 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. When required in individual Specification Sections, convene preinstallation meetings at site
before starting Work of specific Section.
B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting,or affected by,Work of specific Section.
C. Notify Engineer 7 days in advance of meeting date.
D. Prepare agenda and preside over meeting:
1. Review conditions of installation,preparation, and installation procedures.
2. Review coordination with related Work.
E. Record minutes and distribute to participants within five days after meeting,to those affected by
decisions made.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 30 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
1.7 CLOSEOUT MEETING
A. Schedule Project closeout meeting with sufficient time to prepare for requesting Substantial
Completion. Preside over meeting and be responsible for minutes.
B. Attendance Required: Owner,Engineer, Contractors, and others appropriate to agenda.
C. Notify Engineer 7 days in advance of meeting date.
D. Minimum Agenda:
1. Start-up of facilities and systems.
2. Operations and maintenance manuals.
3. Testing,adjusting,and balancing.
4. System demonstration and observation.
5. Operation and maintenance instructions for Owner's personnel.
6. Contractor's inspection of Work.
7. Contractor's preparation of an initial "punch list."
8. Procedure to request Engineer inspection to determine date of Substantial Completion.
9. Completion time for correcting deficiencies.
10. Inspections by authorities having jurisdiction.
11. Certificate of Occupancy and transfer of insurance responsibilities.
12. Partial release of retainage.
13. Final cleaning.
14. Preparation for final inspection.
15. Closeout Submittals:
a. Project record documents.
b. Operating and maintenance documents.
c. Operating and maintenance materials.
d. Affidavits.
16. Final Application for Payment.
17. Contractor's demobilization of Site.
18. Maintenance.
E. Record minutes and distribute to participants within five days after meeting, to, and those
affected by decisions made.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION-Not Used
END OF SECTION 0130 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 30 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 0132 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittals.
B. Quality assurance.
C. Format for Project Schedules.
D. Project Schedules.
E. Bar chart schedules.
F. Review and evaluation.
G. Updating schedules.
H. Distribution.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Within five days after date of Award submit proposed preliminary Project Schedule defining
planned operations for first 60 days of Work,with general outline for remainder of Work.
B. Participate in review of preliminary and complete Project Schedules jointly with Engineer.
C. Within five days after joint review of proposed preliminary Project Schedule, submit draft of
proposed complete Project Schedule for review. Include written certification that
Subcontractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule.
D. Within five days after joint review, submit complete network analysis consisting of Project
Schedules and mathematical analyses.
E. Submit updated network schedules monthly.
F. Post as electronic file to Project website.
G. Submit network schedules under transmittal letter form specified in Section 01 33 00 -
Submittal Procedures.
H. Schedule Updates:
1. Overall percent complete,projected and actual.
2. Completion progress by listed activity and sub-activity, to within five days prior to
submittal.
3. scope Changes in Work and activities modified since submittal.
g
4. Delays in submittals or resubmittals, deliveries, or Work.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTT Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 32 16-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 0132 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
5. Adjusted or modified sequences of Work.
6. Other identifiable changes.
7. Revised projections of progress and completion.
I. Narrative Progress Report:
1. Submit with each monthly submission of Progress Schedule.
2. Summary of Work completed during the past period between reports.
3. Work planned during the next period.
4. Explanation of differences between summary of Work completed and Work planned in
previously submitted report.
5. Current and anticipated delaying factors and estimated impact on other activities and
completion milestones.
6. Corrective action taken or proposed.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Scheduler: specializing in project scheduling with five years' minimum experience in
scheduling construction work of complexity comparable to the Project.
B. Administrative Personnel: five years' minimum experience in using and monitoring schedules
on comparable Projects.
1.4 FORMAT FOR PROJECT SCHEDULE
A. Listings: Reading from left to right, in ascending order for each activity. Identify each activity
with applicable Specification Section number.
B. Diagram Sheet Size: 11 inches high x 17 inches wide.
C. Scale and Spacing: To allow for notations and revisions.
1.5 PROJECT SCHEDULES
A. Prepare Project Schedule and supporting mathematical analyses using critical path method.
B. Illustrate order and interdependence of activities and sequence of Work; how start of given
activity depends on completion of preceding activities, and how completion of activity may
restrain start of subsequent activities.
C. Illustrate complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying Work of separate
contractors. Indicate dates for submittals and return of submittals; dates for procurement and
delivery of products; and dates for installation and provision for testing. Include legend for
symbols and abbreviations used.
D. Mathematical Analysis: Tabulate each activity of detailed Project Schedules using calendar
dates,and identify for each activity:
1. Preceding and following event numbers.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 32 16-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 0132 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
2. Activity description.
3. Estimated duration of activity,in maximum 1-day intervals. Status of critical activities.
4. Earliest start date.
5. Earliest finish date.
6. Actual start date.
7. Actual finish date.
8. Latest start date.
9. Latest finish date.
10. Total and free float; accrue float time to Owner and to Owner's benefit.
11. Monetary value of activity,keyed to Schedule of Values.
12. Percentage of activity completed.
13. Responsibility.
E. Analysis Program: Capable of accepting revised completion dates, and of recomputing of
scheduled dates and float.
F. Required Sorts: List activities in sorts or groups:
1. By preceding Work item or event number from lowest to highest.
2. By longest float,then in order of early start.
3. By responsibility in order of earliest possible start date.
4. In order of latest allowable start dates.
5. In order of latest allowable finish dates.
6. Contractor's periodic payment request sorted by .
7. List of basic input data-generating report.
8. List of activities on critical path.
G. Prepare sub-schedules for each stage of Work as identified in Construction Plan, see Section
01 10 00-Summary.
H. Coordinate contents with Schedule of Values in Section 01 20 00 Price and Payment
Procedures.
1.6 BAR CHART SCHEDULES
A. Format: Bar chart Schedule,to include at least:
1. Identification and listing in chronological order of those activities reasonably required to
complete the Work, including:
a. Subcontract Work.
b. Major equipment design, fabrication, factory testing, and delivery dates including
required lead times.
c. Move-in and other preliminary activities.
d. Equipment and equipment system test and startup activities.
e. Project closeout and cleanup.
f. Work sequences,constraints, and milestones.
2. Listings identified by Specification Section number.
3. Identification of the following:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 32 16-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 0132 16
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
a. Horizontal time frame by year,month, and week.
b. Duration,early start,and completion for each activity and sub-activity.
c. Critical activities and Project float.
d. Sub-schedules to further define critical portions of Work.
1.7 REVIEW AND EVALUATION
A. Participate in joint review and evaluation of schedules with Engineer at each submittal.
B. Evaluate Project status to determine Work behind schedule and Work ahead of schedule.
C. After review,revise schedules incorporating results of review, and resubmit within five days.
1.8 UPDATING SCHEDULES
A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities.
B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each
activity.Update schedules to depict current status of Work.
C. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other
identifiable changes.
D. Upon approval of a Change Order,include the change in the next schedule submittal.
E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion.
F. Submit sorts as required to support recommended changes.
G. Prepare narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on schedule.
Report corrective action taken or proposed and its effect.
1.9 DISTRIBUTION
A. Following joint review, distribute copies of updated schedules to Contractor's Project site file,to
Subcontractors, suppliers,Engineer.
B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in
schedules.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3 -EXECUTION-Not Used
END OF SECTION 01 32 16
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 32 16-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 0133 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Definitions.
B. Submittal procedures.
C. Construction progress schedules.
D. Proposed product list.
E. Product data.
F. Use of electronic CAD files of Project Drawings.
G. Shop Drawings.
H. Samples.
I. Other submittals.
J. Design data.
K. Test reports.
L. Certificates.
M. Manufacturer's instructions.
N. Manufacturer's field reports.
O. Erection Drawings.
P. Construction photographs.
Q. Contractor review.
R. Engineer review.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require
Engineer's responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals:Written and graphic information and physical Samples that do not
require Engineer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with
requirements.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 33 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 0133 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
13 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Mark each submittal with a sequential number.
1. First page of each submittal must contain number for reference.
2. Accompany each submittal with a transmittal sequentially numbered to match submittal
number.
3. Transmittal or Index Page to show all information being submitted.
B. Maintain an accurate submittal log for the duration of the work, showing submittal status.
Provide updated copy for Engineer's review upon request.
C. Mark revised submittals with original number and sequential alphabetic suffix.
D. Identify:Project,Contractor,Subcontractor and supplier,pertinent Drawing and detail number,
and Specification Section number appropriate to submittal.
E. Apply Contractor's stamp,signed or initialed,certifying that review,approval,verification of
products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of
information is according to requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.
F. Schedule submittals to expedite Project Work.Coordinate submission of related items.
G. For each submittal for review,allow a minimum of 30 days excluding delivery time to and from
Contractor.
H. Identify variations in Contract Documents and product or system limitations that may be
detrimental to successful performance of completed Work.
I. Allow space on submittals for Contractor and Engineer review stamps.
J. When revised for resubmission,identify changes made since previous submission.
K. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report
inability to comply with requirements.
L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized nor processed.
M. Incomplete Submittals: Engineer will not review. Complete submittals for each item are
required.Delays resulting from incomplete submittals are not the responsibility of Engineer.
1.4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A. Comply with Section 01 32 16-Construction Progress Schedule.
1.5 PROPOSED PRODUCT LIST
A. Within five days after date of Notice to Proceed,submit list of major products proposed for use,
with name of manufacturer,trade name,and model number of each product.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 33 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 0133 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
B. For products specified only by reference standards,indicate manufacturer,trade name,model or
catalog designation,and reference standards.
1.6 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product Data:Action Submittal: Submit to Engineer for review for assessing conformance with
information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
B. Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files to Project website.
C. Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models,options,and other data. Supplement
manufacturers'standard data to provide information specific to this Project.
D. Indicate product utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and
location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
E. After review,produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures"Article and for
record documents described in Section 01 70 00-Execution and Closeout Requirements.
1.7 ELECTRONIC CAD FILES OF PROJECT DRAWINGS
A. Electronic CAD Files of Project Drawings:May only be used to expedite production of Shop
Drawings for the Project.Use for other Projects or purposes is not allowed.
B. Electronic CAD Files of Project Drawings:Distributed only under the following conditions:
1. Use of files is solely at receiver's risk. Engineer does not warrant accuracy of files.
Receiving files in electronic form does not relieve receiver of responsibilities for
measurements,dimensions,and quantities set forth in Contract Documents. In the event
of ambiguity,discrepancy,or conflict between information on electronic media and that
in Contract Documents,notify Engineer of discrepancy and use information in hard-copy
Drawings and Specifications.
2. CAD files do not necessarily represent the latest Contract Documents, existing
conditions, and as-built conditions. Receiver is responsible for determining and
complying with these conditions and for incorporating addenda and modifications.
3. User is responsible for removing information not normally provided on Shop Drawings
and removing references to Contract Documents. Shop Drawings submitted with
information associated with other trades or with references to Contract Documents will
not be reviewed and will be immediately returned.
4. Receiver shall not hold Engineer responsible for data or file clean-up required to make
files usable, nor for error or malfunction in translation, interpretation, or use of this
electronic information.
5. Receiver shall understand that even though Engineer has computer virus scanning
software to detect presence of computer viruses, there is no guarantee that computer
viruses are not present in files or in electronic media.
6. Receiver shall not hold Engineer responsible for such viruses or their consequences, and
shall hold Engineer harmless against costs, losses, or damage caused by presence of
computer virus in files or media.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 33 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 0133 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.8 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop Drawings: Action Submittal: Submit to Engineer for assessing conformance with
information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
B. Indicate special utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and
location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
C. When required by individual Specification Sections,provide Shop Drawings signed and sealed
by a professional Engineer responsible for designing components shown on Shop Drawings.
1. Include signed and sealed calculations to support design.
2. Submit Shop Drawings and calculations in form suitable for submission to and approval
by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Make revisions and provide additional information when required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
D. After review,produce copies and distribute according to"Submittal Procedures"Article and for
record documents described in Section 01 70 00-Execution and Closeout Requirements.
1.9 SAMPLES
A. Samples:Action Submittal:Submit to Engineer for assessing conformance with information
given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
B. Samples for Selection as Specified in Product Sections:
1. Submit to Engineer for aesthetic,color,and fmish selection.
2. Submit Samples of finishes,textures,and patterns for Engineer selection.
C. Submit Samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of products, with integral
parts and attachment devices.Coordinate Sample submittals for interfacing work.
D. Include identification on each Sample,with full Project information.
E. Submit number of Samples specified in individual Specification Sections;Engineer will retain
one Sample.
F. Reviewed Samples that may be used in the Work are indicated in individual Specification
Sections.
G. Samples will not be used for testing purposes unless specifically stated in related Specification
Section.
H. After review,produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures"Article and for
record documents described in Section 01 70 00-Execution and Closeout Requirements.
1.10 OTHER SUBMITTALS
A. Closeout Submittals:Comply with Section 01 70 00-Execution and Closeout Requirements.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 33 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 0133 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
B. Informational Submittal: Submit data for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for
Owner.
C. Submit information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept
expressed in Contract Documents.
1.11 TEST REPORTS
A. Informational Submittal:Submit reports for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or
for Owner.
B. Submit test reports for information for assessing conformance with information given and
design concept expressed in Contract Documents.
1.12 CERTIFICATES
A. Informational Submittal: Submit certification by manufacturer, installation/application
Subcontractor,or Contractor to Engineer,in quantities specified for Product Data.
B. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting
reference data,affidavits,and certifications as appropriate.
C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product but must be acceptable
to Engineer.
1.13 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. Informational Submittal: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions for Engineer's
knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner.
B. Submit PDF electronic files to Project website and printed instructions, where required, for
delivery, storage, assembly, installation, adjusting, startup, and finishing, to Engineer in
quantities specified for Product Data.
C. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special
environmental criteria required for application or installation.
1.14 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS
A. Informational Submittal:Submit reports for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or
for Owner.
B. Submit report as PDF electronic files to Project website within three days of observation to
Engineer for information.
C. Submit reports for information for assessing conformance with information given and design
concept expressed in Contract Documents.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 33 00-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 0133 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.15 ERECTION DRAWINGS
A. Informational Submittal:Submit Drawings for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator
or for Owner.
B. Submit Drawings for information assessing conformance with information given and design
concept expressed in Contract Documents.
C. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by Engineer or
Owner.
1.16 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Provide photographs of site as JPG electronic files to Project website throughout progress of
Work,at a minimum on a monthly basis,in a format and quality approved by the Engineer.
B. Take Site photographs from different directions and interior photographs of construction
indicating relative progress of the Work, 30 days maximum before submitting.
C. Take photographs as evidence of existing Project conditions.
D. Identify each photograph by filename.Identify name of Project,orientation of view, d ate and
time of view,and name and address of photographer.
E. Digital Images:Deliver complete set of digital image electronic files on CD-ROM to Owner
with Project record documents.Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken.
Submit images that have same aspect ratio as sensor,uncropped.
1. Digital Images:Uncompressed TIFF format,produced by digital camera with minimum
sensor size of 4.0 megapixels,and image resolution of not less than 1600x1200 pixels.
2. Date and Time:Include date and time in filename for each image.
1.17 CONTRACTOR REVIEW
A. Review for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals before transmitting.
B. Contractor:Responsible for:
1. Determination and verification of materials including manufacturer's catalog numbers.
2. Determination and verification of field measurements and field construction criteria.
3. Checking and coordinating information in submittal with requirements o f Work and o f
Contract Documents.
4. Determination of accuracy and completeness of dimensions and quantities.
5. Confirmation and coordination of dimensions and field conditions at Site.
6. Construction means,techniques,sequences,and procedures.
7. Safety precautions.
8. Coordination and performance of Work of all trades.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 33 00-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 0133 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
C. Stamp, sign or initial, and date each submittal to certify compliance with requirements of
Contract Documents.
D. Do not fabricate products or begin Work for which submittals are required until approved
submittals have been received from Engineer.
1.18 ENGINEER REVIEW
A. Do not make "mass submittals" to Engineer. "Mass submittals" are defined as six or more
submittals or items in one day or 10 or more submittals or items in one week. If "mass
submittals"are received,Engineer's review time stated above will be extended as necessary to
perform proper review.Engineer will review"mass submittals"based on priority determined by
Engineer after consultation with Owner.
B. Informational submittals and other similar data are for Engineer's information, do not require
Engineer's responsive action,and will not be reviewed or returned with comment.
C. Submittals made by Contractor that are not required by Contract Documents may be re turne d
without action.
D. Submittal approval does not authorize changes to Contract requirements unless accompanied by
and approved Change Order.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3 -EXECUTION-Not Used
END OF SECTION 01 33 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 33 00-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 0133 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 33 00-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 40 00
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Quality control.
B. Tolerances.
C. References.
D. Labeling.
E. Mockup requirements.
F. Testing and inspection services.
G. Manufacturers'field services.
1.2 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, Site conditions, and
workmanship,to produce Work of specified quality.
B. Comply with specified standards as the minimum quality for the Work except where more
stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise
workmanship.
C. Perform Work using persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.
D. Products, materials, and equipment may be subject to inspection by Engineer at place of
manufacture or fabrication. Such inspections shall not relieve Contractor of complying with
requirements of Contract Documents.
E. Supervise performance of Work in such manner and by such means to ensure that Work,
whether completed or in progress, will not be subjected to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during construction period.
1.3 TOLERANCES
A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work.
Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.
B. Comply with manufacturers' recommended tolerances and tolerance requirements in reference
standards. When such tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from
Engineer before proceeding.
C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions;position before securing products in place.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 40 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 40 00
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
1.4 REFERENCES
A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standards,
comply with requirements of standard except when more rigid requirements are specified or are
required by applicable codes.
B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current as of Notice to Proceed except where
specific date is established by code.
C. Obtain copies of standards and maintain on Site when required by product Specification
Sections.
D. When requirements of indicated reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request
clarification from Engineer before proceeding.
E. Neither contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of parties in Contract nor those of
Engineer shall be altered from Contract Documents by mention or inference in reference
documents.
1.5 LABELING
A. Attach label from agency approved by authorities having jurisdiction for products, assemblies,
and systems required to be labeled by local,state,or federal codes.
B. Label Information: Include manufacturer's or fabricator's identification, approved agency
identification,and the following information, as applicable,on each label:
1. Model number.
2. Serial number.
3. Performance characteristics.
C. Manufacturer's Nameplates, Trademarks, Logos, and Other Identifying Marks on Products: Not
allowed on surfaces exposed to view in public areas, interior or exterior.
1.6 MOCK-UP REQUIREMENTS
A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this Section and identified in individual
product Specification Sections.
B. Assemble and erect specified or indicated items with specified or indicated attachment and
anchorage devices, flashings, seals,and finishes.
C. Accepted mockups shall be comparison standard for remaining Work.
D. Where mockup has been accepted by Engineer and is specified in product Specification
Sections to be removed,remove mockup and clear area when directed to do so by Engineer.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 40 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 40 00
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
1.7 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
A. Independent firm will perform tests, inspections, and other services specified in individual
Specification Sections and as required by permits,or local,state,or federal codes.
1. Laboratory: Authorized to operate within the project location.
2. Laboratory Staff: Maintain staff with certifications required by permits,or code.
3. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy
traceable to National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical
constants.
B. Testing, inspections, and source quality control may occur on or off Project Site. Perform off-
Site testing as required by Engineer or Owner.
C. Reports shall be submitted by independent firm to Engineer, Contractor, and authorities having
jurisdiction, in project location, indicating observations and results of tests and compliance or
noncompliance with Contract Documents.
1. Submit final report indicating correction of Work previously reported as noncompliant.
D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools,
storage,safe access, and assistance by incidental labor as requested.
1. Notify Engineer and independent firm 48 hours before expected time for operations
requiring services.
2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional Samples and tests
required for Contractor's use.
E. Employment of testing agency or laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to
perform Work according to requirements of Contract Documents.
F. Retesting or re-inspection required because of nonconformance with specified or indicated
requirements shall be performed by same independent firm on instructions from Engineer.
Payment for retesting or re-inspection will be charged to Contractor by deducting testing
charges from Contract Sum/Price.
G. Agency Responsibilities:
1. Test Samples of mixes submitted by Contractor.
2. Provide qualified personnel at Site. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in
performance of services.
3. Perform indicated sampling and testing of products according to specified standards.
4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.
5. Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or nonconformance of
Work or products.
6. Perform additional tests required by Engineer.
7. Attend preconstruction meetings and progress meetings.
H. Agency Reports: After each test,promptly submit copies of report to Engineer, Contractor, and
authorities having jurisdiction. When requested by Engineer, provide interpretation of test
results. Include the following:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 40 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 40 00
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
1. Date issued.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name of inspector.
4. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
5. Identification of product and Specification Section.
6. Location in Project.
7. Type of inspection or test.
8. Date of test.
9. Results of tests.
10. Conformance with Contract Documents.
I. Limits on Testing Authority:
1. Agency or laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of
Contract Documents.
2. Agency or laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Agency or laboratory may not assume duties of Contractor.
4. Agency or laboratory has no authority to stop the Work.
1.8 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. When specified in individual Specification Sections, require material or product suppliers or
manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe Site conditions, conditions of
surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, startup, testing, and commissioning as
applicable,and to initiate instructions when necessary.
B. Submit qualifications of observer to Engineer three days in advance of required observations.
C. Report observations and Site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are
supplemental or contrary to manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Refer to Section 01 33 00- Submittal Procedures, "Manufacturer's Field Reports"Article.
1.9 PRICE AND PAYMENT
A. No separate payment will be made for the items under this Section and all cost shall be included
in the price bid for the item to which it pertains.
PART 2-PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3 -EXECUTION-Not Used
END OF SECTION 0140 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 40 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 0150 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART! -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Work included:
1. Temporary utilities.
2. Temporary telephone service.
3. Temporary sanitary facilities.
4. Temporary Controls: Barriers,enclosures,and fencing.
5. Staging and storage areas.
6. Security requirements.
7. Vehicular access and parking.
8. Waste removal facilities and services.
9. Field offices.
10. Protection of installed work.
1.2 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Provide and pay for all electrical power,lighting,water,heating and cooling,and ventilation
required for construction purposes.
B. No cost or usage charges for temporary services or facilities are chargeable to the Owner or
Owner's Representative. Cost or use charges for temporary services or facilities,or for
operation of permanent utilities prior to substantial completion,will not be accepted as a basis
of claims for an increase in the contract sum.
13 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project
mobilization.
B. Provide sanitary facilities for the Owner/Contractor Field Office and the Contractors Field
Office and work force personnel.
C. New permanent facilities may not be used during construction operations.
D. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition.
E. At end of construction,return facilities to same or better condition as originally found.
1.4 BARRIERS
A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas,to allow for owner's use of
site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction
operations and demolition.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 50 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
15 TEMPORARY FENCING
A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence.
B. Provide 6 foot(1.8 m)high temporary security fence for the construction site to prevent
unauthorized access;equip with vehicular gate and locks.
1.6 STAGING AND STORAGE AREA(S)
A. Locate staging and storage area(s)as indicated.
B. Provide approved construction fencing for protection of the public.
1.7 SECURITY
A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work,existing facilities,and Owner's operations from
unauthorized entry,vandalism,or theft.
1.8 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING
A. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner.
B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants,free of obstructions.
C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.
D. Existing on-site roads may be used for construction traffic.
E. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is
not adequate,provide additional off-site parking.
F. Designate two parking spaces for Owner and Owner's Representative use.
1.9 WASTE REMOVAL
A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and
orderly condition.
B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site weekly.
C. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site,provide suitable non-
combustible containers;locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure
unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 50 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 2 -PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3 -EXECUTION(Not Used)
END OF SECTION 0150 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 50 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 50 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Products.
B. Product delivery requirements.
C. Product storage and handling requirements.
D. Product options.
E. Equipment electrical characteristics and components.
1.2 PRODUCTS
A. At minimum, comply with specified requirements and reference standards.
B. Specified products define standard of quality, type, function, dimension, appearance, and
performance required.
C. Furnish products of qualified manufacturers that are suitable for intended use. Furnish products
of each type by single manufacturer unless specified otherwise. Confirm that manufacturer's
production capacity can provide sufficient product, on time,to meet Project requirements.
D. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises except as specifically
permitted by Contract Documents.
E. Furnish interchangeable components from same manufacturer for components being replaced.
F. The Engineer may reject as non-complying such material and products that do not bear
identification satisfactory to the Engineer as to manufacturer, grade, quality and other pertinent
information.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with delivery requirements in Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and
Disposal(Demolition).
B. Transport and handle products according to manufacturer's instructions.
C. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure products comply with requirements,quantities are correct,
and products are undamaged.
D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products; use methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement,or damage.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 60 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
E. All equipment shall be suitably boxed,crated or otherwise protected during transportation.
F. Where equipment will be installed using existing cranes or hoisting equipment, the Contractor
shall ensure that the weights of the assembled sections do not exceed the capacity of the cranes
or hoisting equipment.
G. Small items and appurtenances such as gauges, valves, switches, instruments and probes which
could be damaged during shipment shall be removed from the equipment prior to shipment,
packaged and shipped separately. All openings shall be plugged or sealed to prevent the
entrance of water or dirt.
1.4 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS
A. Store and protect products according to manufacturer's instructions.
B. Store products with seals and labels intact and legible.
C. Store sensitive products in weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment
suitable to product.
D. For exterior storage of fabricated products,place products on sloped supports aboveground.
E. Provide bonded off-Site storage and protection when Site does not permit on-Site storage or
protection.
F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to
prevent condensation and degradation of products.
G. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in well-drained area. Prevent mixing with
foreign matter.
H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products; use methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement,or damage.
I. Maintain ample way for foot traffic at all times,except as otherwise approved by the Engineer.
J. Packaged materials shall be delivered in original unopened containers and so stored until ready
for use.
K. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify
products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.
L. All property damaged by reason of storing of material shall be properly replaced/repaired to
conditions equal or better than original at no additional cost to the Owner.
M. All equipment, materials and products shall be carefully handled to prevent damage or
excessive deflections during unloading or transportation.
N. Lifting and handling drawings and instructions furnished by the manufacturer or supplier shall
be strictly followed. Eyebolts or lifting lugs furnished on the equipment shall be used in
handling the equipment. Shafts and operating mechanisms shall not be used as lifting points.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 60 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Spreader bars or lifting beams shall be used when the distance between lifting points exceeds
that permitted by standard industry practice.
O. Under no circumstances shall equipment or products such as pipe, structural steel, castings,
reinforcement, lumber,piles,poles,etc.,be thrown or rolled off of trucks onto the ground.
P. Slings and chains shall be padded as required to prevent damage to protective coatings and
finishes.
Q. Replacements: In the event of damage,promptly make replacements and repairs to the approval
of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner.
R. Equipment and products stored outdoors shall be supported above the ground on suitable
wooden blocks or braces arranged to prevent excessive deflection or bending between supports.
Items such as pipe, structural steel and sheet construction products shall be stored with one end
elevated to facilitate drainage.
S. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer, building products and materials such as
cement, grout, plaster, gypsum board, particleboard, resilient flooring, acoustical tile, paneling,
finish lumber, insulation, wiring, etc., shall be stored indoors in a dry location. Building
products such as rough lumber, plywood, concrete block and structural tile may be stored
outdoors under a properly secured waterproof covering.
T. Tarps and other coverings shall be supported above the stored equipment or materials on
wooden strips to provide ventilation under the cover and minimize condensation. Tarps and
covers shall be arranged to prevent ponding of water.
U. In the event that certain items of major equipment such as air compressors, pumps and
mechanical aerators have to be stored for an extended period of time, the Contractor shall
provide satisfactory long-term storage facilities which are acceptable to the Engineer. The
Contractor shall provide all special packaging, protective coatings, power, nitrogen purge,
desiccants, lubricants and exercising necessary or recommended by the manufacturer to
properly maintain and protect the equipment during the period of extended storage.
1.5 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Products complying with
specified reference standards or description.
B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of one of manufacturers
named and complying with Specifications; no options or substitutions allowed.
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with Provision for Substitutions:
Submit Request for Substitution for any manufacturer not named, according to Section 01 25 00
- Substitution Procedures.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 60 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS
A. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes,
and materials indicated. Include lugs for terminal box.
B. Cord and Plug: Furnish minimum 6-foot long cord and plug including grounding connector for
connection to electric wiring system. Cord of longer length may be specified in individual
Specification Sections.
PART 3-EXECUTION-Not Used
END OF SECTION 01 60 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 60 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 70 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Field engineering.
B. Closeout procedures.
C. Starting of systems.
D. Demonstration and instructions.
E. Testing,adjusting,and balancing.
F. Project record documents.
G. Operation and maintenance data.
H. Manual for materials and finishes.
I. Manual for equipment and systems.
J. Spare parts and maintenance products.
K. Product warranties and product bonds.
L. Maintenance service.
M. Examination.
N. Preparation.
O. Execution.
P. Cutting and patching.
Q. Protecting installed construction.
R. Final cleaning.
1.2 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Employ registered land surveyor.
B. Located and protect survey control and reference points. Promptly notify Engineer of
discrepancies discovered.
C. Control datum for survey is indicate on the Drawings.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 0170 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
D. Verify setbacks and easements;confirm Drawing dimensions and elevations.
E. Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels using recognized
engineering survey practices.
F. Submit copy of plat showing work area(s)signed by land surveyor certifying elevations and
locations of the Work are in conformance with Contract Documents.
G. Maintain complete and accurate log of control and survey Work as Work progresses.
H. On completion of foundation walls and major Site improvements, prepare certified survey
illustrating dimensions,locations,angles,and elevations of construction.
I. Protect survey control points prior to starting Site Work;preserve permanent reference points
during construction.
J. Promptly report to Engineer loss or destruction of reference point or relocation required because
of changes in grades or other reasons.
K. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes
without prior written notice to Engineer.
L. Final Property Survey: Prior to Substantial Completion, prepare final property survey
illustrating locations,dimensions,angles,and elevations of buildings and Site Work that have
resulted from construction indicating their relationship to permanent benchmarks and property
lines.
1. Show significant features(real property)for Project.
2. Include certification on survey,signed by surveyor,that principal metes,bounds, lines,
levels,and elevations of Project are accurately shown.
13 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion: Complete following items before requesting
Certification of Substantial Completion,either for entire Work or for portions of Work:
1. Submit maintenance manuals,Project record documents and other similar final record
data in compliance with this Section.
2. Complete facility startup, testing, adjusting, balancing of systems and equipment,
demonstrations, and instructions to Owner's operating and maintenance personnel as
specified in compliance with this Section.
3. Conduct inspection to establish basis for request that Work is substantially complete.
Create comprehensive list (initial punch list) indicating items to be completed or
corrected,value of incomplete or nonconforming Work,reason for being incomplete,and
date of anticipated completion for each item. Include copy of list with request for
Certificate of Substantial Completion.
4. Obtain and submit releases enabling Owner's full,unrestricted use of Project and access
to services and utilities. Include certificate of occupancy, operating certificates, and
similar releases from authorities having jurisdiction and utility companies.
5. Deliver tools,spare parts,extra stocks of material,and similar physical items to Owner.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 0170 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
6. Make final change-over of lock system used during the Work and transmit keys directly
to Owner.Advise Owner's personnel of change-over in security provisions.
7. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and services from Project
Site,along with construction tools,mockups,and similar elements.
8. Perform final cleaning according to this Section.
B. Substantial Completion Inspection:
1. When Contractor considers Work to be substantially complete,submit to the Engineer:
a. Written certificate that Work,or designated portion,is substantially complete.
b. List of items to be completed or corrected(initial punch list).
2. Within five days after receipt of request for Substantial Completion, the Engineer will
make inspection to determine whether Work or designated portion is substantially
complete.
3. Should the Engineer determine that Work is not substantially complete:
a. The Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing, stating reasons for its
opinion.
b. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies in Work and send second written request for
Substantial Completion to the Engineer.
c. The Engineer will reinspect Work.
d. Redo and Inspection of Deficient Work:Repeated until Work passes inspection.
4. When the Engineer finds that Work is substantially complete,the Engineer will:
a. Prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion accompanied by Contractor's list of
items to be completed or corrected as verified and amended by Engineer and
Owner(final punch list).
b. Submit Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of
responsibilities assigned to them in Certificate.
5. After Work is substantially complete,Contractor shall:
a. Allow Owner occupancy of Project under provisions stated in Certificate of
Substantial Completion.
b. Complete Work listed for completion or correction within time period stipulated.
6. Owner will occupy all areas as specified in Section 01 10 00-Summary.
C. Prerequisites for Final Completion: Complete following items before requesting final
acceptance and final payment.
1. When Contractor considers Work to be complete,submit written certification that:
a. Contract Documents have been reviewed.
b. Work has been examined for compliance with Contract Documents.
c. Work has been completed according to Contract Documents.
d. Work is completed and ready for final inspection.
2. Submittals:Submit following:
a. Final punch list indicating all items have been completed or corrected.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 0170 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
b. Final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not
previously submitted and accepted.Include certificates of insurance for products
and completed operations where required.
c. Specified warranties,workmanship/maintenance bonds,maintenance agreements,
and other similar documents.
d. Accounting statement for final changes to Contract Sum.
e. Contractor's affidavit of payment of debts and claims.
f. Contractor affidavit of release of liens.
g. Consent of surety to final payment.
3. Perform final cleaning for Contractor-soiled areas according to this Section.
D. Final Completion Inspection:
1. Within five days after receipt of request for final inspection, the Engineer will make
inspection to determine whether Work or designated portion is complete.
2. Should the Engineer consider Work to be incomplete or defective:
a. The Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing, listing incomplete or
defective Work.
b. Contractor shall remedy stated deficiencies and send second written request to
that Work is complete.
c. The Engineer will reinspect Work.
d. Redo and Inspection of Deficient Work:Repeated until Workpasses Engineer's
inspection.
1.4 STARTING OF SYSTEMS
A. Coordinate schedule for startup of various equipment and systems.
B. Notify Owner and Engineer three days prior to startup of each item.
C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive
rotation,belt tension,control sequence,and for conditions which may cause damage.
D. Verify that tests, meter readings, and electrical characteristics agree with those required by
equipment or system manufacturer.
E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.
F. Execute startup under supervision of manufacturer's representative or Contractors' personnel
according to manufacturer's instructions.
G. When specified in individual Specification Sections,require manufacturer to provide authorized
representative who will be present at Site to inspect,check,and approve equipment or system
installation prior to startup and will supervise placing equipment or system in operation.
H. Submit a written report according to Section 01 33 00-Submittal Procedures that equipment or
system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 70 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
15 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owners personnel five days prior to
date of Substantial Completion.
B. Demonstration to be instructed by manufacturer's representative who is knowledgeable ab out
the Project.
C. Video Recordings: Provide high-quality color video recordings of demonstration and
instructional sessions.Engage commercial videographerto record sessions.Include classroom
instructions,demonstrations,board diagrams,and other visual aids.Include menu navigation.
D. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration during
acceptable months on a date approved by the Owner.
E. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction.Review contents of manual
with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.
F. Demonstrate startup,operation,control,adjustment,troubleshooting,servicing, maintenance,
and shutdown of each item of equipment at time and location approved by Owner.
G. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for
additional data becomes apparent during instruction.
H. Required instruction time for each item of equipment and system is specified in individual
Specification Sections.
1.6 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING
A. Owner will appoint and employ services of independent firm to perform testing,adjusting, and
balancing.Contractor shall pay for services from cash allowance specified in Section 01 20 00-
Price and Payment Procedures.
B. Independent firm will perfonn services where required in the Contract Documents.
C. Reports will be submitted by independent firm to Engineer indicating observations and results
of tests and indicating compliance or noncompliance with requirements of Contract Documents.
1.7 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain on Site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the
Work:
1. Drawings.
2. Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.
5. Reviewed Shop Drawings,product data,and Samples.
6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly,installation,and adjusting.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 70 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate,enabling future reference by Owner.
C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.
D. Record information concurrent with construction progress,not less than weekly.
E. Specifications:Legibly mark and record,at each product Section,description of actual products
installed,including the following:
1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number.
2. Product substitutions or alternates used.
3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.
F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings:Legibly mark each item to record actual construction as
follows:
1. Include Contract modifications such as Addenda,supplementary instructions, change
directives,field orders,minor changes in the Work,and change orders.
2. Include locations of concealed elements of the Work.
3. Identify depth of buried utility lines and provide dimensions showing distances from
permanent facility components that are parallel to utilities.
4. Dimension ends, corners, and junctions of buried utilities to permanent facility
components using triangulation.
5. Identify and locate existing buried or concealed items encountered during Project.
6. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish floor datum.
7. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,
referenced to permanent surface improvements.
8. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction,
referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work.
9. Field changes of dimension and detail.
10. Details not on original Drawings.
G. Submit marked-up paper copy documents to Engineer at least five days before Substantial
Completion.
H. Submit PDF electronic files of marked-up documents to Engineer at least five days before
Substantial Completion.
1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit in PDF composite electronic indexed file.
B. Submit data bound in 8-1/2 x 11-inch text pages,2 binders with durable covers.
C. Prepare binder cover with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS,"title of Project and include subject matter as a sub-title.
D. Internally subdivide binder contents with permanent page dividers, logically organized as
described below;with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 70 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
E. Drawings:Provide with reinforced punched binder tab.Bind in with text;fold larger drawings
to size of text pages.
F. Contents:Prepare table of contents for each volume,with each product or system description
identified,typed on white paper,in three parts as follows:
1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Engineer,
Contractor,Subcontractors,and major equipment suppliers.
2. Part 2:Operation and maintenance instructions,arranged by location and subdivided by
equipment supplied. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers.Include the following:
a. Significant design criteria.
b. List of equipment.
c. Parts list for each component.
d. Operating instructions.
e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems.
f. Maintenance instructions for special finishes,including recommended cleaning
methods and materials,and special precautions identifying detrimental agents.
g. Safety precautions to be taken when operating and maintaining or working near
equipment.
3. Part 3:Project documents and certificates,including the following:
a. Shop Drawings and product data.
b. Air and water balance reports.
c. Certificates.
d. Copies of warranties.
1.9 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start
of Work.Engineer will review draft and return one copy with comments.
B. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and
operated by Owner,submit documents within ten days after acceptance.
C. Submit one copy of completed volumes ten days prior to final inspection. Draft copy be
reviewed and returned within five days with Engineer's comments.Revise content of document
sets as required prior to fmal submission.
D. Submit two sets of revised final volumes within five days after final inspection.
E. Submit in PDF composite electronic indexed file of fmal manual within five days after final
inspection.
F. Building Products,Applied Materials,and Finishes:Include product data,with catalog number,
size,composition,and color and texture designations including pertinent information for re-
ordering custom products.
Northeast WWTF Headworks
KCI Project No.962004671Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 0170 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
G. Instructions for Care and Maintenance:Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning
agents and methods,precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended
schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
H. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products:Include product data listing applicable
reference standards,chemical composition,and details of installation.Include recommendations
for inspections,maintenance,and repair.
I. Additional Requirements:As specified in individual product Specification Sections.
J. Include listing in table of contents for design data,with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion
of data.
1.10 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start
of Work.Engineer will review draft and return one copy with comments.
B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and
operated by Owner,submit documents within ten days after acceptance.
C. Submit one copy of completed volume. Draft copy will be reviewed and returned, with
Engineer comments.Revise content of document sets as required prior to final submission.
D. Submit two sets of revised final volumes within five days after final inspection.
E. Submit in PDF composite electronic indexed file of final manual within five days after final
inspection.
F. Each Item of Equipment and Each System:Include description of unit or system and component
parts. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include
performance curves,with engineering data and tests,and complete nomenclature and model
number of replaceable parts.
G. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and
communications.
H. Include color-coded wiring diagrams as installed.
I. Operating Procedures:Include startup,break-in,and routine normal operating instructions and
sequences.Include regulation,control,stopping,shutdown,and emergency instructions.Include
summer,winter,and special operating instructions.
J. Maintenance Requirements:Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance
and troubleshooting;disassembly,repair,and reassembly instructions;and alignment,adjusting
balancing,and checking instructions.
K. Include servicing and lubrication schedule and list of lubricants required.
L. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 70 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
M. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
N. Include original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams
required for maintenance.
O. Include control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.
P. Include Contractor's coordination drawings with color-coded piping diagrams as installed.
Q. Include charts of valve tag numbers,with location and function of each valve,keyed to flow and
control diagrams.
R. Include list of original manufacturer's spare parts,current prices,and recommended quantities to
be maintained in storage.
S. Include test and balancing reports as specified in Section 01 40 00-Quality Requirements.
T. Additional Requirements:As specified in individual product Specification Sections.
U. Include listing in table of contents for design data with tabbed dividers and space for insertion
of data.
1.11 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS
A. Furnish spare parts, maintenance, and extra products in quantities specified in individual
Specification Sections.
B. Deliver to Owner;obtain receipt prior to final payment.
1.12 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND PRODUCT BONDS
A. Obtain warranties and bonds executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors,suppliers,and
manufacturers within five days after completion of applicable item of Work.
B. Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents and bonds from Subcontractors,
suppliers,and manufacturers.
C. Verify documents are in proper form,contain full information,and are notarized.
D. Co-execute submittals when required.
E. Include table of contents and assemble in binder with durable clear plastic cover.
F. Submit prior to final Application for Payment.
G. Time of Submittals:
1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with
Owner's permission,submit documents within five days after acceptance.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-9 City of Conover,NC

Section 0170 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
2. Make other submittals within five days after date of Substantial Completion,prior to final
Application for Payment.
3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Substantial Completion,
submit within five days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as beginning of
warranty or bond period.
1.13 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Furnish service and maintenance of components indicated in Contract Documents.
B. Examine system components at frequency consistent with reliable operation.Clean,adjust, and
lubricate as required.
C. Include systematic examination,adjustment,and lubrication of components.Repair or rep lac e
parts whenever required.Use parts produced by manufacturer of original component.
D. Do not assign or transfer maintenance service to agent or Subcontractor without prior written
consent of Owner.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing Site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work.
Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being
applied or attached.
C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual Specification Sections.
D. Verify that utility services are available with correct characteristics and in correct locations.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance according to
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.
C. Apply manufacturer-required or-recommended substrate primer,sealer,or conditioner prior to
applying new material or substance in contact or bond.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-10 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 70 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
33 EXECUTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions, performing each step in sequence.
Maintain one set of manufacturer's installation instructions at Project Site during installation and
until completion of construction.
B. When manufacturer's installation instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request
clarification from Engineer before proceeding.
C. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on approved Shop Drawings or as instructed b y
manufacturer.
D. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand
stresses,vibration,physical distortion,or disfigurement.
1. Secure Work true to line and level and within specified tolerances, or if not specified,
industry-recognized tolerances.
2. Physically separate products in place,provide electrical insulation,or provide proteprotective
coatings to prevent galvanic action or corrosion between dissimilar metals.
3. Exposed Joints: Provide uniform joint width and arrange to obtain best visual effect.
Refer questionable visual-effect choices to Engineer for final decision.
E. Allow for expansion of materials and building movement.
F. Climatic Conditions and Project Status:Install each unit of Work under conditions to ensure
best possible results in coordination with entire Project.
J
1. Isolate each unit of Work from incompatible Work as necessary to prevent deterioration.
2. Coordinate enclosure of Work with required inspections and tests to minimize necessity
of uncovering Work for those purposes.
G. Mounting Heights:Where not indicated,mount individual units of Work at industry recognized
standard mounting heights for particular application indicated.
1. Refer questionable mounting heights choices to Engineer for final decision.
2. Elements Identified as Accessible to Handicapped:Comply with applicable codes and
regulations.
H. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
I. Clean and perform maintenance on installed Work as frequently as necessary through remainder
of construction period.Lubricate operable components as recommended by manufacturer.
3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Employ skilled and experienced installers to perform cutting and patching.
B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements affecting:
1. Structural integrity of element.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-11 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 70 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements.
3. Efficiency,maintenance,or safety of element.
4. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.
5. Work of Owner or separate contractor.
C. Execute cutting,fitting,and patching,including excavation and fill,to complete Work and to:
1. Fit the several parts together,to integrate with other Work.
2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work.
3. Remove and replace defective and nonconforming Work.
4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing.
5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical
Work.
D. Execute Work by methods to avoid damage to other Work and to provide proper surfaces to
receive patching and finishing.
E. Cut masonry and concrete materials using masonry saw or core drill.
F. Restore Work with new products according to requirements o f Contract Documents.
G. Fit Work tight to pipes,sleeves,ducts,conduits,and other penetrations through surfaces.
H. Maintain integrity of wall,ceiling,or floor construction;completely seal voids.
I. At penetrations of fire-rated walls,partitions,ceiling,or floor construction, completely seal
voids with approved material in accordance with applicable fire codes to full thickness of
penetrated element.
J. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest
intersection;for assembly,refinish entire unit.
K. Identify hazardous substances or conditions exposed during the Work to Engineer for decision
or remedy.
35 PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual
Specification Sections.
B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in
immediate Work area to prevent damage.
C. Provide protective coverings at walls,projections,jambs,sills,and soffits of openings.
D. Use durable sheet materials to protect finished floors,stairs,and other surfaces from traffic,dirt,
wear,damage,or movement of heavy objects.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-12 City of Conover,NC

Section 0170 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. When traffic or activity is
necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material
manufacturer.
F. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas.
3.6 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to final Project assessment.
1. Employ experienced personnel or professional cleaning firm.
B. Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view;remove temporary labels,stains,
and foreign substances;polish transparent and glossy surfaces:and vacuum all affected areas.
C. Clean equipment and fixtures to sanitary condition with appropriate cleaning materials.
D. Clean or replace filters of operating equipment.
E. Clean debris from roofs,gutters,downspouts,and drainage systems.
F. Clean Site;sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces.
G. Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish,and construction facilities from Site.
END OF SECTION 01 7000
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-13 City of Conover,NC

Section 0170 00
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 70 00-14 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 7419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL(DEMOLITION)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Work Included: Demolish and remove from the site those items so indicated on the drawing and
specified herein,including buildings,building pads,parking and roadway areas,miscellaneous
structures,poles,walls,piping,utilities,signs,etc.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 33 00—Submittal Procedures
C. Other demolition,modifications,and removals which may be specified under other sections shall
conform to the requirements of this section.
D. Blasting or the use of explosives for demolition shall not be permitted.
1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Comply with the pertinent provisions of Section 0120 00—Price and Payment Procedures.
13 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completelyfamiliarwith the specified requirements and the methods
needed for proper performance of the Work of this section.
B. Comply with the local Building Codes.
C. Protect the public and provide safeguards during the performance of the Work.
D. Use equipment adequate in size,capacity,and numbers to accomplish the Work in a timely man-
ner.
E. Comply with requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.
1.4 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct
conditions detrimental to the safe,timely,and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed
until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 74 19-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 7419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL(DEMOLITION)
13 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures,
proposed methods and operations of demolition of the structures and modifications prior to the
start of Work. Submittal shall address the coordination and scheduling of shutoff,capping and
continuation of utility service as required.
B. Furnish a detailed sequence of demolition and removal Work to ensure the uninterrupted progress
of the Owner's operations. Sequence shall be compatible with sequence of construction and
shutdown coordination requirements where applicable.
C. Before commencing demolition Work,complete all modifications necessary to bypass or abandon
affected piping and structures. Do not begin Work until the Owner/Engineer has approved the
modifications and authorized commencement of the demolition Work in writing.
g
1.6 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Protection
1. Execute the demolition and removal Work to prevent damage or injury to structures,
occupants thereof and adjacent features that might result from falling debris or other
causes. Demolition Work shall not interfere with the use of or access to and from adjacent
structures.
2. Erect and maintain barriers,lights,sidewalk sheds and other required protective devices
required for the Work
3. Cease work and notify Owner/Engineer immediately if the adjacent structures appear to be
in danger.
B. Scheduling
1. Perform the Work in such a manner as to avoid interference with owner's normal
operations.
C. Notifications
1. At least two weeks prior to commencement of any demolition or removal, notify and
confirm schedule with the Owner/Engineer in writing. Owner/Engineer shall inspect the
existing piping,structures,or equipment and identify and mark any items that are to remain
the property of the Owner. No removals shall be started without the written permission of
the Owner/Engineer.
D. Conditions of Structures
1. The Owner and the Engineer assume no responsibility for the actual condition of the
structures to be demolished or modified.
2. Conditions existing at the time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by
the Owner insofar as practicable. However, changes may occur prior to the start of
demolition Work.
E. Repairs to Damage
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 74 19-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 74 19
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL(DEMOLITION)
1. Promptly repair damage caused to adjacent facilities by demolition operations as directed
by Owner/Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. Repairs shall be made to a
condition at least equal to that which existed prior to construction.
F. Traffic Access
1. Conduct demolition and modification operations to ensure minimum interference with
roads, streets, walks both onsite and offsite and to ensure minimum interference with
occupied or used facilities.
2. Safe access to the existing facilities by Owner's staff and associated vehicles shall be
maintained at all times.
3. Do not close or obstruct streets,walks or other occupied or used facilities without prior
approval from the Owner/Engineer.Furnish alternate routes around closed or obstructed
traffic in access ways.
1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. The demolition,modification or alteration of the existing buildings or structures shall conform to
the pertinent provisions of the current state and local Building Code requirements.In addition,
contractor shall comply with all pertinent local,state,and federal requirements.
B. Conform to all applicable codes and requirements for demolition work with regard to removal
and disposal,safety,dust control,utilities,and discovered hazards.
C. Where structure has been painted with lead paint, comply with all applicable lead paint
regulations. Contractor is responsible for being aware of and complying with the Asbestos
NESHAP regulations,as well as other applicable codes,laws,and regulations.
1. The Owner is to be notified immediately upon discovery of asbestos-containing materials
(ACM).
PART 2 -PRODUCTS-Not Used
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Prior to start of demolition,carefully study the Contract Documents.
B. In company with the Owner's representative,visit the site and verify the extent of demolition to
be performed under this Contract.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 74 19-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 0174 19
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL(DEMOLITION)
3Z DEMOLITION
A. Arrange with, pay all required fees to, and perform work required by utility companies and
municipal departments for discontinuance or interruption of utility services due to demolition
work.
B. Using only the means and equipment approved for this purpose by the government agencies
having jurisdiction,demolish and completely remove from the job site the existing constriction
designated to be removed.
1. Shut off,cap,reroute,and otherwise protect existing public utility lines in accordance with
the requirements of the public agency or utility having jurisdiction.
2. Remove rocks larger than 2"diameter,roots,wood,and debris.
C. All materials and equipment marked by the Owner to remain shall be carefully removed so as not
to be damaged,cleaned,protected and delivered to a place specified by the Owner/Engineer.
D. Use water sprinkling,temporary enclosures and/or other suitable methods to limit the amount of
dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air to the lowest practical level.Comply with governing
regulations pertaining to environmental protection.
1. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice,
flooding,or pollution.
2. Clean adjacent structures,facilities,and general work area of dust,dirt and debris caused
bydemolition operations. Return areas to conditions existing prior to the start of
o s
I� adjacentg
the Work.
E. Use appropriate means necessary to protect the public safety during the demolition process.
F. Use appropriate means necessary to protect adjacent structures from damage during demolition.
G. Protection of trees and other landscaping maybe required.Approval by the Owner/Engineer must
be obtained in writing prior to removal of trees or landscaping in any protected areas.
H. Erosion Control:Construct and maintain erosion control as shown on the drawings and in accord-
ance with the applicable local requirements.
33 DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL
A. Salvageable materials and equipment noted on the Drawings or identified by the Owner shall
become the property ofthe Owner;otherwise these items shall become property of the Contractor,
who shall be solely responsible for proper disposal at no additional cost to the Owner. Dismantle
all items to be retained by the Owner to a size that can be readily handled and deliver them to a
designated storage area as directed by the Owner/Engineer.Any such material damaged due to
improper handling will not be accepted and the replacement value of the material deducted from
the payment to the Contractor.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 74 19-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 74 19
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL(DEMOLITION)
B. Unless otherwise indicated demolished material shall be considered to be property of the
contractor,except for those which the Owner has identified and marked for his/her use,and shall
be completely removed from the job site and disposed of in accordance with applicable
regulations from the job site at no additional cost to the owner.
C. On-site storage of demolished items,temporary or otherwise,is not allowed.
3.4 CLEAN-UP
A. Remove from the site all debris resulting from the demolition operations as it accumulates. Upon
completion of the Work, all materials, equipment,waste and debris shall be removed and the
premises shall be left,clean,neat,and orderly.
END OF SECTION 01 7419
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 74 19-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 01 7419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL(DEMOLITION)
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 01 74 19-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Work Included: Provide cast-in-place concrete, including formwork and reinforcement,where
shown on the Drawings, as specified herein,and as needed for a complete and proper
installation.
B. Related Work:
1. Documents affecting work of this section include,but are not necessarily limited to,
General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these
specifications.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the
methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section.
B. Reference Standards: Comply with the following codes, specifications and standards, except as
otherwise shown or specified:
1. American Concrete Institute(ACI)Publications:
a. ACI 301 Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings
b. ACI 305 Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting
c. ACI 306 Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting
d. ACI 315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete
Structures
e. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
f. ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Framework
2. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM)Publications:
a. A185 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement
b. A615 Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
c. C31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field
d. C33 Concrete Aggregates
e. C39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens
f. C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete
g. C150 Portland Cement
h. C260 Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI):
a. "Manual of Standard Practice"
4. American Welding Society(AWS)Publication
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
a. D12.1-61 Welding Reinforcement Steel,Metal Inserts and Connections in
Reinforced Concrete
C. Testing Agency: A testing laboratory will be retained by the Owner to perform material
evaluation tests required by these specifications.
D. Qualifications of contractors performing concrete work: Minimum of two(2)years experience
on comparable concrete projects.
E. Plant Qualification: Plant equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of the Check List
for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities of the National Ready Mixed
Concrete Association and ASTM C94.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with the pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures.
B. Proportions of proposed mix shall be determined by means of laboratory tests of concrete made
with the cement and aggregate proposed for use.
C. Provide report in detail from an approved testing laboratory showing 7-day and 28-day
strengths obtained using materials proposed.
D. Required average strength above specified strength:
1. Determinations of required average strength above specified strength(fc)shall be in
accordance with ACI 318 and ACI 301.
2. Establish the required average strength of the design mix using the materials proposed to
be employed. Standard deviations shall be determined by thirty tests. Average strength
used for selecting proportions shall exceed specified strength(fc)by at least:
400 psi Standard deviation is less than 300
550 psi Standard deviation is 300 to 400
700 psi Standard deviation is 400 to 500
900 psi Standard deviation is 500 to 600
1200 psi Standard deviation is above 600 or unknown
3. When the ready-mix producer does not have a record of past performance,the
combination of materials and the proportions selected shall be selected from trial mixes
having proportions and consistencies suitable for the work using at least three(3)
different water/cement ratios which will produce a range of strengths encompassing those
required. Average strength required shall be 1200 psi above specified strength.
4. Cost of this work shall be borne by the Contractor.
E. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's specification with application instructions for
proprietary materials and items,including curing compound, form release agents, admixtures,
patching compounds,and others as required by the Engineer.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
F. Shop drawings: Submit the following shop drawings to the Engineer for approval before work
is started.
1. Reinforcing Steel Drawings: Prepare in accordance with ACI 315. Indicate bending
diagrams, assembly diagrams, splicing and laps of bars, dimensions and details of bar
reinforcing and accessories.
1.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Comply with the pertinent provisions of Section 01 20 00—Price and Payment Procedures.
1.5 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements.
B. Store reinforcement in a manner that will avoid excessive rusting or coating by grease,oil,dirt
and other objectionable materials.
C. Keep reinforcement in separate piles or racks so as to avoid loss of identification after bundles
are broken.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 FORMS
A. Use form materials conforming to ACI 347.
B. Form Lumber: Use lumber of sufficient quality and grade, size and stiffness to adequately
support the work and ensure dimensional accuracy.
C. Form Ties: Use form ties which do not leave an open hole through the concrete and which
permit neat and solid patching at every hole.
1. Use ties with cones that allow a 1"break back and facilitate patching.
2. On structures containing water or other liquid or below grade structures,use embedded
rod ties with integral water stops in addition to cones.
3. Wire ties and wood spreaders will not be permitted.
D. Form Coatings: Form release coating shall be neat oil with surface wetting agent or chemical
release agent which effectively prevents absorption of moisture,prevents bonding with
concrete,is non-staining to concrete and leaves the concrete with a paintable surface.
1. On surfaces to receive an applied coating,use a residual free chemical form release agent
which is compatible with the applied coating and will not prevent the applied finish from
satisfactorily bonding to the concrete.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
E. Chamfer Strips: Chamfer strips shall be wood or polyvinyl strips or approved equal, designed
to be nailed in the forms to provide a 3/4" chamfer(unless indicated otherwise)at all exposed
edges and corners of concrete members.
2.2 REINFORCEMENT
A. Comply with the following as minimums:
1. Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60,unless otherwise shown on the drawings,using deformed
bars for Number 3 and larger.
2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185.
a. Use sheet(mat)welded wire fabric only.
b. Welded wire fabric supplied in rolls will not be accepted.
3. Bending: ACI 315 and ACI 318.
B. Fabricate reinforcement to the required shapes and dimensions,within fabrication tolerances
stated in the CRSI"Manual of Standard Practices".
C. Do not use reinforcement having any of the following defects:
1. Bar lengths,depths,or bends exceeding the specified fabricating tolerances.
2. Bends or kinks not indicated on the Drawings or required for this work.
3. Bars with excessive rust,scale, dirt,oil or other defects which will reduce the bond or the
effective cross section of the bar.
D. Furnish all support bars,tie bars,chairs,bolsters,etc.required for properly supporting and
spacing bars in the forms.
1. For slabs on grade,use supports with stand plates or horizontal runners where wetted
base materials will not support chair legs. Other supports must be approved by the
Engineer.
2. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces,where legs of supports are in contact with forms,
provide supports with legs which are hot-dip galvanized,plastic protected or stainless
steel.
3. Supply supports for welded wire fabric as follows:
Welded Wire Welded Wire Maximum Support
Reinforcement Spacing Spacing
(diameter) (inches) (feet)
W9 or larger 12 and greater 4
W5 to W8 12 and greater 3 _
W9 and larger Less than 12 3
W4 to W8 Less than 12 2 -
Less than W4 Less than 12 1.5
E. Tie Wire: FS QQ-W-461, annealed steel,black, 16 gauge minimum.
F. Welding Electrodes: AWS A5.1, low hydrogen, E70 series.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
G. Splice Devices: Shall be sized to develop one hundred twenty-five(125%)percent of yield
strength of bar.
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement: Use Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I,Type I-P or Type II, low alkali.
1. Where concrete will be exposed to sewage,use Type II or I-P cement.
2. Fly ash shall conform to ASTM C618,Class C or F.
3. Fly ash content shall not exceed 20%by weight of the total amount of cementations
materials(Portland cement plus fly ash).
B. Aggregates:
1. Fine Aggregate: Conform to ASTM C33.
2. Coarse Aggregate: Conform to ASTM C33, Size#57.
C. Water: Clean and potable and free from injurious amounts of deleterious materials.
D. Admixtures
1. Air entraining admixture: ASTM C260.
2. Water reducing, set controlling admixture: Conform to ASTM C494.
a. Type A-water reducing.
b. Type D-water reducing and retarding.
3. Superplasticizers: Conform to ASTM C494,Types F and G.
a. Use superplasticizers in thin section placements and in areas of congested
reinforcing and/or embedded items, or where otherwise approved by the Engineer.
b. Use where conventional consolidation techniques are impractical.
4. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride.
E. Fiber Reinforcing
1. Use fiber reinforcing where indicated on the drawings.
2. Provide polypropylene or co-polymer fibers as manufactured by High Tech Fibers, Inc.,
Fibermesh Company or an approved equal.
3. Where required,use fiber reinforcing at a rate of 2.0 lbs.per cubic yard unless another
rate is indicated on the drawings.
F. Curing Compounds
1. On all vertical and formed surfaces,construction joints,basin slabs, surfaces to receive an
applied coating or finish,and other surfaces except as otherwise indicated or specified,
use a non-residual,non-staining curing compound conforming to ASTM C309 Type 1
and 1D. Acceptable products are:
a. L&M Cure by L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc.
b. Horn WB-75 by A.C.Horn Company.
c. Sonosil by Sonneborn,Inc.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WW1-F.Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
d. Approved equal.
2. On building floor slabs not otherwise receiving an applied coating or fmish and on other
flatwork as indicated on the Drawings,provide an acrylic copolymer curing and sealing
compound conforming to ASTM C309 Type 1 and the following:
a. Non-yellowing.
b. Minimum 20%solids.
c. Maximum unit moisture loss in accordance with ASTM C156 -0.40 kg./sq.m at 72
hours.
d. Acceptable products are Dress& Seal by L&M Construction Chemicals,Inc.,
Clear Seal Standard by A. C. Horn Company,Kure-N-Seal 0800 by Sonneborn,
Inc.,or approved equal.
2.4 CONCRETE MIXES
A. Provide concrete with the compressive strengths shown on the drawings. When such strengths
are not shown on the drawings,provide the following 28-day strengths as minimum:
All structural concrete unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings: 4000 psi
All sidewalks,curbs and gutters,and unreinforced foundations: 3000 psi
Thrust blocking,backfill or encasement for piping, and concrete fill: 2500 psi
Prestressed or precast concrete: 5000 psi
B. Maximum Water Cement Ratios
4000 psi concrete 0.5
3000 psi concrete 0.53
2500 psi concrete 0.67
C. Entrained Air
3000 and 4000 psi concrete 5%± 1%
2500 psi concrete Not Required
D. Slump
3000 and 4000 psi concrete 4"± 1"
2500 psi concrete 5"f 1"
E. Production of Concrete
1. General: Concrete shall be ready mixed and shall be batched,mixed and transported in
accordance with ASTM C94 except as otherwise indicated.
2. Monitor time and mix proportions by plant delivery slips.
3. Air Entraining Admixtures: Add air-entraining admixture into the mixture as a solution
and measure by means of an approved mechanical dispensing device.
4. Water reducing and retarding admixture: Add water reducing and retarding admixture
and measure as recommended by the manufacturer.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
5. Addition of water to the mix upon arrival at the job site shall not exceed that necessary to
compensate for a 1" loss in slump,nor shall the design maximum water-cement ratio be
exceeded. Water shall not be added to the batch at any later time.
6. Weather Conditions: Control temperature of mix as required by ACI 306"Cold Weather
Concreting" and by ACI 305 "Hot Weather Concreting".
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct
conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
B. Water,mud,organic, and other detrimental material shall be removed from excavations before
concrete is deposited.
C. Notify the Engineer prior to placing concrete and place no concrete until the formwork,
reinforcing and embedded items have been inspected by the Engineer.
3.2 FORMWORK
A. General
1. Construct forms in conformance with ACI 347.
2. Design,erect,support,brace and maintain formwork so it will safely support vertical and
lateral loads which might be applied until such loads can be supported safely by the
concrete structure.
3. Construct forms to the exact sizes,shapes, lines and dimensions shown,and as required
to obtain accurate alignment,location,grades,level and plumb work in the finished
structure.
4. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete
placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as required to
prevent leakage and prevent fins.
B. Form Construction and Erection
1. Construct forms in conformance with ACI 347.
2. Provide for openings,offsets,keyways,recesses,moldings, reglets, chamfers,blocking,
screeds,bulkheads, anchorages, inserts and other embedded items as required.
3. Hold inner and outer forms for vertical concrete together with combination steel ties and
spreaders approved by the Engineer.
4. Unless specifically stated otherwise,provide 3/4" chamfer at all exposed edges of
concrete.
5. Provide temporary openings in the formwork where necessary to facilitate cleaning and
inspection of the formwork.
6. Coat form contact surfaces with approved form coating compound prior to placing
reinforcing steel.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7. Do not allow excess form coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come in
contact with reinforcing surfaces which will bond to fresh concrete.
8. Side forms for footings may be omitted, and concrete may be placed directly against
excavation only when requested by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
9. Provide a positive means of adjustment of shores and struts and ensure that all settlement
is taken up during concrete placing.
10. Construct blockouts and formed openings of sufficient size and proper location to permit
final alignment of items within it or passing through it.
a. Allow sufficient space for grouting,packing or sealing around any items
penetrating the opening as may be required to ensure watertightness.
b. Provide openings with continuous keyways with waterstops where required,and
provide a slight flare to facilitate grouting and the escape of entrapped air during
grouting.
c. Provide only blockouts or openings that are shown on the drawings or otherwise
approved by the Engineer.
C. Formwork Reuse: Reuse only forms that are in good condition and which maintain a uniform
surface texture on expose concrete surfaces.
1. Apply a light sanding as necessary to obtain a uniform texture.
2. Plug unused tie holes and penetrations flush with the form surface.
D. Removal of Forms
1. Do not disturb or remove forms until the concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit
form removal with complete safety. Do not remove shoring until the member has
acquired sufficient strength to support its own weight,the load upon it,and the added
load of construction.
2. Do not remove forms before the following minimum times without prior approval from
the Engineer:
a. Sides of footings or slabs on grade 24 hrs
b. Walls not supporting load 48 hrs
c. Vertical sides of beams 48 hrs
d. Columns not supporting load 48 hrs
e. Suspended slabs or beam bottoms(forms only) 10 days
3. In determining the minimum stripping times,consider only the cumulative time during
which the ambient temperature of the air surrounding the concrete is above 50°.
4. Do not remove shoring for suspended slabs or beams until the concrete has reached 75%
of the specified 28-day strength.
5. When reshoring or backshoring is permitted or required,plan the operations in advance
and submit procedures to the Engineer for approval.
a. Design and plan all reshoring operations to support all construction loading and in
accordance with ACI 347.
6. Exercise care in removing forms from finished concrete surfaces so that surfaces are not
marred or gouged and that corners are true, sharp and unbroken.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7. Do not permit steel spreaders, form ties,or other metal to project from or be visible on
any concrete surface except where so shown on the drawings.
8. Whenever the formwork is removed during the curing period, continue to cure the
exposed concrete by one of the methods specified herein.
3.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Embedded Items: Set anchor bolts and other embedded items accurately and securely in
position in the forms until the concrete is placed and set.
1. Use templates where practical for all anchor bolts.
2. Check locations of all anchor bolt and special castings prior to placing concrete and
verify locations after concreting.
B. Piping Cast in Concrete
1. Install and secure sleeves,wall pipes and pipe penetrations before placing concrete.
2. Do not weld or otherwise attach piping to reinforcing steel.
3. Support piping to be encased in concrete securely and on firm foundation so as to prevent
movement or settlement during concreting.
C. Locate electrical conduit so that it will not impair the strength of the construction.
1. Do not use conduits running within(not passing through)a slab,wall or beam that are
larger in outside diameter than 1/2"the overall concrete thickness unless otherwise
approved by the Engineer.
2. Do not space conduits closer than three conduit diameters apart unless otherwise
approved by the Engineer.
3.4 REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with the specified codes and standards and Concrete Reinforcing Steel
Institute's recommended practice for"Placing Reinforcing Bars" for details and methods of
reinforcement placement and supports and as herein specified.
1. Clean reinforcement and remove loose dust and mill scale,earth,and other materials
which reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
2. Position and secure reinforcement against displacement by forms,construction,and the
concrete placement operations.
3. Use adequate number of ties to secure reinforcing.
4. Do not weld or field bend reinforcing without prior approval by the Engineer.
B. Placing Reinforcing
1. Provide and install all chairs,runners,bolsters, standees and other accessories in
sufficient quantities to satisfactorily position the reinforcing and hold it in place during
concrete placement.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-9 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2. Support reinforcing for slabs on ground on chairs or bolsters with stand plates or a
properly sized concrete cube.
a. Use concrete bricks as supports only as approved by the Engineer.
3. Secure and tie dowels in place prior to placing concrete. Do not press dowels into wet
concrete.
C. Concrete Cover: Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein, install
reinforcing with clear concrete coverage in conformance with ACI 318.
1. All reinforcement,regardless of size,exposed to water or sewage shall have 2" cover.
2. Place reinforcement a minimum of 2" clear of any openings or metal pipe or fittings.
D. Splicing Reinforcement: Splice reinforcement steel in accordance with the latest revisions of
ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" unless shown otherwise on
the drawings.
1. All splices at wall corners or intersections and at wall and foundation intersections shall
be Class B tension splices.
2. All other splices of vertical or horizontal steel in walls shall be Class B tension splices as
per ACI 318.
3. Horizontal ring steel in circular, non-prestressed concrete tanks shall be Class B tension
splices and the splices shall be staggered so that no more than 50%of the bars are spliced
at any one location.
4. All welded or mechanical splicing devices shall develop 125%of the yield strength of the
bar.
5. Column vertical bars shall lap 30 bar diameters with dowels at the base of the column
unless otherwise noted. Dowels shall be the same size and quantity as column vertical
bars unless otherwise noted.
6. All splices not otherwise shown or specified shall be Class B tension lap splices.
E. Tolerances: Place bars in the locations indicated within the tolerances conforming to the CRSI
"Manual of Standard Practice".
F. Welded Wire Mesh: Install welded wire fabric in as long of a length as practicable and lay flat
before placing concrete.
1. Use only mat welded wire fabric. Do not use welded wire fabric from rolls.
2. Support and tie mesh to prevent movement during concrete placement.
3. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire.
4. Provide, at a minimum, supports for welded wire fabric according to the Table in Section
2.2.D.3. Confirm the adequacy of the support spacings listed therein for the anticipated
construction loads. Increase the number of supports, if necessary,to assure that the fmal
position of the welded wire fabric will conform to that shown on the drawings.
5. Do not place welded wire fabric on the subbase surface and then hook or"pull up" the
reinforcement during concrete placement.
6. Do not lay welded wire fabric on top of the freshly placed concrete and then"walk it"
into place.
3.5 PLACING CONCRETE
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-10 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Preparation
1. Remove foreign matter accumulated in the forms.
2. Rigidly close openings left in the formwork.
3. Wet wood forms sufficiently to tighten up cracks. Wet other material sufficiently to
maintain workability of the concrete.
4. Use only clean tools.
5. Provide and maintain sufficient tools and equipment on hand to facilitate uninterrupted
placement of the concrete.
6. Before commencing concrete,inspect and complete installation of formwork,reinforcing
steel and all items to be embedded or cast-in.
B. Conveying
1. Transport and handle concrete from the truck to the place of final deposit as rapidly as
practicable by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of ingredients to maintain
the quality of the concrete.
2. Provide equipment for lifting,dumping,chuting,pumping or conveying the concrete,of
such size and design as to insure a practically continuous flow of concrete at the delivery
and without separation of materials.
3. Use hopers and elephant trunks where necessary to prevent the free fall of concrete for
more than 8'.
4. Do not use concrete that is not placed within 1 1/2 hours after water is first introduced
into the mix unless the slump is such that it meets the specified limits without the
addition of water to the batch.
C. Placing
1. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable in its final location so as to avoid separation due
to rehandling and flowing.
2. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers not deeper than 2', avoiding inclined layers.
3. Place concrete at such a manner that concrete upon which fresh concrete is deposited is
still plastic.
4. Bring slab surfaces to the correct level with screeds set to the proper elevation.
D. Hot Weather Placement: Place concrete in hot weather in accordance with ACI 305 "Hot
Weather Concreting" and as specified herein.
1. Do not place concrete whose temperature exceeds 100°F.
2. Thoroughly wet forms and reinforcing prior to placement of concrete.
3. Use additional set retarder as necessary to increase set time.
4. Limit the size of the pour where it may reduce the likelihood of cold joints due to reduced
set time.
5. Shade the fresh concrete as soon as possible after placing.
6. Start curing as soon as the concrete is sufficiently hard to permit without damage.
E. Cold Weather Placement: Place concrete in cold weather in accordance with ACI 306 and as
specified herein.
1. Except when authorized specifically by the Engineer,do not place concrete when the
atmospheric temperature is below 40°F.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-11 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2. When cold weather placement is approved by the Engineer,heat either the mixing water
or aggregate or both so that the concrete temperature is between 65°F and 85°F.
3. Protect the freshly placed concrete by adequate housing or covering and provide heat to
maintain a temperature of not less than 50°F for not less than four days.
4. Do not add salts,chemicals,or other materials to the concrete mix to lower the freezing
point of the concrete.
F. Consolidation
1. Consolidate each layer of concrete immediately after placing,by use of internal concrete
vibrators supplemented by hand spading,rodding,or tamping.
a. Use vibrators having a 2" head diameter and a minimum frequency of 8000
vibrations per second.
b. Provide sufficient number of vibrators to properly consolidate the concrete,
keeping up with placement operations.
c. Provide at least one spare vibrator on site.
2. Insert and withdraw vibrators at points approximately 18" apart.
3. Do not vibrate forms or reinforcement.
4. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside the forms.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect the surface finish of newly placed concrete from damage by rainwater or construction
traffic.
B. Do not apply design loads to structures until the concrete has obtained the specified strength.
1. Do not backfill against walls until they have reached the specified strength and all
supporting or bracing walls, slabs,etc.have also reached the specified strength,unless
otherwise permitted by the Engineer.
2. Protect structures from construction overloads.
3.7 CURING
A. Beginning immediately after placement,protect concrete from premature drying, excessively
hot and cold temperatures and mechanical injury.
B. Continuously cure concrete for a period of not less than 7 days after placement.
1. When seven-day cylinder breaks indicate, in the opinion of the Engineer,the possibility
of low strength concrete,provide additional curing as per the request of the Engineer.
2. When temperatures during the curing period fall below 40°F,provide additional curing
time as directed by the Engineer.
C. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, cure concrete not in contact with forms in
accordance with one of the following procedures:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-12 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
1. Ponding or Sprinkling: Keep entire concrete surface wet by continuously sprinkling or
by allowing water to pond,covering all surfaces.
2. Wet Burlap: Thoroughly wet and cover all concrete surfaces with wet burlap mats as
soon as the concrete has set sufficiently to avoid marring the surface.
a. Keep the burlap continuously wet during the curing period.
3. Curing Blankets: Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces to be cured and cover with curing
blankets as soon as the concrete has set sufficiently to avoid marring the surface.
a. Weight the blankets down to maintain close contact with the concrete surface.
b. Use sheets of waterproof Kraft paper with the joints between sheets taped
continuously; or
c. Use sheets of 4 mil or thicker polyethylene with the joints between sheets
continuously taped.
4. Wet Sand: Apply a layer of sand over the entire surface and keep it continuously wet.
5. Curing Compound: Apply curing compound immediately after completion of the finish
on uniformed surfaces and within two hours after removal of forms on formed surfaces.
a. Spray the entire surface with two coats of liquid curing compound,applying the
second coat in the direction of 90°to the first coat.
b. Apply compound in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to cover the
surface with a uniform film which will seal thoroughly.
D. Hot Weather: When necessary,provide wind breaks,shading, fog spraying, sprinkling,ponding
or wet covering with a light colored material applying as quickly as concrete hardening and
finishing operations will allow.
3.8 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. Finish Schedule: Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings,finish all concrete surfaces in
accordance with the following schedule:
1. Form Finish: Formed surfaces not ordinarily exposed to view, including:
a. Interior walls of open tanks below a line one foot lower than the lowest normal
water level.
b. The underside of slabs not exposed to view.
c. Walls below grade.
2. Cementations Coating: All formed surfaces exposed to view including:
a. Interior walls of tanks above a line one foot lower than the lowest normal water
level.
b. The underside of slabs, soffits,etc. exposed to view.
3. Float Finish: Slab surfaces not exposed to view or not receiving an applied thin finish,
including:
a. Bottom slabs of tanks or structures containing water sewage or other liquid.
b. Foundations not exposed to view.
c. Roof slabs to be covered with insulation and/or built-up roofing.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-13 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
4. Trowel Finish: Interior slab surfaces exposed to view or to receive an applied thin film
coating or floor finish, including:
a. Interior,indoor slabs and floors of buildings.
b. Surfaces on which mechanical equipment moves.
c. Floors receiving vinyl tile,resilient flooring, carpet,paint,etc.
5. Broom Finish: Exterior,outdoor slabs exposed to view including:
a. Outdoor floor slabs and walkways.
b. Other floors which may become wet or otherwise require a non-skid surface.
c. Sidewalks and concrete pavements.
6. Scratch Finish: Surfaces which are to receive a thick topping or additional concrete cast
against them including:
a. Surfaces receiving concrete equipment pads.
b. Floors receiving concrete topping.
c. Construction joints not otherwise keyed.
7. Edge Finish: Exposed edges of slabs not receiving chamfer including:
a. Sidewalk edges and joints.
b. Pavement edges and joints.
c. Other slab edges not chamfered.
B. Finishing Procedures
1. Form Finish
a. Repair defective concrete.
b. Fill depressions deeper than 1/2".
c. Fill tie holes.
d. Remove fins exceeding 1/2" in height.
2. Cementations Finish
a. Patch all tie holes and defects and remove all fins.
b. Within one day of form removal, fill all bug holes,wet the surfaces and rub with
carborundum brick until a uniform color and texture are produced; or
c. Dampen surfaces,brush apply a grout slurry consisting of 1 part portland cement
to 11/2 parts sand, and rub the surface vigorously with a stone. Remove all excess
grout.
d. Provide a two coat cement base waterproofing, sealing finish of Thoroseal and
Thoroseal Plaster Mix as manufactured by Standard Dry Wall Products, Inc. or an
approved equal.
1) Patch all tie holes and defects and removal all fins, and clean surface of all
dirt,laitance,grease,form treatments,curing compounds, etc.
2) Key coat: Apply key coat of Thoroseal at a rate of two(2)lbs.per sq.yd.by
fiber brush. Mix material using one part of Acryl 60 to three parts clean
water. Should material start to drag during application,dampen surface with
water.During hot weather periods, dampen surfaces with water prior to
application of key coat material. Key coat shall be allowed to cure for five
(5)days before applying finish coat.
3) Apply a finish coat consisting of a four(4)to six(6)lbs.per sq.yd.
application of Thoroseal Plaster Mix using steel trowel or spray gun. Color
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-14 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
shall be pearl gray unless otherwise noted. Mix dry material using one(1)
part Acryl 60 to three(3)parts clean water. Firmly press the mix into all
voids and level with a steel trowel. When surface is set so that it will not roll
or lift, float it uniformly using a sponge float.
3. Float Finish
a. Begin floating when the water sheen has disappeared and when the surface has
stiffened sufficiently to permit the operation.
b. Cut down all high spots and fill all low spots and float the slab to a uniform sandy
texture.
4. Trowel Finish
a. Float finish as specified herein.
b. Power trowel to a smooth surface free of defects.
c. After the surface has hardened sufficiently,hand trowel until a ringing sound is
produced as the trowel is moved over the concrete surface.
5. Broom Finish
a. Float finish as specified herein.
b. Provide a scored texture by drawing a broom across the surface.
6. Scratch Surface
a. Screed the surface to the proper elevations.
b. Roughen with rakes or stiff brushes.
7. Edge Finish: Tool slab edges and joints with a 3/8"radius edging tool.
3.9 SURFACE REPAIR
A. Patching Mortar
1. Make a patching mortar consisting of 1 part Portland cement to 2 1/2 parts sand by damp
loose volume.
2. Mix the mortar using one part acrylic bonding admixture to two parts water.
B. Tie Holes: Clean and dampen all tie holes and fill solidly with patching mortar.
C. Surface Defects
1. Remove all defective concrete down to sound solid concrete.
2. Chip edges perpendicular to the concrete surface or slightly undercut,allowing no feather
edges.
3. Dampen surfaces to be patched.
4. Patch defects by filling solidly with repair mortar.
D. Allow the Engineer to inspect the work before placingthe patchingmortar.
g
E. Repair defective areas greater than 1 sq.ft. or deeper than 1 1/2" as directed by the Engineer
using materials approved by the Engineer at no additional expense to the Owner.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-15 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3.10 JOINTS
A. Construction Joints
1. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer,provide construction joints as shown on the
drawings.
2. If additional construction joints are found to be required, secure the Engineer's approval
of joint design and location prior to start of concrete placement.
3. Continue all reinforcing across construction joints and provide 1 1/2" deep keyways
unless indicated otherwise on the drawings.
a. Form keyways in place.
4. Provide water stops in all construction joints of liquid containing structures, structures
below grade or other structures as shown on the drawings.
B. Expansion Joints
1. Provide expansion of size,type and locations as shown on the drawings.
P jointsg
2. Do not permit reinforcement or other embedded metal items that are being bonded with
concrete(except smooth dowels bonded on only one side of the joints,where indicated
on the drawings)to extend continuously through any expansion joint.
3. Provide water stops where required.
C. Control or Contraction Joints
1. Locate and construct control and contraction joints in accordance with the drawings.
2. Where no specific joint pattern is indicated in slabs on grade or concrete pavements,
submit a proposed joint layout to the Engineer for approval.
3. Where no specific joint details are shown on the drawings,joints may be tooled,
preformed or saw-cut.
4. Saw-cut joints as soon as the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent aggregates
from being dislodged by the saw.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Concrete Cylinder Tests
1. During construction,prepare test cylinders for compressive strength testing,using 6"
diameter by 12" long single use molds, complying with ASTM C31.
a. Make a set of three test cylinders from each pour of 50 cubic yards or less,plus
one additional set of cylinders for each additional 50 cubic yards or fraction
thereof.
b. Identify each and tag cylinder as to date of pour and location of concrete which it
represents.
c. Deliver cylinders to testing lab selected by the Owner.
d. Cost for preparation and delivery of cylinders shall be borne by the Contractor.
Cost for testing cylinders will be borne by the Owner.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-16 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
2. Should strengths shown by test cylinders fail to meet specified strengths for the concrete
represented,then:
a. Engineer shall have the right to require changes in the mix proportions as he deems
necessary on the remainder of the work.
b. Additional curing of those portions of the structure represented by the failed test
cylinders shall be accomplished as directed by the Engineer.
c. Upon failure of the additional curing to bring the concrete up to specified strength
requirements, strengthening or replacement of those portions of the structure shall
be as directed by the Engineer.
d. The Engineer may require additional testing of concrete in question by either non-
destructive methods such as the Swiss Hammer,Windsor Probe or Ultrasonics or
by coring and testing the concrete in question in accordance with ASTM C42.
Such testing shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Other Field Concrete Tests
1. Slump tests: Either the Engineer or a testing laboratory representative will make slump
tests of concrete as it is discharged from the mixer.
a. Slump test may be made on any concrete batch at the discretion of the Engineer.
b. Failure to meet specified slump requirements(prior to addition of any
superplasticizers)will be cause for rejection of the concrete.
2. Temperature: The concrete temperature may be checked at the discretion of the Engineer.
3. Entrained Air: Air content of the concrete will be checked by a representative of the
testing laboratory at the discretion of the Engineer.
C. Coordination of Laboratory Services: The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of
laboratory services.
1. Maintain a log recording quantities of each type of concrete placed,date and location of
pour.
2. Inform the testing laboratory of locations and dates of concrete placement and other
information as required to be identified in the laboratory's test reports.
D. Tests required because of extensive honeycombing,poor consolidation of the concrete or any
suspected deficiency in the concrete will be paid for by the Contractor.
E. Dimensional Tolerances
1. Dimensional tolerances for allowable variations from dimensions or locations of concrete
work, including the locations of embedded items shall be as given in ACI 301.
2. Where anchor bolts or other embedded items are required for equipment installation,
comply with the manufacturer's tolerances if more stringent than those stated in ACI 301.
F. Watertight Concrete
1. All liquid containing structures,basements or pits below grade shall be watertight.
2. Any visible leakage or seepage shall be repaired as instructed by the Engineer at no
expense to the Owner.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-17 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
3. Where physical evidence of honeycombing,cold joints or other deficiencies which may
impair the watertightness of a structure exists,the Engineer may at his discretion call for
leak testing of the structure.
a. Fill the structure with water and allow to stand for not less than 48 hours.
b. Make repairs on the structure until all visible leaks are sealed and the leakage rate
of the water in the structure is less than 0.1% of the volume held in the structure
per day.
c. The cost of testing and repairs shall be performed at no expense to the Owner.
G. Concrete which fails to meet strength requirements,dimensional tolerances,watertightness
criteria, or is otherwise deficient due to insufficient curing,improper consolidation or physical
damage shall be replaced or repaired as instructed by the Engineer at no expense to the Owner.
END OF SECTION 03 30 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 30 00-18 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 60 00
GROUTING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Portland cement grout.
2. Rapid-curing epoxy grout.
3. Non-shrink cementitious grout.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Cast-in-place or in-situ concrete for structural
building frames, slabs on fill or grade,and other concrete components.
1.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Comply with the pertinent provisions of 01 20 00—Price and Payment Procedures
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Concrete Institute:
1. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C33 -Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
2. ASTM C40 - Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for
Concrete.
3. ASTM C 150- Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
4. ASTM C191 - Standard Test Methods for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by Vicat
Needle.
5. ASTM C307 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortar,
Grouts,and Monolithic Surfacings.
6. ASTM C531 - Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal
Expansion of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer
Concretes.
7. ASTM C579 - Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical-Resistant
Mortars, Grouts,Monolithic Surfacings,and Polymer Concretes.
8. ASTM C827 - Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical
Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures.
C. U. S.Army Corps of Engineers Concrete Research Division(CRD):
1. CRD-C621 -Non-Shrink Grout.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 60 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 60 00
GROUTING
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00-Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information regarding grout.
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
D. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit instructions for mixing, handling, surface preparation, and
placing epoxy-type and non-shrink grouts.
E. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections.
F. Qualifications Statement:
1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with
minimum 5 years' experience.
1.6 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements: Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and
protecting products.
B. Inspection:Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage.
C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions.
D. Protection:
1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from
construction operations areas.
2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions.
1.7 AMBIENT CONDITIONS
A. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Requirements for ambient condition
control facilities for product storage and installation.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT
A. Portland Cement: Comply with ASTM C150,Type I and II.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 60 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 60 00
GROUTING
B. Water:
1. Potable.
2. No impurities, suspended particles, algae, or dissolved natural salts in quantities capable
of causing:
a. Corrosion of steel.
b. Volume change increasing shrinkage cracking.
c. Efflorescence.
d. Excess air entraining.
C. Fine Aggregate:
1. Washed natural sand.
2. Gradation:
a. Comply with ASTM C33.
b. Represented by smooth granulometric curve within required limits.
3. Free from injurious amounts of organic impurities according to ASTM C40.
D. Mix:
1. Portland cement, sand,and water.
2. Do not use ferrous aggregate or staining ingredients in grout mixes.
2.2 NON-SHRINK CEMENTITIOUS GROUT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Sika Corporation,Quickrete,Euclid Chemical or equal.
2. Furnish materials according to manufacturer standards.
B. Description:
1. Pre-mixed and ready-for-use formulation requiring only addition of water.
2. Non-shrink,non-corrosive,non-metallic,non-gas forming, and no chlorides.
C. Performance and Design Criteria:
1. Certified to maintain initial placement volume or expand after set, and to meet following
minimum properties when tested according to CRD-C621 for Type D non-shrink grout:
a. Setting Time:
1) Initial: Approximately two hours.
2) Final: Approximately three hours.
3) Comply with ASTM C191.
b. Maximum Expansion: 0.10 to 0.40 percent.
c. Compressive Strength:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 60 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 60 00
GROUTING
1) One-Day: 4,000 psi.
2) Seven-Day: 7,000 psi.
3) 28-Day: 10,000 to 10,800 psi.
4) Comply with CRD-C621.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation
examination.
B. Verify areas to receive grout with Engineer.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation
preparation.
B. Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease, and other foreign material from concrete
surfaces by brushing,hammering,chipping,or other similar means until sound and clean concrete
surface is achieved.
C. Roughen concrete lightly,but not to interfere with placement of grout.
D. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout.
E. Align,level,and maintain final positioning of components to be grouted.
F. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water,and then remove excess water.
G. Follow manufacturer's requirements for specific weather and temperature conditions.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Formwork:
1. Construct leakproof forms anchored and shored to withstand grout pressures.
2. Install formwork with clearances to permit proper placement of grout.
3. As specified in Section 03 10 00-Concrete Forming and Accessories.
B. Mixing:
1. Portland Cement Grout:
a. Use proportions of two parts sand and one part cement,measured by volume.
b. Prepare grout with water to obtain consistency to permit placing and packing.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 60 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 60 00
GROUTING
c. Mix water and grout in two steps:
1) Premix using approximately 2/3 of water.
2) After partial mixing,add remaining water to bring mix to desired placement
consistency and continue mixing two to three minutes.
d. Mix only quantities of grout capable of being placed within 30 minutes after mixing.
e. Do not add additional water after grout has been mixed.
f. Minimum Compressive Strength: 2,000 psi in 28 days.
2. Non-shrink Cementitious Grout:
a. Mix and prepare according to manufacturer instructions.
b. Minimum Compressive Strength: 10,000 psi in 28 days.
c. When 2"or less clearance provide only grout and water.
d. Where clearance/depth is greater than 2"addition of stone is allowed in accordance
with manufacturer's recommendations.
e. Strictly follow manufacturer's recommendations for adding water.
f. Mechanically mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
g. Retempering of grout is not permitted.
3. Mix grout components in proximity to Work area and transport mixture quickly and in
manner not permitting segregation of materials.
C. Placing of Grout:
1. Place grout material quickly and continuously.
2. Do not use pneumatic-pressure or dry-packing methods.
3. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air.
4. Do not vibrate placed grout mixture or permit placement if area is being vibrated by nearby
equipment.
5. Thoroughly compact final installation and eliminate air pockets.
6. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 48 hours after grout has been placed.
7. After shims have been removed, fill voids with grout.
D. Curing:
1. Prevent rapid loss of water from grout during first 48 hours by use of approved membrane
curing compound or by using wet burlap method.
2. Immediately after placement,protect grout from premature drying,excessively hot or cold
temperatures, and mechanical injury.
3. After grout has attained its initial set,keep damp for minimum three days.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00-Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting and testing.
B. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting,
and balancing.
C. Testing:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 60 00-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 03 60 00
GROUTING
1. Comply with ACI 318 and Section 01 40 00-Quality Requirements.
2. Submit proposed mix design to Engineer of Record for review prior to commencement of
Work.
3. Tests of grout components may be performed to ensure compliance with specified
requirements in ACI 318.
END OF SECTION 03 60 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 03 60 00-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 05 50 00
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Provide all miscellaneous metal work as indicated, specified or as needed to
provide a complete and proper installation.
B. Related work:
1. Documents affecting work of this Section include,but are not necessarily limited to,Gen-
eral Conditions, Supplementary Conditions,and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifica-
tions.
2. Section 05 52 00-Aluminum Pipe and Tube Railings.
3. Section 09 90 00—Painting and Coating.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughlytrained and experienced in the
necessarycrafts and who are completely familiar with the specifed requirements and the methods
needed for
performance of the work of this Section.
proper
B. All materials in this Section are to be manufactured in the United States.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. Product data: Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to
Proceed, submit:
1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section.
2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified
requirements.
C. Shop drawings shall show size of components, materials of construction, connection to other
components and anchorage.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 60 00.
PART 2—PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Finished and machined faces shall be true to line and level.
B. Welding shall conform to applicable requirements of:
1. Steel products: American Welding Society Standard D1.0-63.
2. Aluminum alloy products: Recommended practices as published in"Welding Aluminum"
by the American Welding Society.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 05 50 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 05 50 00
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
C. Unless otherwise specified,materials shall conform to the following:
Structural Steel ASTM A 36
Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe ASTM A 53
Gray Iron Castings ASTM A 48,Class 30
Galvanizing,General ASTM A 123
Galvanizing, Hardware ASTM A 153
Galvanizing,Assemblies ASTM A 386
Aluminum(Extruded Shapes) 6063 T5(Alum alloy)
Aluminum(Extruded Pipe) 6063 T6(Alum alloy)
Aluminum Bars and Shapes(Structural) 6061 T6(Alum alloy)
Bolts and Nuts ASTM A 307
Stainless Steel Bolts, Fasteners AISI Type 304
Stainless Steel Plate and Sheet,Wire AISI Type 316
WeldingRods for Steel AWS Spec for Arc Welding
P
D. Workmanship and finish shall be equal to the best practices of modern shops for the respective
work.
1. Exposed surfaces shall have smooth finish and sharp,well defined lines and arises.
2. Sections shall be well formed to shape and size with sharp lines and angles.
3. Curved work shall be sprung evenly to curves.
4. Metal work shall be countersunk properly to receive hardware and provided with the proper
bevels and clearance.
5. Cutting shall be done by shearing,sawing or flame cutting; if flame cut,the metal shall be
ground back to smooth sound material.
6. Holes for bolts and screws shall be drilled.
7. Conceal fastenings where practicable.
2.2 STEEL AND IRON SHAPES
A. Provide standard,well finished, structural shapes or commercial grade bar stock.
1. Structural steel shall conform to ASTM A 36.
2. Rolled shapes shall conform to dimensions and weights of Regular Series Shapes of AISC.
B. Pipe shall be Schedule 40,unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 ALUMINUM SHAPES
A. Provide extruded shapes of 6063-T5 alloy unless another alloy is better suited for the intended
purpose.
B. Furnish structural shapes conforming to dimensions and weights of the Standard Structural
Shapes of the Aluminum Association of 6061-T6.
2.4 ANCHOR BOLTS AND MISCELLANEOUS FASTENINGS
A. General:
1. Provide as indicated,or as necessary for securing work in place,and anchoring equipment
in place.
2. Sizes and spacing of anchor bolts not indicated shall be as required for the intended pur-
pose.
q P
pose.
B. Provide anchor bolts, expansion anchors, epoxy adhesive anchors, nuts, washers and other fas-
teners of the materials indicated below unless otherwise indicated on the drawings.
1. Fastening structural steel shapes and plates to each other-ASTM A 325 bolts.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 05 50 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 05 50 00
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
2. Anchoring structural steel to concrete -ASTM A 307 anchor bolts,galvanized.
3. Fastening or anchoring stainless steel or aluminum to any material - Type 316 stainless
steel.
4. Anchoring process or mechanical equipment regardless of material to concrete-Type 316
stainless steel.
5. Anchoring or fastening any materials that will be submerged in water or wastewater-Type
316 stainless steel.
6. Any anchors or fasteners in contact with potable water-Type 316 stainless steel.
7. Fastening or anchoring wood or timber in non-submerged application -hot dipped galva-
nized.
8. Other fasteners and anchor bolts not otherwise specified-Type 316 stainless steel.
9. In contact with chlorine solution-Type 2205 duplex stainless steel.
C. Expansion anchors:
1. Use stud type with one-piece wrap around expansion sleeve.
2. Provide complete unit manufactured from 316 series stainless steel.
3. Acceptable products: Phillips"Wedge-Anchors",Ramset"Trubolt Stud Anchors";or Hilti
"Kwik-Bolt .
4. Do not use expansion anchors in masonry.
D. Epoxy adhesive anchors:
1. Provide injected epoxy adhesive anchors, consisting of screen tube and anchor rod.
2. Anchor rod and nut to be Series 316 stainless steel.
3. Acceptable products: Hilti "HIT" or equal.
4. Use in masonry and where otherwise indicated.
2.5 INSERTS AND SLEEVES
A. Provide as required and needed for support of piping, equipment and apparatus, or where pas-
sages through walls,floors,etc. are required.
B. Size and material shall be as indicated,or as approved by the Engineer.
2.6 UNISTRUT CHANNELS
A. Channels shall be accurately and carefully extruded to size from aluminum,except as noted oth-
erwise.
B. Channels embedded in concrete shall be Type 304 stainless steel.
C. Provide a continuous slot with inturned clamping ridges on one side of channel.
D. Fittings to be stainless steel or aluminum.
E. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings,channels to be 1-5/8" x 1-5/8" x .105"thick.
F. Make all cuts square and free from burrs.
G. Provide end caps on channels.
H. Nuts, pipe hangers, clamps, etc. shall be units specifically intended and manufactured for use
with"Unistrut" channels.
I. All nuts,bolts and clamps shall be stainless steel.
J. Provide flexible elastomer material, "Uni-cushion" or equal,between all pipe clamps or hangers
and PVC,copper or stainless steel pipe.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 05 50 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 05 50 00
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
2.7 ALUMINUM FLOOR GRATING
A. General:
1. Provide aluminum pressure locked Type B rectangular bar grating manufactured in com-
pliance with the standards established by the National Association of Architectural Metal
Manufacturers.
2. Referenced manufacturer is IKG Industries, Ohio Gratings,Inc.,or approved equal.
B. Design:
1. Provide grating with depth as indicated,but not less than that required to meet the criteria
below.
2. Design grating depth according to the following conditions:
a. Uniform Load- 100 lbs.per square foot.
b. Concentrated Load-500 lbs.per linear foot applied at midspan of the grating.
c. Deflection-Less than 1/4" at the above load.
d. Minimum depth- 1-1/4".
C. Fabrication:
1. Band all panel edges and openings thru panels.
a. Provide banding bar 1/8"minimum thickness of the same depth as the bearing bars.
2. Provide aluminum bearing frames with anchor groove and specifically designed to fit the
openings shown.
3. Provide adequate support at openings in grating and where grating span changes direction
for grating system to meet specified load requirements.
a. Fabricate from aluminum structural shapes.
4. Miter,weld and ground smooth all frame corners.
5. Limit panel sizes to a maximum weight of 35 lbs. and no larger width than 30".
6. Coat all surfaces to be in contact with concrete with bituminous coating.
7. Provide each panel with four J-clip fasteners that do not extend above walking surface of
the grating.
a. Do not provide fasteners that screw into the grating frame.
8. Grating material to be 6063-T6 aluminum alloy.
9. Provide mill finish.
10. Fabricate grating using 3/16"minimum thick rectangular bearing bars spaced at 1-3/16"on
center.
11. Provide rectangular cross bars not less than 3/16" thick x 3/4" deep, spaced at no less than
4" on center and flush with the top of the bearing bars.
12. Slot bearing and cross bars with dovetail and rectangular slots, respectively, and pressure
lock the bars together so that the dovetail slot in the bearing bars is filled solidly by the
cross bars.
13. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings,provide bearing and cross bars with non-skid
serrated surface.
2.8 ALUMINUM GRATING FRAMES
•
A. Provide aluminum bearing frames specifically designed to fit the openings shown and the grating
provided.
B. Provide grooved frame for J-clip fasteners.
C. Provide frames with continuous anchor groove or welded anchors.
D. Miter,weld and grind smooth all corners.
2.9 ALUMINUM PIPE RAILINGS
A. Comply with Section 05 52 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 05 50 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 05 50 00
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
2.10 GALVANIZING
A. Galvanizing of structural steel,where indicated on the drawings,shall be done in accordance with
standard specification for zinc coating(hot-dip)ASTM designation A 123,A 153,A 143,A 384,
A 386 and A 386 latest revision.
1. Provide a minimum of 3 ounces of zinc per sq. ft. for members 1/4"thick and larger.
2. Provide a minimum of 2 ounces of zinc er sq.q ft. for members less than 1/4"thick.
3. Fasteners-Comply with ASTM A 325 and ASTM A 153.
4. Pickling is required prior to galvanizing.
2.11 SHOP PAINTING
A. Clean and prime all ferrous metal surfaces with primer compatible with finish coats specified in
Section 09 90 00.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Install all items,plumb,square and level as intended.
3.2 MASONRY ANCHORS
A. Drill hole in accordance with manufacturer's guidelines.
B. Inject epoxy using manufacturer's approved injection equipment.
C. Allow three hours cure time before putting a load on the anchors.
D. Do not install if temperature is to be below 41°F during time required for cure.
E. Apply"Never-Seize"to bolts and tighten nuts to manufacturer's recommendations using a torque
wrench.
F. Maximum protrusion of bolt from top of nut-3/8".
3.3 ANCHOR BOLTS
A. Drill holes to depth recommended by manufacturer.
B. Apply"Never-Seize"to bolts.
C. Tighten nuts to manufacturer's recommendations using a torque wrench.
D. Maximum protrusion of bolt from top of nut-3/8".
3.4 UNISTRUT CHANNELS
A. Mount on wall or floor using stainless steel expansion or masonry anchors or embed in concrete
where indicated.
B. Install channels level and plumb.
C. Install end caps.
D. Attach securely to support structure with stainless steel wedge anchors.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 05 50 00-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 05 50 00
MISCELLANEOUS METALS
3.5 ALUMINUM FLOOR GRATING
A. Set frames level, blocking and bracing as necessary to prevent distortion during placing of con-
crete.
B. Place grating panels in position and fasten at each corner.
C. Clean surface of concrete,mud and other materials.
3.6 REPAIR OF HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED SURFACES
A. Comply with ASTM A 780.
B. Repair using sprayed zinc coating,minimum dried film of 95%zinc by weight.
C. Clean, dry and remove oil,grease, and corrosion products from surfaces.
D. If the area to be reconditioned includes welds, first remove all flux residues and weld spatter by
mechanical means,that is,chipping,etc.
E. Wire brush clean the surface to be reconditioned in accordance with SSPC-SP3.
F. Extend surface preparation into the surrounding undamaged galvanized coating.
G. Apply the sprayed coating as soon as possible after surface preparation and before visible deteri-
oration of the surface has occurred.
H. Provide the surface of the sprayed coating with uniform texture, free of lumps,coarse areas,and
loosely adherent particles.
I. Provide dry mill thickness of 1 mil greater than specified for the hot-dipped galvanized material.
J. Take thickness measurements with either a magnetic or electromagnetic gage to ensure that the
applied coating is as specified.
3.7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. No separate measurement or direct payment will be made for work under this Section, and the
cost of same shall be included in the price bid for the item to which it pertains.
END OF SECTION 05 50 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 05 50 00-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 05 52 00
ALUMINUM PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Provide all handrailing and other associated miscellaneous work as indicated,
specified or as needed to provide a complete and proper installation.
B. Related work: Documents affectingnecessarily
work of this Section include,but are not limited
to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifi-
cations.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Referenced manufacturer is the Thompson Fabricating Company of Tarrant, Alabama and is
named to establish standards of quality. Equal products of other manufacturers and fabricators
complying with these specifications may be provided,as approved by the Engineer.
B. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods
needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. Product data: After receiving the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit:
1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section.
2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified
requirements.
3. Shop drawings showing location of all railings,fabrication and anchorage methods,splices,
and attachments.
C. Samples: Provide a sample of handrail components including base,top and intermediate connec-
tions with specified finish.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 60 00.
B. All aluminum pipe to be packed and shipped in individual plastic film to protect the anodized
finish.
C. Store out of contact with ground or concrete.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 05 52 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 05 52 00
ALUMINUM PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Maximum post spacing is not to exceed 6'-0" on center.
B. Posts to be evenly spaced throughout entire run.
C. Provide a clearance of not less than 3 inches between the handrail and any other object.
D. Provide railings shop assembled in lengths not to exceed 24'from components and pipe mechan-
ically fastened together using stainless steel hardware.
1. Do not use fittings that are glued or pop-riveted.
E. Posts to top or side mounted to all structures and stair stringers,as indicated on the drawings.
F. Materials:
1. Provide stainless steel fasteners.
2. Provide one piece internally threaded tubular inserts with a minimum tensile strength of
85,000 psi to receive fasteners.
3. Provide internal line-up members at joints to provide a continuous, uniform surface the
entire length.
4. Provide cast aluminum wall and base flanges with rounded edges and corners.
5. Provide cast aluminum fittings.
2.2 WORKMANSHIP
A. Finishes and machined faces to be true to line,level and plumb.
B. Workmanship and finish to be equal to the best practices of modern shops for the respective
work.
1. Exposed surfaces to have smooth finish and sharp,well defined lines and arises.
2. Sections to be well formed to shape and size with sharp lines and angles.
3. Curved work to be sprung evenly to curves.
4. Metal work to be countersunk properly to receive hardware and provided with the proper
bevels and clearance.
5. Cutting to be done by shearing or sawing.
6. Holes for bolts and screws to be drilled.
7. Conceal fastenings where practicable.
2.3 ANCHORAGE
A. General:
1. Provide as indicated,or as necessary for securing work in place and anchoring equipment
in place.
2. Sizes and spacing of anchor bolts not indicated to be as required for the intended purpose.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 05 52 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 05 52 00
ALUMINUM PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
B. Anchor bolts: Provide bolts,nuts and washers all from Type 316 series stainless steel.
C. Expansion anchors:
1. Use stud type with one-piece wrap around expansion sleeve.
2. Provide complete unit manufactured from 316 series stainless steel.
3. Acceptable products: Phillips"Wedge-Anchors,"Ramset"Trubolt Stud Anchors,"or Hilti
"Kwik-Bolt".
2.4 TOE PLATE
A. Provide a toe plate on all handrails where indicated on the plans and in the following locations:
1. Elevated railing four(4)feet above a finished floor.
2. Railing adjacent to open tanks.
B. Provide 4"high,minimum 1/8"thick,reinforced heavy duty extruded toe plate,Thompson Fab-
ricating Company or approved equal.
C. Attach to posts with stainless steel or anodized aluminum straps and 1/4" stainless steel machine
bolts.
2.5 TWO LINE GUARD RAILING
A. Provide two line guard railing where indicated on the drawings.
B. Design railing system in accordance with all applicable requirements stipulated by the Occupa-
tional Safety and Health Act of 1970 or latest revision.
C. Posts and railings to be 6105-T5 aluminum with a minimum of 1-1/2" in diameter schedule 40
pipe.
2.6 FINISH
A. Aluminum:
1. All components to have clear satin anodized finish, thickness of 0.7 mil minimum, com-
plying with Aluminum Association M10-C22-A41 (215-R1).
2. Surface to be in contact with concrete or dissimilar metals to be coated with a zinc chromate
or asphaltic finish.
3. Completed railings to be free of mill finish and racking marks.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Install all items such that the system is plumb, square and level as intended and as shown on the
Drawings.
B. Install dummy posts at the end of each run and where the rail changes direction.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 05 52 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 05 52 00
ALUMINUM PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
C. Manufacturer to provide all required templates for system mounting.
D. Tighten all fasteners to sufficient torque to completely eliminate play at connections and attach-
ments.
3.2 RIGIDITY
A. Posts to be single unspliced length.
B. Lower rails to be a single,unspliced length between posts.
C. Top rails to be continuous wherever possible and attached to a minimum of three posts.
D. Tighten all fasteners so that completed railing is rigid and free of play at joints and attachments.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install in conformance with the approved shop drawings.
B. Cut all pipe squarely using a tubing cutter.
1. Cuts to be free from burrs.
2. Protect finish during cutting.
C. The gap at joints are not to exceed 1/32".
D. Provide drainage for all exterior systems:
1. When bends or elbows occur at low points, drill 1/4" diameter hole at lowest point.
2. Posts mounted in concrete to have 1/4"diameter weep hole drilled approximately one inch
above slab level.
E. Provide expansion joints in top rail on 30'maximum centers.
1. Determine expansion joint gap using the following formula:
GAP(in)=0.000013 x(105-T)x Number of inches between expansion joints. Where
T equals ambient temperature at time of installation. (Degrees F).
3.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. No separate measurement or direct payment will be made for work under this Section and all
costs for same shall be included in the price bid for the item to which it pertains.
END OF SECTION 05 52 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 05 52 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
PART I-GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. The contractor shall furnish all materials,labor,equipment,and incidentals required to provide a
protective coating system for the surfaces listed herein and not otherwise excluded.
B. The work includes painting and finishing of interior and exterior exposed items and surfaces such
as structural steel, miscellaneous metals,ceilings, walls, floors, doors, frames, transoms, roof
fans,construction signs,guardrails,posts,fittings,valves,equipment,and all other work obvi-
ously required to be painted unless otherwise specified herein or on the drawings.The omission
of minor items in the schedule of work shall not relieve the contractor of his obligation to include
such items where they come within the general intent of the specification as stated herein.
C. The following items will not be painted:
1. Any code-requiring labels,such as Underwriters'Laboratories and Factory Mutual,or any
equipment identification,performance rating,name or nomenclature plates.
2. Any moving parts of operating units,mechanical and electrical parts,such as valve and
damper operators,linkages,sinkages,sensing devices,motor and fan shafts,unless other-
wise indicated.
3. Aluminum handrails,walkways,windows,louvers and grating unless otherwise specified
herein.
4. Signs and nameplates.
5. Finish hardware.
6. Stainless steel angles,tubes,pipe,etc.
7. Products with polished chrome,aluminum,nickel,or stainless steel finish.
8. Plastic switch plates and receptacle plates.
9. Flexible couplings,lubricated bearing surfaces,insulation and metal and plastic pipe
interior.
10. Sprinkler heads.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. SSPC -Steel Structures Painting Council.
B. Metal Ladder Manufacturer's Association-Specification for Ladders and Scaffolds.
C. UL Requirement for Ladders and Scaffolds.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Workmanship shall be performed by skilled workmen thoroughly trained in necessary crafts and
completely familiar with specific requirements and methods specified herein.
B. All materials shall be produced by a single manufacturer.Total paint system shall be from one
manufacturer and no cross coating allowed between primers and finish coats.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 09 90 00-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's printed literature and other data as required to certify compliance with
requirements and systems specified herein.
B. Colors to be selected by Engineer,and indicated on schedule.
C. Samples:
1. Samples of each fmish and color shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval
before any work is started.
2. Such samples when approved in writing shall constitute a standard,as to color and finish
only,for acceptance or rejection of the fmish work.
3. Rejected samples shall be resubmitted until approved.
D. VOC Requirements:Submit manufacturer's certification that paints and coatings comply with
Federal,State,and Local,whichever is more stringent,requirements for VOC(Volatile Organic
Compound).
1.5 DELIVERY,HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Deliver all material to site in original,new,unopened containers,labeled and bearing manufac-
turer's name and stock number,product and brand name,contents by volume for major constitu-
ents,instructions for mixing and reducing,and application instruction.
B. Provide adequate storage facilities designed exclusively for the purpose ofpaint storage and mix-
ing.Facility area shall be located away from open flames,be well ventilated,and be capable of
maintaining ambient storage temperature of no less than 45 degrees F.
C. Paint, coatings,reducing agents,and other solvents must be stored in original containers until
opened;if not resealable,then must be transferred to UL approved safety containers.Provide
proper ventilation,personal protection and fire protection for storage and use of same.
D. Comply with requirements set forth by Occupational Safety and Health Act,OSHA,for storage
and use of painting materials and equipment.
1.6 EXTRA STOCK
A. Upon completion of work,provide owner with at least one gallon of each type and color of prod-
uct used.
B. Containers shall be tightly sealed and clearly labeled for identification.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE SYSTEMS AND MANUFACTURERS
A. Materials specified are those that have been evaluated for the specific service. Products of the
Tnemec Co.are listed to establish a standard of quality. Equivalent"or equal"materials of other
manufacturers may be substituted by the contractor on written approval of the Owner.
Local Field Tnemec Technical Support:Tnemec Company,101 Rice Bent Way Suite 5 Colum-
bia,SC 29229. Phone:[phone] Email:TSEAtnemec.com
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 09 90 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
B. Requests for substitution shall include manufacturer's literature for each product giving the name,
product number,generic type,descriptive information,solids by volume,recommended dry film
thickness,certified test reports showing results to equal the performance criteria of the products
specified herein,cost per gallon/unit and cost savings. No request for substitution shall be con-
sidered that will decrease film thickness or offer a change in the generic type of coatings speci-
fied. In addition,a list of five similar projects shall be submitted in which each product has been
used and rendered satisfactory service for at least 5 years.
Requests for product substitution shall be made at least thirty(30)days prior to bid date.
Any material savings shall be passed to the owner in the form of a contract dollar reduction.
Manufacturer's color charts shall be submitted to the Owner at least 30 days prior to paint appli-
cation. General contractor and painting contractor shall coordinate work so as to allow sufficient
time(five to ten days)for paint to be delivered to the jobsite.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Tnemec Company,Inc.,North Kansas City,Missouri.
B. Or Equal
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Thoroughly examine surface scheduled to be painted prior to commencing work. Report in writ-
ing to the Engineer any condition that may affect proper application and overall performance of
coating system. Do not proceed with work until such conditions have been corrected. Com-
mencing with work indicates acceptance of existing conditions and for responsibility for p erfor-
mance of applied coating.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Extreme diligence shall be taken to ensure that vehicles,equipment,hardware,fixtures,materials,
etc.,are protected against paint spillage,overspray,etc. Such damages shall be corrected at no
expense to Owner.
B. Surfaces not to be coated shall be masked,removed, or otherwise covered to protect against
cleaning and coating application procedures and weather. Drop cloths shall be used to protect
floor,walls,machinery,equipment,and previously coated surfaces.
C. Exercise care in erecting,bracing,handling,and dismantling staging and scaffolding,to avoid
scratching or damaging walls,floors,equipment,etc.
3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with manufacturer's instruc-
tions for each substrate condition.
B. Ferrous metals(structural steel and miscellaneous metals)requiring shop or field priming shall
be prepared as listed in PART 4"Coating System Schedule"specified herein and listed for each
individual coating system.All metal surfaces shall be cleaned prior to sandblasting to remove oil
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 09 90 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
and grease present by following methods and procedures outlined in SSPC-SP1 Solvent Clean-
ing.
C. Surface preparation for field touch-up of ferrous metals shop-primed shall be as follows:
1. Immersion-Remove all oil,grease,dirt,dust and foreign matter from the surface.Weld
slag, weld spatter,roughedges and sharpcorners of weld seams shall be ground smooth.
g p g
All rusted,abraded and unpainted areas shall be blast cleaned to a Near-White Finish as
outlined in Steel Structures Painting Council's Specification SP-10.
2. Non-Immersion-Remove all oil, grease,dirt, dust and foreign matter from the surface.
Follow cleaning with Steel Structures Painting Council's Specification SP-3 Power Tool
cleaning.
D. Galvanized metals requiring paint(only as directed by Engineer)shall be cleaned by removing
all oil, grease,dirt, dust and foreign matter by solvent cleaning in accordance with SSPC-SP1
prior to applying any finish.
E Concrete and concrete masonry surfaces shall be cleaned and free of oils, laitance, dust, dirt,
loose mortar,and excess moisture. Structural cracks and defects shall be repaired.All surfaces
must be completely dry prior to applying any coatings/paint.
F. Gypsum board(or drywall)surfaces shall be dry,flat,and free of dust,dirt,grease,oil,powdery
residue,wax,soap and other contaminants.
3.4 TOUCH-UP OF SHOP APPLIED COATINGS
A. All shop applied coatings with manufacturer's standard paint and in non-immersion service,shall
be touched-up with compatible barrier coating,Tnemec Series 135 Chembuild,able to receive
specified topcoat(s).Notify the Engineer in writing of anticipated problems due to incompatible
coating systems.
B. All shop applied coatings with specified primer as listed in PART 4 "Coating System Schedule"
shall be touched up with same primer before any topcoat(s)are applied.
3.5 APPLICATION
A. No paint shall be applied when surrounding air temperature,as measured in the shade,is below
45 degrees F.No paint shall be applied when the temperature of the surface to be painted is below
40 degrees F.Paint shall not be applied to wet or damp surfaces,and shall not be applied in rain,
snow,fog or mist,or when the relative humidity exceeds 85%.Paint shall not be applied when
the substrate temperature is within 5 degrees of the dewpoint.Paint manufacturer's temperature
guidelines must be followed.
B. No paint shall be applied when it is expected that the relative humidity will exceed 85%or that
the air temperature will drop below 45 degrees F within 4 hours after the application of the paint
C. Maintain proper ventilation in area of work to alleviate volatile solvents evaporating from coating
materials.
D. All ingredients in any container of the coating materials shall be thoroughly mixed and shall be
agitated often enough during application to keep the pigment suspended.
E. Should thinning be required use only the amounts specified by the coating manufacturer.
F. Application of coating shall be by brush,roller,mitt,or spray and in accordance with manufac-
turer's recommendations.All material shall be evenly applied to form a smooth,continuous,un-
broken coating.Drips,runs,sags,or pinholes shall not be acceptable.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 09 90 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
G. Provide proper application equipment,including ladders, scaffolding, masking materials, and
tools to perform work.Ladders and scaffolding shall meet or exceed UL requirements and Metal
Ladder Manufacturer's Association.
H. Meet all requirements set forth by Occupational Safety and Health Act, OSHA, for confined
space.
3.6 SYSTEM INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. After application of each coating in the specified system and its surface has cured,measure its
thickness with a properly calibratedNordsonMicrotest Dry Film Thickness Gauge,or equivalent
Follow standard method for measurement ofdrypaint thickness with magnetic gauges as outlined
in Steel Structures Painting Council's SSPC-PA2
B. Make as many determinations as needed to ensure the specified thickness values in each typical
area.To all surfaces having less dry film thickness than specified,apply additional coat(s)at no
extra cost to Owner to bring thickness up to specifications.
C. Structural metals in immersion service that receive a protective coating system shall be checked
with a non-destructive holiday detector that shall not exceed 671/2 volts.All pinholes or defects
shall be repaired in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations and then retested.
D. Masonry,drywall,or other non-metallic surfaces shall be continuously checked with wet-film
thickness gauges during application to ensure proper dry film thickness will be attained.Also,
square feet coverage needs to be monitored to verify proper coverage rates.
E. Painting contractor shall permit Engineer and/or paint&coating manufacturer(as requested by
owner)to inspect his work for conformance to this specification.Owner reserves the right to
reject all work that does not comply with this specification.
3.7 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion,painting contractor shall clean up and remove from site all surplus materials,
tools,appliances,empty cans,cartons,and rubbish resulting from painting work. Site shall be
left in neat,orderly condition.
B. Remove all protective drop cloths and masking from surfaces not being painted.Provide touch-up
around same areas as directed by Engineer.
C. Remove all misplaced paint splatters or drippings resulting from this work.
PART 4-COATING SYSTEM SCHEDULE
4.1 STEEL- STRUCTURAL,TANKS,PIPES AND EQUIPMENT
A. Exterior/Interior Exposure
Dry Film-Mils
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning
Shop Coat: Tnemec Series 1 Omnithane 2.5- 3.5
2nd Coat: Tnemec Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline 4.0- 6.0
3rd Coat: Tnemec Series 73 Endura-Shield 3.0- 4.0
9.5-13.5
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 09 90 00-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
B. Exterior/Interior Exposure(Pre-engineered Metal Buildings,
Equipment that only comes with a Manufacturer's Standard Paint)
Dry Film-Mils
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning or
SSPC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning
Shop Coat: Manufacturer Standard Primer 1.5- 2.0
2nd Coat: Tnemec Series 135 Chembuild 3.0- 5.0
3rd Coat: Tnemec Series 73 Endura-Shield 4.0- 5.0
8.5-12.0
C. Immersion-Non-Potable Water
Dry Film-Mils
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP10 Near White Blast Cleaning
1st Coat: Tnemec Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline 4.0- 6.0
2nd Coat: Tnemec Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline 4.0- 6.0
8.0— 12.0
4.2 GALVANIZED STEEL-PIPE AND MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATIONS
A. Exterior/Interior Exposure(Non-Immersion)
Dry Film-Mils
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP7 Brush-off blast. Exterior sur-
faces to be cleaned as requiredby manufac-
turer.
Pt Coat: Tnemec Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline 4.0 - 6.0
2nd Coat: Tnemec Series 73 Endura-Shield 3.0 - 4.0
7.0 - 10.0
B. Interior Exposure(Non-immersion)
Dry Film-Mils
Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP1 Solvent Cleaning
1 st Coat: Tnemec Series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline 4.0 - 6.0
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 09 90 00-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
4.3 TNEMEC COLOR SYSTEM MATERIAL INDENTIFICATION
Water Generic Color Tnemec Color
Sewage Gray 3 3 GR Gray
Sewage Effluent Terra Cotta 07RD Terra Cotta
Plumbing Drain/Vents Black 35GR Black
Other Lines Light Gray 32GR Light Gray
Hoists/Trolleys Safety Yellow 02SF Lemon Yellow/Safety
This Section includes requirements fordefming of the Work ofthis Contract for single-or multiple-
prime Contracts,Work performed by Owner outside this Contract,Owner-supplied products,Con-
tractor's use of premises,future Work,Work by others,and Owner occupancy of all or portions of
the Work.Edit this Section carefully to specify only necessary Project requirements and to avoid
unnecessary Project costs.
END OF SECTION 09 90 00
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 09 90 00-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 09 90 00-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
PART 1 —GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Provide a complete electrical system as indicated on the Drawings,as specified
herein,and as needed for a complete and proper installation including,but not necessarily limited
to:
1. Feeder system, in conduit.
2. Power distribution panel,branch circuit panel,mini-power zone.
4. Branch circuit wiring,in conduit, for lighting,receptacles,junction boxes and motors.
5. Hangers, anchors, sleeves, chases, supports for fixtures, and other electrical materials
and equipment in association therewith.
6. Lighting fixtures and lamps.
7. Wiring system,in conduit,for equipment and controls provided under other Sections of
these Specifications including,but not necessarily limited to,Equipment and Mechanical
Sections.
8. Transient voltage surge suppressor.
9. Other items and services required to complete the systems whether particularly
mentioned or not.
B. Related work:
1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to,
General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these
Specifications.
2. Section 05 50 00—Miscellaneous Metals.
1.2 ABBREVIATIONS
` A Ampere(Amps)_ _ ` MCA I Minimum Circuit Amps
AFF 1 Above Finished Floor j MCC 1 Motor Control Center
AFG 1 Above Finished Grade = MCM 1 1000 Circular Mils(KCMIL)
AHJ Local Authority Having Jurisdiction I MOC 1 Maximum Over-current Protection
P •
1 AIC Amps Interrupting Current N Neutral
AFCI Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter — NEC 1 2002 National Electrical Code
ANSI 1 The American National Standards I NEM 1National Electrical Manufacturers
Institute 1 A 1 Association
BF Ballast Factor NFPA ' National Fire Protection Association
Bkr. I Breaker NIC Not in Contract
C 1 Conduit 1 OSH Occupational Safety and Health Act
A
Ckt. ; Circuit PF Power Factor _—
CRI 1 Color Renderin Index PLC Prozrammable Logic Controller
CU 1 Copper Conductor PVC Polyvinyl Chloride Conduit
DETD 1 Dual Element Time Delay Fuse I RGSC Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit
Disc.......... i Disconnect ..............._...__.._._..........................._.._.. —........_.._....... l-RMS _..1 Root Mean Square........................... _ _._...._..._... 1
Dn 1 Down 1 RTU 1 Remote Terminal Unit
EMT 1 Electrical Metallic Tubing 1 SCAD 1 Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
• A
j FLA 1 Full Load Amps SCCR 1 Short-Circuit Current Rating
FPM . Fuse per Manufacturer Requirements--_ SPD Surge Suppression Device
FS 1 Federal Specifications Sym 1 Symmetrical
G ` Ground THD I Total Harmonic Distortion
/GND
GFCI Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter TSP ' Twisted Shielded Pair
KC1 Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-1 City of Conover,NC
I

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
GFP 1 Ground-Fault Protection TST 1 Twisted Shielded Triplet
HD I Heavy Duty TVSS ' Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor
..........
HP I Horsepower UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
IBC __.. International Building Code_.__._..._.—..__.........................._........_UON Unless Otherwise Noted
IEEE 1 Institute of Electrical&Electronics V Volts
Engineers
IMC Intermediate Metallic Conduit W ' Watts -
.._KVA I Kilovolt-Amps......_............_........._._.....__...................................._..............__.._..............._..._WFC..........._Watertight Flexible Conduit —
KW Kilo Watt I WG Wire Guard
KA I Kilo Amps 1 XFM Transformer
1R
LCCF Lamp Current Crest Factor
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods
needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. These shall include,but not be limited to,
an electrical supervisor who is a licensed master electrician, a field foreman with a minimum
journeyman electrician's license and adequate electricians and helpers.
B. Without additional cost to the Owner,provide such other labor and materials required to complete the
work of this Section in accordance with the requirements of governmental agencies having
jurisdiction, regardless of whether such materials and associated labor are called for elsewhere in
these Contract Documents.
C. Electrical subcontractor shall furnish a 100 percent performance bond and a 100 percent payment
bond to the Contractor as security for the faithful performance of this Section, as security for the
payment of all persons performing labor on the project under this Section and furnishing materials in
connection with this Section The performance bond and payment bond shall be in separate
instruments.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. Product data: Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to
Proceed, submit:
1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section.
2. Manufacturer's specifications, other data and shop drawings needed to prove compliance
with the specified requirements. Provide the following approval drawings:
a. Panels.
b. Mini-power zone.
c. Wiring devices and cover plates.
d. Conduit and fittings.
e. Conductors.
f. Lighting fixtures.
g Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor.
h. Special systems.
3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the
Engineer,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used
on the Work.
C. Manual: Upon completion of this portion of the Work and as a condition of its acceptance,provide
operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with the provisions of Section 01 70 00 of these
Specifications. Include within each manual:
1. Copy of the approved Record Documents for this portion of the Work.
2. Copies of all circuit directories.
3. Copies of all warranties and guaranties.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 60 00.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Provide standard one(1)year warranty on all labor and materials.
B. Provide a five(5)year warranty on LED lighting fixtures.
C. Provide minimum five (5) year warranty on Surge Protection Devices, incorporating unlimited
replacements of suppressor parts if destroyed by transients during the warranty period.
D. Comply with Section 01 70 00.
1.7 RULES AND PERMITS
A. The entire installation shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the NEC,OSHA,and all local
codes.
B. Apply and pay for all permits and inspections required by local or state laws.
C. Furnish the Owner with certificate of inspection and final approval from all authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.8 DRAWINGS
A. The drawings and specifications are complementary to each other and what is called for by one shall
be as binding as if called for by both. The drawings are diagrammatic and are to be followed as
closely as the construction will permit.
B. The drawings show the general location of outlets,conduits and circuit arrangement. Because of the
small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all of the detail involved. The Contractor
shall carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his Work and shall arrange
such work accordingly,furnishing such fittings,junction boxes and accessories as may be required to
meet such conditions.
1.9 ELECTRICAL SERVICE
A. From the utility company,establish requirements for transformer pad(s),metering,connections,etc.,
and make provisions for them;providing and installing all lugs,connectors,grounding,etc.,required
for a complete installation.
1. Coordinate work with both the electric utility company and the Owner, and schedule the
installation of the service in accordance with the construction schedule such that there will be
no delays in equipment startup and placing the facilities in operation.
B. Local Utility Company is the City of Union.
1.10 ELECTRICAL OUTAGE
A. Coordinate all outages with the Owner,72 hours prior. Schedule all outages such that they will not
interfere with normal plant operation and that there will be no delays in equipment startup and
placing the facilities in operation.
1.11 SPARE PARTS
A. Provide the following spare parts to Owner in neatly packaged box marked with contents:
1. Keys: One(1)set of spare panelboard/switchboard keys with lists to Owner.
2. Fuses: One(1)box fuses for each type and size installed on the project.
3. Fuse Puller:One(1)fuse puller to Owner capable of removing all types of fuses installed on
job.
4. TVSS: One (1) SPD protection module per unit as an on-site spare.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Provide only materials that are new, of the type and quality specified. Where Underwriters'
Laboratories,Inc.have established standards for such materials,provide only materials bearing the
UL label. Materials called for are to be considered as standard that,however,implies no right on the
part of the Contractor to substitute other materials and methods without written authority from the
Engineer.
B. Temporary power:
1. In addition to providing temporary power as described in Section 01 50 00 of these
Specifications,provide and pay the costs for installing permanent electrical meter or meters.
2. When all equipment is in place and connected, and the Engineer determines the project is
ready for final checkout, arrange to have the permanent metering installed in the Owner's
name. At this point,the Owner will be responsible for all charges.
C. Where any material or operation is specified by reference to published specifications or standards or
the specifications or standards of any other organization; the referenced specification or standard
shall be as much a part of this Section as if quoted in full herein.
2.2 RACEWAYS
A. Applicable Standards:
1. ANSI C80.1: Rigid Steel Conduits,Zinc-Coated.
2. ANSI C80.3: Electrical Metallic Tubing,Zinc Coated.
3. ANSI C80.5: Rigid Aluminum Conduits.
4. ANSI C80.6: Intermediate Metallic Conduits.
5. ANSI/NEMA FB 1: Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.
6. UL 6: Rigid Steel Conduit-Zinc Coated.
7. UL 651-2002: Schedule 40 PVC and schedule 80 Rigid PVC Conduit.
8. UL 514B: Flexible conduit fittings.
9. NEMA RN 1: Polyvinyl-Chloride(PVC)Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit
and Intermediate Metal Conduit.
1(). NEMA FB 1: Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical
Metallic Tubing and Cable.
11. ASTM F512: Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Conduit.
12 ASTM D870: Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings Using Water
Immersion.
13. ASTM D1151: Standard Practice for Effect of Moisture and Temperature on Adhesive
Bonds.
14. FS WW-C 581E: Federal Specification for Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit.
15. FS-WW-C-563A: Federal Specification for Electrical Metallic Tubing.
16. FS-WW-C-540C: Federal Specification for Rigid Aluminum Conduit.
17. FS WW-C 566: Federal Specification for Flexible Metal Conduit.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Wheatland.
2. Allied Tube.
3. Perma-Cote;Division of Robroy.
4. Ocal.
5. Carlon.
C. Provide conduit and fittings conforming to the above standards.
D. Rigid aluminum conduit:
1. Provide thread type fittings and conduit bodies with matching material.
2. Provide standard electric conduit couplings
a. Do not use pipe couplings or sleeves.
3. Provide full weight galvanized fittings.
4. Do not imbed aluminum conduit concrete containing chlorides,unwashed beach sand, sea
water,or coral bearing aggregates.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
5. Isolate from other metals with heat shrink tubing (Raychem or equal) or plastic-coated
hangars.
6. Use strap wrenches for tightening aluminum conduit.
a. Do not use Pipe wrenches, channel locks,chain wrenches,pliers,etc.
7. Clean and coat all threads on aluminum conduit and fittings with"No-Oxide" compound
before using.
8. Completely cover Aluminum conduit installed in concrete or below grade s with two(2)
coats of bitumastic paint.
9. Terminate aluminum conduit entering manholes and below grade pullboxes with grounding
type bushings and connected to a 3/4"x 10"copperclad rod with a#6 bare copper wire.
10. All risers from underground,concrete pads,floors,etc.
a. Provide heat shrink tubing (Raychem or equal) from a point 1 foot-0-inch below
bottom of slab or grade to a point not less than 6 inches above grade or surface of
slab.
E. Provide hot-dipped, galvanized, watertight type fittings for liquid tight flexible conduit as
manufactured by O-Z/Gedney or approved equal.
F. Conduit/Cable supports—properties:
1. Provide 316 stainless steel supports for all exposed metallic conduit as manufactured by
Unistrut or approved equal.
G. All conduits to conform to the following specifications:
1. Installations under concrete slab: Schedule 40 PVC
2. Exposed outdoor locations: Rigid aluminum conduit.
3. Interior locations: Rigid aluminum conduit.
4. Installations in concrete-encased duct banks: Schedule 40 PVC.
5. Installations underground exposed to earth: Rigid aluminum conduit. (with PVC or
bitumastic coating)
2.3 CONDUCTORS
A. Applicable standards:
1. NEMA WC 3: Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of
Electrical Energy.
2. NEMA WC 5: Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and
Distribution of Electrical Energy.
3. UL 44—2002: Rubber-Insulated Wires and Cables.
4. UL 83 — 1999: Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables.
5. UL 854—2002: Service Entrance Cables.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Okonite.
2. Pirelli.
3. Southwire.
4. Superior Essex.
5. Belden.
C. Conductor types:
1. Low voltage conductors(0 to 600V):
a. For secondary service entrance,feeders,underground,under floor,in damp or wet
locations, and to any process associated equipment provide copper, 600V, 75°C,
Type XHHW.
b. For all other low voltage conductors,provide copper, 600V, 75°C,Type THWN.
c. Provide stranded conductors for sizes#12 and larger.
d. Provide same type of equipment grounding conductors as specified above.
e. Provide all branch circuit wiring installed within ballast compartment of light
fixtures rated 90°C, Type THHN.
f. Analog Control/Communications (TSP or TST) — Provide tinned copper,
polyethylene insulated, twisted pair or triplet, aluminum-polyester, overall shield
with 20-gauge drain.
g. Provide analog signal conductors sized as shown on drawings with minimum size of
18-gauge.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
h. For all discrete signal conductors,provide copper stranded,600V,Type THWN with
a minimum size of#14,unless otherwise noted.
i. For all control conductors installed in underground conduits provide cable listed as
suitable for direct burial.
2. Splices, Connections and Terminations(0 to 600V):
a. For#8 AWG,use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper
wire splices and taps. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for#10
AWG and smaller.
b. Use insulated,mechanical connectors for copper wire splices and taps,#6AWG and
larger, ILSCO or approved equal. Tape connectors with electrical tape to prevent
moisture infiltration.
2.4 GROUNDING AND BONDING
A. Applicable standards:
1. UL 467-1998: Grounding and Bonding Equipment.
2. NFPA 70: National Electrical Code.
3. ANSI/IEEE 32: Requirements,Terms and Test Procedures for Neutral Grounding Devices.
4. IEEE 80: Guide for Safety in Substation Grounding.
5. IEEE 81: Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface
Potentials of a Ground System.
6. NETA ATS: Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems(International Electrical Testing Associates).
B. Grounding electrodes(Rod type):
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. LTV Copperweld.
b. Line Material.
2. Material: Copper-clad steel.
3. Diameter: 3/a".
4. Length: 10'-0"
5. Type: Sectional.
C. Mechanical connectors:
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Burndy.
b. Robbins.
c. Harger.
2. Material: Bronze.
D. Exothermically-welded connections:
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Cadweld.
E. Grounding Electrode Conductor:
1. Material: Bare, soft-drawn, stranded, copper.
2. Minimum size: Meet NEC 70 requirements.
F. Bonding Material:
1. Material: Bare, soft-drawn, stranded, copper.
2. Minimum size: Meet NEC 70 requirements.
G. Regulatory requirements:
1. Products: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
H. Ground Access Wells:
1. Provide 12"x12"x12"polymer concrete ground access well where indicated on plans.
2. Provide engraved cover with"ground"indicator.
3. Rated for a minimum of 20,000 lbs.
4. Provide Harger GAW series or approved equal.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
2.5 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTION
A. Applicable standards:
1. UL 1449 3rd Edition-transient Voltage Surge Suppressor.
2. IEEE C62.41 -IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low Voltage AC
Power Circuits.
3. IEEE C62.45 -IEEE Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage
AC Power Circuits.
4. UL 67-Panelboards(when mounted in panelboards).
5. UL 891 -Dead-Front Switchboards(when mounted in switchboards).
6. NEMA LS1 -National Electrical Manufacturer's Association- 1992,R2000.
7. MIL STD. 220A-Test Methods of Insertion Loss.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Advanced Protection Technologies, Inc. (APT).
2. American Power Conversion Corporation(APC).
3. EFI Electronics.
4. Cutler Hammer.
5. Current Technology.
6. Leviton.
C. Surge Suppression Device(SPD):
1. Manufacturer's published UL 1449 Third Edition test results shall reflect SPD connected
lead length of 6"or greater.
2. Provide SPD devices with a minimum EMI/RFI filtering of-50dB at 100 kHz using MIL-
STD-220A methodology.
3. Provide a SPD unit with a short circuit current rating clearly marked and install at a point on
the system where the available fault current is in excess of that rating.
4. Provide dedicated circuit breaker/disconnect for the SPD.
5. Provide SPD with one set of NO/NC dry contacts.
6. Provide SPD with protection-indicating LED's that are visible without opening enclosure.
7. Provide NEMA 4 SS Enclosure.
8. Provide SPD that meets or exceeds the following criteria:
a. Maximum UL Suppression Voltage Rating(SVR)and Maximum Operating Voltage
(MCOV):
System Voltage L-N L-G , N-G I L-L MCOV
120/240V 10 Split Phase I 330 I 330 I 330 I 700 I 150
480/277V 30 700 700 600 1200 320
b. Minimum Surge Capacity and modes of protection:
Modular Surge
•
• SPD Location Parallel Modes of RFI Capacity 4
Protecti Protection Filtering ' per Mode
•
on
Service Entrance No L-N,N-G No 120kA
,_ _ -
Branch Circuit Panels<_ No I L-N,N-G No 80kA
200A --
2.6 OUTLET BOXES
A. Applicable standards:
1. ANSI/NEMA OS 1: Sheet-steel Outlet Boxes,Device Boxes,Covers and Box Supports.
2. ANSUNEMA OS 2: Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes,Device Boxes,Covers and Box Supports.
3. NEMA 250: Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum).
4. NEMA FB 1: Type FD,Cast Ferroalloy Boxes.
5. UL 508: UL Standard for Safety Industrial Control Equipment.
B. Types and properties:
1. Outlet boxes: 1
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
a. Sheet metal outlet boxes (ANSUNEMA OS1; galvanized steel, with 1/2" male
fixture studs where required).
b. Nonmetallic outlet boxes(ANSUNEMA 0S2).
c. Cast boxes(NEMA FB1; deep type, gasketed cover,threaded hubs).
C. Pull and junction boxes:
1. Sheet metal boxes:
a. Indoor location installations:
1) Provide the type specified in ANSUNEMA OS 1,316 stainless steel unless
stated otherwise on drawings.
2) Provide hinged-type enclosure for enclosures larger than 12 inches in any
dimension.
b. Indoor location installations: Provide hinged-type enclosure for enclosures larger
than 12 inches in any dimension.
2. Cast aluminum boxes:
a. Outdoor and wet location installations:Conform to NEMA 250;Type 4 and Type 6,
flat-flanged,surface-mounted junction box,UL listed as rain tight,cast aluminum
box cover with ground flange,neoprene gasket,and stainless-steel cover screws as
manufactured by Cooper Crouse-Hinds.
3. Non-metallic boxes:
a. Above ground location installations:Conform to UL 508,NEMA type as shown on
drawings, molded fiberglass polyester, with removable hinged cover, neoprene
gasket, and stainless-steel cover screws as manufactured by Hoffman.
b. In Ground location installations: Conform to UL 508, NEMA type as shown on
drawings,pre-cast polymer concrete,with removable,heavy-duty bolted cover,and
stainless-steel cover screws as manufactured by Strongwell.
D. Outlet box schedule,unless otherwise noted:
1. Interior boxes:
a. Galvanized extensions and rings.
b. Ganged where two or more devices occur at the same location.
c. One-piece type.
d. Studs for lighting fixtures,when required.
e. Lugs or ears to secure covers or plaster rings.
f. As required, covers or plaster rings.
g Small exposed boxes-galvanized cast type with hubs.
h. Large exposed and exterior boxes -NEMA 4X type.
2. Ceiling boxes, minimum 4"x 4" x 2-1/8" deep, or 4" octagon x 2-1/8" deep, of one-piece
construction, except where otherwise specified herein or when larger size is required by
code.
3. Provide masonry type boxes in block walls.
4. Provide concrete type in poured slabs.
5. Provide non-metallic boxes for underground installations.
E. Box locations:
1. Provide electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire
pulling, equipment connections,and code compliance.
a. Electrical box locations shown on Contract Drawings are approximate unless
dimensioned.
b. Verify the location of all boxes and outlets prior to rough in.
c. Locate the boxes to allow access.
d. Locate and install boxes such that headroom is maintained,and a neat appearance is
presented.
2.7 WIRING DEVICES
A. Applicable standards:
1. FS W-C-596: Electrical Power Connector,Plug,Receptacle,and Cable Outlet.
2. FS W-S-896: Switch, Toggle.
3. NEMA WD 1: General Purpose Wiring Devices.
4. NEMA WD 2: Semiconductor Dimmers for Incandescent Lamps.
5. NEMA WD 5: Specific Purpose Wiring Devices.
6. UL 943: Standard for Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
B. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Hubbell.
2. Pass and Seymour.
3. General Electric.
4. TayMac.
5. Lutron.
6. Leviton.
C. Wall Switches:
1. Provide wall switches for lighting circuits and motor loads under 1/2 HP conforming to
NEMA WD;FS W-S-896;AC-general use snap switch with toggle handle,rated 20 amperes
and 120-277VAC.
2. Provide switch with gray handle.
3. For exterior applications,provide cast box and weatherproof actuating lever toggle switch
cover.
D. Receptacles:
1. Provide convenience and straight-blade receptacles conforming to NEMA WD 1, locking
blade receptacles conforming to NEMA WD 5, and convenience receptacle configuration
conforming to NEMA WD 1;Type 5-20,gray plastic face.
2. Provide specific-use receptacle configuration conforming to NEMA WD 1 type as indicated
on the drawings,and with a brown plastic face.
3. Provide GFCI duplex convenience receptacles with integral ground fault current interrupters
and gray plastic face.
E. Wall Plates:
1. Provide type 304 stainless steel oversized(jumbo)interior wall plates.
2. Provide continuous-use rated exterior device cover. Provide cover constructed entirely of
UV stabilized high impact polycarbonate material with gasket, stainless steel mounting
screws and UL listed for wet location continuous-use. Provide cover equal to TayMac
Specification Grade series.
3. Design plates to fit the device or devices on which they are used.
2.8 DISCONNECT/SAFETY SWITCHES
A. Applicable standards:
1. ANSI/UL 198C: High intensity capacity fuses; current limiting types.
2. ANSI/UL 198E: Class R fuses.
3. FS W-F-870: Fuse holders(for plug and enclosed cartridge fuses).
4. FS W-S-865: Switch,box(enclosed), surface-mounted.
5. NEMA KS 1: Enclosed switches.
B. Acceptable manufacturers—disconnect/safety switches:
1. General Electric.
2. Square D.
3. Cutler-Hammer.
4. Siemens Energy&Automation.
C. Disconnect/Safety Switches:
1. Fusible(safety)switch assemblies: NEMA KS 1;type HD,quick-make,quick-break,load
interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent
opening front cover with switch in ON position.
a. Provide override screw to permit opening front cover with switch in ON position.
b. Provide the handle lockable in OFF position.
c. Provide fuse clips designed to accommodate Class R fuses.
d. Provide enclosure types as indicated on Drawings.
2. Non-fusible (disconnect) switch assemblies: NEMA KS 1; type HD; quick-make, quick-
break,load interrupter enclosed knife switch with externally operable handle interlocked to
prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position.
a. Provide override screw to permit opening front cover with switch in ON position.
b. Provide the handle lockable in OFF position.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-9 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
c. Provide enclosure types as indicated on Drawings.
D. Fuses:
1. Fuses 600 Amperes and Less: Current limiting type.
2. Fuse Interrupting Rating: 200,000 RMS symmetrical amperes.
E. Acceptable manufacturers -fuses:
1. Gould-Shawmut.
2. Bussman.
F. XXX/Y/ZZ/fAAA:Indicates device or equipment shall be suppliedof poles;
indicates enclosure NEMA rating
("3R" = NEMA 3R, "4X" = NEMA 4X); and "fAAA" indicates fuse size ("FPM" = fuse per
manufacturer requirements),no text indicates non-fused disconnect switch.
2.9 PANELBOARDS
A. Applicable standards:
1. FS W-C-375: Circuit Breakers,Molded Case,Branch Circuit and Service.
2. FS W-F-870: Fuse Holders (for Plug and Enclosed Fuses).
3. FS W-F-115: Power Distribution Panel.
4. FS W-S-865: Enclosed Knife Switch.
5. NEMA AB 1: Molded Case Circuit Breakers.
6. NEMA PB 1: Panelboards.
7. NEMA PB 1.1: Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of
Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less.
8. NEMA PB 1.2: Application Guide for Ground-fault Protective Devices for Equipment.
9. UL 67: Panelboards.
B. Acceptable manufacturers:
1. General Electric.
2. Square D.
3. Cutler-Hammer.
4. Siemens Energy&Automation.
C. Power Distribution panelboards:
1. Panelboards: NEMA PB 1; circuit breaker type.
2. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1,Type 12,unless shown otherwise on the Drawings.
3. Panelboard mounting as shown on the Drawings.
4. Provide cabinet front with concealed trim clamps,and hinged door with flush lock. Finish in
manufacturer's standard gray enamel.
5. Provide panelboards with tin plated, copper bus,ratings as scheduled.
6. Provide copper ground bus in all panelboards.Minimum integrated short circuit rating: As
shown in panel schedules.
7. Molded case circuit breakers: NEMA AB 1; provide bolt-in-type circuit breakers with
integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole.
8. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as type HACR for air conditioning equipment branch
circuits.
9. Molded case circuit breakers with current limiters: AB 1; provide circuit breakers with
replaceable current limiting elements, in addition to integral thermal and instantaneous
magnetic trip in each pole.
10. Provide panelboards with typed directory as shown on panel schedules.
11. Provide panelboards keyed alike.
D. Branch circuit panelboards:
1. Lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards: NEMA PB 1; circuit breaker type.
2. Enclosure:NEMA PB 1; Type 12,unless shown otherwise on the Drawings
3. Cabinet size: 5-3/4" deep;20"wide.
4. Panelboard mounting as shown on the Drawings.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-10 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
5. Provide cabinet front with concealed trim clamps,concealed hinge and flush lock all keyed
alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel.
6. Provide panelboards with tin plated,copper bus,ratings as scheduled on Drawings.
7. Provide copper ground bus in all panelboards.
8. Minimum integrated short circuit rating: As shown in panel schedules.
9. Molded case circuit breakers: NEMA AB 1; bolt-on type thermal magnetic trip circuit
breakers,with common trip handle for all poles.
a. Provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type SWD for lighting circuits.
10. Provide UL Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled on Drawings.
11. Provide panelboards with typed directories as shown on panel schedules.
12. Provide panelboards keyed alike.
2.9 CONCRETE SUPPORT FOUNDATIONS
A. Install each freestanding unit of electrical equipment on a 4"thick,3000 PSI wire mesh reinforced
concrete pad or curb with 36" clear on front side and 12" clear on all remaining sides, unless
otherwise noted on drawings. Provide 3/4"chamfer all sides.
2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Provide support framing, channel and associated accessories of aluminum, conforming to the
Drawings and to Section 05 50 00 of these specifications, except in areas containing chemicals,
whereby fiberglass reinforced plastic only shall be utilized.
B. Provide and install equipment racks for panels as shown on the drawings and as described in the
specifications,with the following as a minimum:
1. Provide cross members consisting of two(2)horizontal pieces of pre-drilled 1-1/2"x 1-1/2"
mounting channel,manufactured by Kindorff.
2. Attach all struts with spring-loaded nuts and associated hardware provided by manufacturer of
strut,and specifically designed for this purpose.
3. Use 316 stainless steel stud nuts,manufactured by Kindorff.
4. Support the mounting channel"cross bars"vertically by C-channels,3"x 2"x 8'.
5. Mount channels a maximum of 24"apart,center-to-center,quantity as required to accommodate
equipment.
6. Provide a foundation buried 36"underground and secured with 3000 PSI concrete pad,sized as
shown on plans with a minimum of 36"clear walking space in front of control panels and 12"
on sides and rear of panel.
7. Provide 3/4"chamfer on all concrete edges.
C. Provide 316 stainless-steel (bolts, nuts,washers, U-bolts, anchors, threaded rods, etc.) attachment
hardware.
PART 3—EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct
conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordination:
1. Coordinate as necessary with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the
work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section.
2. Coordinate the installation of electrical items with the schedule for work of other trades to
prevent unnecessary delays in the total Work.
3. Where lighting fixtures and other electrical items are shown in conflict with locations of
structural members and mechanical or other equipment,provide required supports and wiring
to clear the encroachment.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-11 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
B. Data indicated on the Drawings and in these Specifications are as exact as could be secured,but their
absolute accuracy is not warranted. The exact locations,distances,levels,and other conditions will
be governed by actual construction and the Drawings and Specifications should be used only for
guidance in such regard.
C. Where outlets are not specifically located on the Drawings, locate as determined in the field by the
Engineer. Where outlets are installed without such specific direction, relocate as directed by the
Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Verify all measurements at the building. No extra compensation will be allowed because of
differences between work shown on the Drawings and actual measurements at the site of
construction.
E. Branch circuit wiring and arrangement of home runs have been designed for maximum economy
consistent with adequate sizing for voltage drops and other considerations. Install the wiring with
circuits arranged exactly as shown on the Drawings,except as otherwise approved in advance by the
Engineer.
3.3 ELECTRICAL SERVICE
A. Verify location of utility transformer pad and install per utility company specifications,providing all
materials and labor required for a complete installation.Verify location of utility company secondary
delivery point and report any discrepancies to the Engineer immediately.
3.4 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
A. Perform trenching and backfilling associated with the work of this Section in strict accordance with
the provisions of Section 31 23 33 of these Specifications.
3.5 CONDUCTORS
A. Install no conductor smaller than#12 AWG unless otherwise indicated.
B. Provide copper conductors.
C. Provide conductors as shown on the plans or as specified herein.
D. Provide continuous wiring from outlet to outlet,identified by color and marked with size,grade and
manufacturer.
E. Provide continuous wiring without joints,through pull boxes.
F. Provide minimum of#10 AWG conductors on branch circuits, which exceed 100' at 120 volts and
200' at 277 volts from panel to load center.
G. Terminate#14 AWG stranded conductors where indicated for control,using insulated compression-
type spade lugs.
H. Terminate#12 AWG stranded conductors using insulated compression-type spade lugs.
I. Install an equal number of conductors for each phase of a circuit in the same raceway or cable.
J. The conductor lengths for parallel circuits must be made equal.
K. Neatly train and lace all wiring inside boxes,equipment, and panel boards.
L. Connect circuits sharing a common neutral to different phases regardless of the numbering.
M. Provide phase,neutral,and ground conductors as required to accommodate metering installed. Any
additional conductors required for meter to function properly shall be installed at the Contractor's
expense.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-12 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
3.6 COLOR CODE AND MARKERS
A. Provide color-coding for#12 and#10 conductors as follows:
277/480-Volt ` 120/208(240)-Volt
Phase"A" Brown Black
Phase`B" Orange Red
Phase"C" 7. Yellow Blue
Neutral White with Tracer 1 White
Ground Green Green
Mark all conductors#8 and larger and all feeders with plastic tape to match the above color-coding.
B. Mark all 480-volt equipment with red laminated plastic nameplates having one-half inch (1/2")
engraved lettering,reading"DANGER 480-VOLTS". Attach plate to equipment with stainless steel
screws.
C. Mark conductors within panelboards with self-sticking label bearing the number corresponding to the
circuit number on the drawings. Connect these conductors to corresponding breaker in panel. Mark
circuit numbers in outlet boxes only where color-coding is repeated by having two or more
conductors of the same color.
D. Mark equipment,panelboards,cabinets, control devices, starters, switches, etc.by means of
black,white core laminated nameplates having '/"engraved lettering. Provide designations as
indicated on the drawings. Attach plates to equipment with stainless steel screws.
3.7 SPLICES,CONNECTIONS,AND TERMINATIONS IN 600V. CONDUCTORS
A. Provide final connections and/or terminations for all wiring indicated on the electrical drawings and
in this division of the specifications. Equipment supplied under other divisions of the specifications
that require electrical connections under this division shall be provided with Engineer approved
wiring and termination diagrams.
B. Splice only in accessible junction boxes.
C. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors.
D. Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape.
3.8 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS
A. Apply cold galvanizing compound to all field-cut threads prior to installation.
B. In general, follow the raceway installation layout shown on the plans, however, this layout is
diagrammatic only,and where changes are necessary due to structural conditions,other apparatus or
other causes,make such changes without any additional cost to the Owner.
C. Cut all conduits square using a saw or pipe cutter and de-burr cut ends.
D. Install the conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fastened securely.
E. Use conduit hubs,or sealing locknuts,for fastening conduit to cast boxes and for fastening conduit to
sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations.
F. No more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends may be installed between boxes.
G. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams.
H. Use hydraulic one-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2"size.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-13 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
I. Avoid Moisture traps where possible;where moisture traps are unavoidable,there must be a junction
box with drain fitting provided at the conduit low point. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed
conduit against entrance of dirt, concrete,plaster,mortar, and moisture.
J. Size all conduits for conductor type installed with 3/4"being the minimum size conduit allowed.
K. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance.
L. Route any exposed conduit and conduit above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls
and adjacent piping.
M. Provide at all times a minimum of 6" clearance between conduit and piping and a 12" clearance
between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating appliances.
N. Arrange all conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by conductor pulling operations.
O. Fasten conduits above finished ceilings using straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers or
bolted split stamped hangers.
1. Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. All wire that was used for
temporary conduit support during construction must be removed before conductors are
pulled.
2. All conduits must be supported at a maximum distance of 5' on centers.
P. Group conduits in parallel runs where practical using a conduit rack.
Q. Make all underground conduit joints watertight by applying manufacturer's recommended thread
compound. Thread compound must be conductive and be compatible with conduit and conductor-
jacket material.
R. Provide suitable pull string or#12 AWG insulated conductor in empty conduit,except sleeves and
nipples.
S. Maintain minimum 12" clearance between all conduits containing signal circuits and conduits
containing power circuits.
T. Install expansion-deflection joints where conduit crosses building expansion or seismic joints.
U. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors,the opening around the conduit must be sealed
with UL listed foamed silicone elastomer compound.
V. Install exposed raceways either parallel or perpendicular to building walls.
W. Install raceways exposed on walls or free-standing perpendicular to the floor.
X. Install exposed raceways on channel so as to provide a minimum spacing of'A"between raceway and
the surface to which it is mounted.
Y. Bends:
1. Where emer&ing from walls,ceilings,floor or concrete slabs,all conduit bends shall be made
entirely within the structure(i.e.:the conduit shall emerge perpendicular to the surface and
the bend shall be covered).
2. Make all 90-degree conduit turns with factory-bent, rigid galvanized steel, long radius
elbows.
3. Utilize rigid galvanized steel,long radius elbows on all 90-degree conduit bends of 2"and
larger.
Z. Install no metal conduit in contact with the earth or concrete slab unless protected with two coats of
bitumastic coating or shrink wrap.
AA. Provide necessary sleeves and chases where conduits pass through floors and walls,and provide other
necessary openings and spaces, arranging for in proper time to prevent unnecessary cutting in
connection with the Work.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-14 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
BB. Perform cutting and patching in accordance with the provisions for the original Work.
CC. Refer to Section 31 23 33 for minimum cover of underground conduits.
DD. Sealing Conduit:
1. Install watertight conduit hubs on all conduits terminating in the top or sides ofNEMA 3R,4
or 4X enclosures.
2. Use a sealing locknut having an integral gasket on conduits terminating in the bottom of
NEMA 3R,4 or 4X enclosures.
3. Seal all conduits terminating in NEMA 3R,4 or 4X enclosures with duct seal.
4. Seal watertight all conduits terminating in NEMA 6 or watertight rated enclosures.
5. Install sealing compound and fiber, per manufacturer's recommendation, in hazardous
location conduit sealing fittings. Tighten plugs per manufacturer's recommended torque.
EE. Make motor lead connections and connections to other electrical equipment subject to vibration,or
where indicated with flexible weatherproof type steel core conduit with wrapping and cover,factory
assembled.
FF. Conduit installations in hazardous locations as defined by Article 500 of the NEC must conform to
the special requirements of Articles 501, 502,and 503 of the NEC.
GG. Chapter 9 of the NEC shall apply unless larger raceways are specified.
HH. Ensure all threads are fully installed into fittings,boxes,enclosures and equipment per NEC and UL
listing requirements to provide mechanical integrity, grounding and sealing. Provide fittings and
adapters to ensure full length of conduit or conduit fitting threads are installed per code and listing
requirements.
II. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be supported and securely fastened within 12 inches of each
box,cabinet,conduit body or other conduit body termination and shall be supported and secured at
intervals not to exceed 4-1/2 feet.Flexible metal conduit shall not exceed 6 feet in length except for
luminaire connections as allowed per the NEC.
3.9 CONDUIT SUPPORTS
A. Seal all ends of non-metallic conduit support with manufacturer's recommended sealer.
B. Provide UL listed vinyl end caps for all ends of strut-type metallic conduit supports.
C. Provide all miscellaneous materials and supports as required by the NEC and these specifications to
provide support for conduits,raceways,boxes, fittings and equipment.
3.10 GROUNDING AND BONDING
A. Ground and bond the electrical system and motors in accordance with Article 250 of the NEC.
B. Install electric bond around panels,cabinets,pull boxes,enclosures,etc.,to incoming and outgoing
sub-feed raceways by use of grounding type bushings.
C. Install rod electrodes at locations indicated. Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve
specified resistance to ground.
D. Provide grounding electrode conductor(s)and connect as shown on drawings.
E. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure;bond to ground.
F. Provide separate, insulated, green equipment grounding conductor within each feeder and branch
circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug,bus, or bushing.
G. Provide grounding type bushings for conduits 1"or larger and bond to ground bar or lug of enclosure.
H. Bond neutral and ground at service entrance only.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-15 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
I. Provide exothermic-type weld grounding connections that are buried or otherwise normally
inaccessible,and excepting specifically those connections for which access is required for periodic
testing.
J. Make each grounding connection strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions.
Failure to follow manufacturer's written instructions shall result in immediate rejection.
K. Welds which have"puffed up"or which show convex surfaces,indicating improper cleaning,are not
acceptable. Provide grounding connection devices compatible with the conductor(s) and/or rods
being joined.
L. Maximum acceptable resistance to earth ground is 25 Ohms.Provide testing of the service entrance
system ground and verify the resistance to earth ground is within the specified requirements. If the
existing service entrance ground does not meet the specified requirements, install additional rod
electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground.
3.11 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE PROTECTION
A. Field Installed:
1. Connect SPD ground to service entrance grounding electrode conductor or to equipment
grounding conductor if SPD located downstream of service entrance equipment. Confirm
SPD installed per manufacturer's recommendation.
2. Install SPD on the load side of the main circuit breaker.
3. Install SPD in accordance with manufacturer instructions.
4. Maximum lead length 12". 5. Provide an externally mounted SPD as indicated on the
drawings.
3.12 OUTLET BOXES
A. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls. Install the boxes at a minimum of 6" apart except in
acoustic-rated walls with a minimum separation of 12".
B. Locate boxes in masonry walls such that only the cutting of the masonry unit corner is required.
Coordinate masonry cutting such that neat openings for the boxes can be achieved.
C. Provide knockout closures for unused openings.
D. Support boxes independently of the conduits.
E. Use multiple gang boxes where more than one device is mounted together; do not use sectional
boxes. Provide barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems.
F. Install boxes in the walls without damaging wall insulation.
G. Install outlets to locate luminaires as shown on plans. In inaccessible ceiling areas,position outlets
and junction boxes within 6" of recessed luminaires, to be accessible through luminaire ceiling
opening.
H. Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas; secure boxes to interior wall and partition studs,
accurately positioning to allow for surface finish thickness.
I. Use stamped steel stud bridges for flush outlets in hollow stud wall, and adjustable steel channel
fasteners for flush ceiling outlet boxes.
J. Align wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices.
K. Provide cast outlet boxes in locations(exposed to the weather)and indoor wet locations.
L. Size all boxes in strict accordance with Article No. 370 of the NEC,except that no box will be less
than the minimum specified.
M. Check the location of all outlets to see that the outlets will clear any new or existing wall fixture,
shelving,work tables, sinks,bulletin boards, etc. and the outlet will fit the area intended.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-16 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
N. Set floor boxes level and flush with finish flooring material. Use cast iron floor boxes for
installations in slab on grade.
O. Locate pull and junction boxes above accessible ceilings or in unfinished areas. Support pull and
junction boxes independently of conduit.
P. Install underground boxes as shown on drawings with top of box approximately 2"above finished
grade. Install bottom of box over 12"of gravel to allow for adequate drainage.
3.13 CONVENIENCE OUTLETS AND SWITCHES
A. Install wall switches at 48"above the floor level and 6"from edge of door jam on strike side,unless
otherwise noted on Drawings.
B. Install wall switches with the OFF position down.
C. Install convenience receptacles at 18"above the floor level or 6"above counter or backsplash.
D. Install convenience receptacles with the grounding pole on top.
E. Install all specific-use receptacles at heights shown on Contract Drawings.
F. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas using jumbo size
plates for outlets installed in masonry walls.
G. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above
accessible ceilings,and on surface-mounted outlets.
H. Install devices and wall plates flush and level.
3.14 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Install lamps in luminaires and lamp holders.
B. Support surface-mounted luminaires;provide auxiliary support,laid across top of ceiling TS,fasten
to T using bolts, screws, rivets, or approved ceiling framing member clips.
C. Install fluorescent luminaires larger than 2'x4' size independent of ceiling framing.
D. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. Install grid clips. Support luminaires
independently with 12-gauge minimum,galvanized, soft-annealed,mild steel wire.
E. Replace all non-operational lamps at completion of work.
F. Touch up luminaire and pole finish at completion of work with manufacturer's color-respective touch
up kit.
G. Securely ground all lighting fixture housings.
H. Align luminaires and clean lenses and diffusers at completion of work.
I. Clean excess paint, dirt, and debris from installed luminaires.
3.15 POWER EQUIPMENT
A. Provide power and control wiring for motor starters and safety switches as shown on the Drawings.
B. Connections to miscellaneous building equipment:
1. Wire to, and connect to, all items of building equipment not specifically described but to
which electrical power is required.
2. Coordinate as necessary with other trades and suppliers to verify types, numbers, and
locations of equipment.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-17 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
3.16 MOUNTING OF CONTROL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A. Install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and the contract drawings.
B. Install surface-mounted panelboards plumb, in conformance with NEMA PB 1.1.
C. Install disconnect switches with centerline at 48"above finished floor,grade, etc.unless otherwise
noted.
D. Secure switchboard assemblies to foundation or floor channels.
E. Secure disconnect switches to channel frames with spring-type fasteners and hardware intended for
this specific use where wall mounted,unless otherwise indicated.
F. Mount floor and wall mounted equipment utilizing Type 316 stainless steel anchors and fasteners of
the size and number recommended by the manufacturer.
G. Provide necessary hardware to secure the assembly in place.
H. Provide 316 stainless steel fasteners for all other installation types.
I. Inspect switchboards and panel boards for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and
grounding. Check proper installation and tightness of connections for circuit breakers, fusible
switches,and fuses.
J. Install and check all equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
K. Ensure that equipment mounting pad locations are level to within 0.125 inches per three foot of
distance in any direction.Notify Engineer immediately if any discrepancies are found in the field.
L. Ensure that all equipment bus bars are torqued to the manufacturer's recommendations.
M. Assemble all equipment shipping sections,remove all shipping braces and connect all shipping split
mechanical and electrical connections.
N. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards and switchboards.
O. Provide typed circuit directory with protective plastic sleeve secured to inside of panel door for each
branch circuit panelboard.
P. Provide Micarta type labels located adjacent to each breaker operator,delineating equipment served
for each circuit breaker in all switchboards.
Q. Measure steady state load currents at each switchboard and panelboard feeder. Should the voltage
difference measured at the equipment between any two phases exceed 20 percent,rearrange circuits
to balance the phase loads within 20 percent. Take care to maintain proper phasing for multi-wire
branch circuits.
R. Measure and recording Megger readings phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground, and neutral-to-ground
(four wire systems only).
3.17 UNIT RESPONSIBILITY
A. Main breaker,panelboards,switches,starters,etc.furnished under this Section of the specifications
shall be supplied by the same manufacturer so as to give unit responsibility and ease of maintenance.
3.18 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
A. Provide all power wiring for the plumbing,heating,ventilating and A.C. systems as shown on the
drawings and according to an approved wiring diagram furnished by the Mechanical Contractor.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-18 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
B. Control and interlock wiring shall be provided under other sections of these specifications,including
conduit and outlet boxes required, except as specifically indicated on electrical drawings.
C. Make all connections to equipment required for proper operation.
D. Consult the mechanical drawings in detail for exact locations of all equipment.
3.19 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Provide personnel and equipment, make required tests, and secure required approvals from the
Engineer and governmental agencies having jurisdiction.
B. Provide written notice to the Engineer adequately in advance of each of the following stages of
construction:
1. In the underground condition prior to placing concrete floor slab, when all associated
electrical work is in place.
2. When all rough-in is complete,but not covered.
3. At completion of the work of this Section.
C. When material and/or workmanship are found to not comply with the specified requirements,replace
items within three days after receipt of notice at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Provide a qualified field serviceman,representing the manufacturer of each piece of major electrical
equipment, to make proper and complete adjustments of all adjustable devices, load switches, etc.
after final installation and completion of all field wiring. Verify and approve all connections prior to
any initial or test operation of equipment. Submit confirmation in writing by the manufacturer's
authorized representative of said services to the Engineer.
3.20 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
A. Wiring and equipment in hazardous locations,as defined by the NEC, shall conform to the special
requirements of the NEC,unless otherwise indicated or specified.
3.21 CLEANING AND PAINTING
A. Collect and remove from the premises all debris,scraps and other waste material after completion of
work.
B. Tamp and level all trench work.
C. Remove excess dirt and debris,when and as directed by the Engineer.
D. Thoroughly clean all electrical equipment,lighting fixtures,exposed conduit,enclosures and boxes of
all foreign materials and paint in accordance with Section 09900 of these Specifications unless noted
or directed otherwise.
E. Clean any exposed threaded area of raceway of cutting oil and paint with a cold galvanizing
compound prior to final finish painting.
3.22 ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS
A. The equipment manufacturer shall furnish all motors for equipment.
B. Verify voltage,dimensions, extent,type, etc. of this and all other such electrical equipment.
C. Furnish and install all electrical supply and control equipment and material required to put all the
items in proper operative condition.
D. Refer to other sections of these specifications for verification of other equipment and devices
requiring electrical connections,wiring and devices not included in this section.
E. Refer to other drawings for details not indicated on the electrical drawings.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-19 City of Conover,NC

Section 26 00 00
ELECTRICAL
F. Prior to connecting any piece of such equipment,check the nameplate data against the information
shown on the drawings and call to the immediate attention of the Engineer any discrepancies
discovered.
3.23 PROJECT COMPLETION
A. Test all 600-Volt service entrance and feeder wiring using an instrument,which applies a voltage of
approximately 500 volts DC to provide a direct reading of resistance.
B. Perform test on ground system utilizing Fall-Of-Potential method. Meg grounding systems to
measure ground resistance, and provide not more than 5 ohms resistance, adding ground rods as
necessary to achieve that level.
C. Conduct all tests in presence of Engineer or his representative. Identify and properly record all
readings. Submit readings to Engineer for acceptance.
D. Measure voltages as directed by the Engineer and report to him these values.
E. Provide entire system free from all shorts and grounds.
F. Fully comply with local and national codes for equipment bonding and grounding.
G. Test system in the presence of the Engineer and operate to his complete satisfaction in accordance
with true intent of plans and specifications. Defray cost of all adjustments necessary to bring system
up to standards set forth by Contract Documents at no additional cost.
H. Thoroughly indoctrinate the Owner's operation and maintenance personnel in the contents of the
operations and maintenance manual.
I. On the first day the facility is in operation, for at least eight (8) hours at a time directed by the
Engineer,provide a qualified foreman and crew to perform such electrical work as may be required
by the Engineer.
END OF SECTION
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 26 00 00-20 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 23 16
EXCAVATING,BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Excavating,backfilling,compacting and grading to build the structures as
shown on the Drawings,as specified herein,and as needed to meet the requirements of the
construction shown in the Contract Documents.
B. Related work:
1. Documents affecting work of this Section include,but are not necessarily limited to,
General Conditions,Supplementary Conditions,and Sections in Division 1 of these
Specifications.
2. Section 31 23 19—Dewatering
C. Classification: All excavation is unclassified and excavation of every description,regardless of
material encountered within the excavation limits of the structure,shall be performed to the
lines and grades indicated.
D. Definitions:
1. Open areas: Open areas shall be those areas that do not include buildingsites,paved
P p
areas,street right-of-way and parking areas.
2. Maximum density: Maximum weight in pounds per cubic foot of a specific material.
3. Optimum moisture: Percentage of water in a specific material at maximum density.
4. Rock excavation: Excavation of any hard natural substance which requires the use of
explosives and/or special impact tools such as jack hammers,sledges,chisels or similar
devices specifically designed for use in cutting or breaking rock,but exclusive of trench
excavating machinery. To be considered as rock excavation,the material shall be
continuous;individual boulders or rocks in soil will not be considered rock excavation.
5. Muck: Materials unsuitable for foundation because of organic content,saturation to the
extent that it is somewhat fluid and must be moved by dragline,dredge,or other special
equipment,are designated as muck. No extra payment will be made for muck removal.
6. Unsuitable material: Unsuitable material is defined as earth material unsatisfactory for its
intended use and as classified by the soils technicians. In addition to organic matter,sod,
muck,roots,and rubbish,highly plastic clay soils of the CH and MH descriptions,and
organic soils of the OL and OH descriptions,as defined in the Unified Soil Classification
System shall be considered as unsuitable material.
7. Suitable material: Where the term suitable material is used in specification sections
pertaining to earthwork,it means earth or materials designated as being suitable for their
intended use by soils technicians or the Engineer. Suitable material shall be designated
as meeting the requirements of the Unified Soil Classification System types SW,GW,
GC, SC, SM, ML,Cl or as designated in these specifications.
8. Select material: Select material is defined as granular material to be used where indicated
on the drawings or where specified herein consisting of soils conforming to the Unified
Soil Classification types SW, SM,GW,or GM or as otherwise approved by the Engineer
as select fill. Select material shall contain no stones or rubble larger than 1-1/2"in
diameter.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 16-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 3123 16
EXCAVATING,BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES
9. Crushed stone(gravel): Crushed stone shall be No. 57 aggregate or equal conforming to
ASTM C 33.
10. Excavation: Excavation is defined as unclassified excavation of every description
regardless of materials encountered.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the
methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
B. Comply with requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.
C. Testing: A testing laboratory retained by the Owner will make such tests as are deemed
advisable.
1. Schedule fill and backfill operations so as to permit a reasonable time for inspection and
testing before placing succeeding lifts and keep the laboratory and Engineer informed of
progress.
2. Notify the Engineer and allow sufficient time for observation and/or testing of foundation
subgrades prior to commencing any work on the exposed excavation..
13 JOB CONDITIONS
A. If conditions encountered during construction warrant additional removal of unsuitable material
below foundation subgrades,then remove unsuitable material and replace it as specified at no
additional expense to the Owner.
B. Restoration of disturbed areas:
1. Restore all areas disturbed by,during or as a result of construction activities to their
existing or better condition.
a. For existing areas with sod type grasses,replace with new sod. Existing sod may
be reused where properly removed and stored.
2. Do not interpret this as requiring replacement of trees and undergrowth in undeveloped
sections of the rights-of-way.
1A PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 60 00.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. Soil material used as fill,backfill or subgrade for structures shall consist of suitable material.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 16-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 23 16
EXCAVATING,BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES
1. Provide suitable material free from organic matter and deleterious substances,containing
no rocks or lumps over 6"in greatest dimension,and with not more than 15%of the
rocks or lumps larger than 2-1/2"in their greatest dimension.
2. Do not permit rocks having a dimension greater than 1"in the upper 6"of fill or
subgrade.
B. Where select material is indicated on the drawings or specified,use select granular material as
defined herein and approved by the Engineer.
C. Where indicated on the drawings or specified,use gravel or crushed stone as defined herein.
D. Where indicated on the drawings,provide a lean concrete"mud slab"beneath foundations.
1. Use 2000 psi concrete and a minimum thickness of 2-1/2".
2. With prior approval of the Engineer,a"mud slab"may be substituted for gravel base
material except where the gravel base is required for drainage or for use with pressure
relief valves..
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 EXCAVATION
A. Protection of persons and property:
1. Protect structures,sidewalks,pavements,and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement,lateral movement,washout and other hazards created by operations under this
Section.
2. Unless shown to be removed,locate and protect active utility lines shown on the
drawings or otherwise made known to the Contractor prior to excavating. If damaged,
repair or replace at no additional cost to the Owner.
3. If active utility lines are encountered and are not shown on the drawings or otherwise
made known to the Contractor,promptly notify the Engineer and take necessary steps to
assure that service is not interrupted
4. Barricade open holes and depressions occurring as part of this work,and post warning
lights on property adjacent to or with public access. Operating warning lights during
hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required.
5. Side slopes: Slope,bench and/or shore sides of excavations and trench walls to maintain
stability of the wall or sides. Pile materials obtained from the excavation a minimum of
four feet from the edge of the excavation.
6. Shoring and sheeting: Where necessary,shore and sheet excavations with members of
sizes and arrangement sufficient to prevent injury to persons,damage to structures or
injurious caving or erosion.
a. Furnish,put in place,and maintain such sheeting and bracing as may be required to
support the sides of excavations,to prevent any movement which could in any way
diminish the width of the excavation below that necessary for proper construction,
and to protect adjacent structures from undermining or other damage. Any
movement or bulging that may occur shall be corrected immediately by the
Contractor. Care shall be taken to prevent voids outside of the sheeting,but if
voids are formed,they shall be immediately filled and compacted.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 16-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 23 16
EXCAVATING,BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES
b. Take all precautions to prevent distress of existing structures because of sheeting
installation or removal. Where the removal of sheeting may cause damage to
existing or newly constructed structures,such sheeting shall be left in place at no
expense to the Owner.
c. All sheeting and shoring operations and maintenance thereof shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor.Protection of persons and property:
B. Excavating: Perform excavating of every type of material encountered to the lines,grades and
elevations indicated or as necessary for construction of the structures shown.
1. Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of 0.10',and extending a
sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removing
concrete formwork,installation of services,other construction required and for
construction observation.
2. Where earth will stand,shallow footing excavations maybe cut to the exact size of the
footing.
3. Separate suitable materials and stockpile for future use.
4. Dispose of unsuitable material and excess suitable material.
C. Foundation subgrades: Excavate foundations and footings to a level bottom in firm,solid,
suitable material.
1. Take care not to disturb the bottom of the excavation unless further compaction of the
subgrade is required.
2. Notify the Engineer in due time to permit observation of the completed excavation prior
to performing work on the foundation subgrade.
3. Should unsuitable or soft material be encountered at subgrade elevation,remove such
material and replace with compacted suitable material or crushed stone from firm earth
up to the indicated elevation.
a. In wet excavations or where groundwater is normally present,replace unsuitable
material with crushed stone or lean concrete.
b. In dry excavations above the normal groundwater level,replace unsuitable material
with compacted suitable material.
c. Unsuitable material shall be removed and replaced at no expense to the Owner.
4. Where rock is encountered at foundation level:
a. Use drilling,picking,wedging or similar methods leaving the foundation rock in
an entirely solid and unshattered condition.
b. Roughen approximately level surfaces to provide satisfactory bond with concrete.
c. Cut steps or benches in sloped surfaces to provide satisfactory bond.
D. Drainage: Provide drainage and control grading in the vicinity of the work to prevent drainage
into the excavation.
E. Rock excavation:
1. Notify the Engineer upon encountering rock or similar material that cannot be removed
or excavated by conventional earth moving or ripping equipment.
2. Do not use explosives without written permission from the Engineer.
3. When explosives are permitted,use only experienced powdermen or persons who are
licensed or otherwise authorized to use explosives. Store,handle and use explosives in
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 16-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 3123 16
EXCAVATING,BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES
strict accordance with all regulatory bodies and the"Manual of Accident Prevention in
Construction"of the Associated General Contractors of America,Inc.
4. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any damage resulting from the use of
explosives.
5. The Contractor is responsible for securing all permits required in performing this work.
6. Do not use blasting adjacent to existing buildings or structures.
a. Remove rock at such locations using jack hammers and bull points.
F. Unauthorized excavation:
1. Excavation of material to depths below the grades indicated unless so directed by the
Engineer will be deemed unauthorized excavation.
2. Backfill and compact unauthorized over excavation at no expense to the Owner.
a. In wet excavations or excavations below normal groundwater elevations: Use
crushed stone or lean concrete as directed by the Engineer.
b. In dry excavations above normal groundwater elevations: Use compacted suitable
material.
3.2 DEWATERING
A. Remove all surface and subsurface waters from excavations and maintain the excavation in a
dry condition during construction operations.
B. Maintain the water level below the excavation subgrade during excavation and construction.
1. Material disturbed below the foundation subgrade due to improper dewatering shall be
removed and replaced with crushed stone or lean concrete at no expense to the Owner.
2. Use sumps,pumps,drains,trenching or well point system as necessary to maintain a dry
excavation.
3. Dewatering by trench pumping will not be permitted if migration of fine grained natural
material(running sand)from bottom,side walls or bedding material will occur.
C. Dispose of waterpumped from excavations in storm drains having capacity,canals,trenches or
other approved locations.
1. Contractor is responsible for acquiring all permits required to discharge the water and
shall protect waterways from turbidity during the operation.
2. Prevent flooding of streets,roadways,or private property.
3. Provide engines driving dewatering pumps with residential type mufflers.
33 BACKFILLING,FILLING AND COMPACTION
A. Use suitable material for all filling and backfilling operations.
B. Fill under structures: Deposit suitable material in layers not exceeding 8"in depth and compact
each layer using proper equipment.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 16-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 3123 16
EXCAVATING,BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES
1. Do not place rock that will not pass through a 6"diameter ring within the top 12"of the
surface of the completed fill or rock that will not pass through a 3"diameter ring within
the top 6"of the completed fill.
2. Do not place broken concrete,bricks,or asphaltic pavement in fills.
3. Where indicated on the drawings,provide select granular material.
C. Backfill excavations as promptly as progress of the Work permits,but not until completion of
the following:
1. Inspection and acceptance of construction below finish grade including,where
applicable,damp proofing and waterproofing.
2. Inspecting,testing,approving and recording locations of underground utilities.
3. Removing concrete formwork.
4. Removing shoring and bracing,and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials.
5. Removing trash and debris.
6. Foundation walls have been in place seven days.
D. Placing and compacting:
1. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8"in loose depth.
2. Before compacting,moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide the optimum
moisture content within±2%.
3. Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum density for area.
4. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy,frozen,or containing
frost or ice.
5. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures,to required elevations.
6. Take care to prevent wedging action of backfill against structures by carrying the
material uniformly around the structure to approximately the same elevation in each lift.
7. Do not operate heavy equipment closer to foundation or retaining walls than a distance
equal to height of backfill above the footing.
a. Compact remaining area using power driven hand tampers.
8. Where the construction includes basement or other underground walls having structural
floors over them,do not backfill such walls until the structural floors are in place and
have attained sufficient strength to support the walls.
E. Compaction requirements:
1. Compact soils to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density as
determined in accordance with ASTM D698,Method A(Standard Proctor).
2. Existing in place subgrade below structures where subgrade has been disturbed by water,
improper dewatering,or construction traffic.
Top 12"of subgrade: 100%
Below top 12"of subgrade: 98%
3. Fill beneath structures and beneath an area extending 10 feet beyond the limits of the
foundation:
Top 12"of subgrade: 100%
Below top 12"of subgrade: 98%
4. Compaction of suitable material used to replace unsuitable material below foundation
subgrades:
Top 12"of subgrade: 100%
Below top 12"of subgrade: 98%:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 16-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 2316
EXCAVATING,BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Secure the Engineer's construction observation and approval of subgrades and fill layers before
subsequent construction is permitted thereon.
B. Field density determinations will be made,at no cost to the Contractor,to ensure that the
specified densities are being obtained. Field density tests will be performed as determined by
the Engineer,considering the following:
1. At areas to receive paving,at least one field density test for every 5000 sq.ft.of subgrade
area,but not less than three tests.
2. In each compacted fill layer,one field density test for every 5000 sq.ft.of overlaying
paved area,but not less than three tests.
3. In fill beneath structures,one field density test for every 2500 sq.ft.in each layer.
4. Other tests as deemed necessary by the Engineer.
C. If,the Engineer's opinion based on reports of the testing laboratory,subgrade or fills that have
been placed are below specified density,provide additional compacting and testing until
specified requirements are met.
1. Additional testing will be provided by the Owner's selected testing laboratory and all
costs for the additional testing will be borne by the Contractor.
D. Proofrolling:
1. Upon request by the Engineer,proofroll the subgrade of structure foundations.
a. Make not less than three passes of a 25 to 50 ton rubber tired roller over the full
area.
b. Unstable,soft or otherwise unsuitable materials revealed by the proofrolling shall
be removed and replaced with satisfactory material and compacted as specified
herein.
3.5 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. No separate measurement or direct payment will be made for the work under this section and all
costs for same shall be included in the price bid for the item to which it pertains.
END OF SECTION 31 2316
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 16-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 3123 16
EXCAVATING,BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 16-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 23 19
DEWATERING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Work Included:
1. Dewatering system.
2. Surface water control system.
3. Monitoring wells.
4. System operation and maintenance.
5. Water disposal.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 31 23 33—Trenching,Backfilling for Utilities
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Dewatering:
1. Lowering of ground water table and intercepting horizontal water seepage to prevent
ground water from entering excavations or trenches.
2. Reducing piezometric pressure within strata to prevent failure or heaving of the subgrade
of excavations,trenches or the surrounding area.
3. Disposing of removed water.
B. Piezometer: A tube inserted into a vessel or pipe to indicate the height (pressure) that a liquid
can rise in the tube.
C. Pitometer: A measuring device that transforms a differential pressure into an electrical output
current proportional to the flow rate.
D. Surface Water Control: The removal of surface water within open excavations.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 19-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 23 19
DEWATERING
B. Coordinate Work of this Section to permit following construction operations to be completed on
dry and stable substrate:
1. Trenching for utilities as specified in Section 31 23 33 — Trenching, Backfilling for
Utilities
1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Section 01 30 00-Administrative Requirements: Requirements for preinstallation meeting.
B. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing Work of this Section.
1.6 SEQUENCING
A. Section 01 10 00-Summary: Requirements for sequencing.
B. The sequencing of the Work in this Section shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall obtain any permits required prior to beginning dewatering operations.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00- Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Product Data:
1. Submit sizes,capacities,priming method, and characteristics for dewatering pumps.
2. Submit pumping equipment for control of surface water within excavation.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Indicate dewatering system layout, well depths, well screen lengths, dewatering pump
locations, pipe sizes and capacities, grades, filter sand gradations, surface water control
devices,valves,and water disposal method and location.
2. Indicate primary power system location and capacity.
3. Indicate layout and depth of monitoring wells, piezometers, and flow measuring devices
for system performance measurement.
4. Include detailed description of dewatering and monitoring system installation procedures
and maintenance of equipment.
5. Include description of emergency procedures to follow when problems arise.
1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00-Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals.
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations and depths of capped wells and piping
abandoned in place.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 19-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 23 19
DEWATERING
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for following:
1. Drilling and abandoning of wells used for dewatering systems.
2. Water discharge and disposal from pumping operations.
1.10 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of 01 20 00—Price and Payment Procedures
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish dewatering and surface water control systems to permit Work to be completed on dry
and stable subgrade.
B. Install dewatering systems to an elevation that will lower the groundwater to the elevation/depth
as indicated in Section 31 23 33 — Trenching, Backfilling for Utilities and as indicated on the
Drawings.
C. Standby Equipment:
1. Store standby dewatering equipment at the site or have readily available for immediate
use upon failure of dewatering equipment.
2.2 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Design:
1. Lower water table within areas of excavation to permit Work to be completed on dry and
stable subgrade and comply with requirements of related sections and Drawings.
2. Relieve hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing strata below excavation to
eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation.
3. Prevent damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, and other facilities
from construction operations.
4. Prevent loss of fines,quick condition, or softening of foundation subgrade.
5. Surface Water Control System: Collect and remove surface water and seepage entering
excavation.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Valves and Fittings: Furnish valves and fittings as required to isolate each well from header
pipe and to prevent loss of pump prime.
B. Filter Sand:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 19-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 23 19
DEWATERING
1. Description: Natural river or bank sand, washed, and free of silt, clay, loam, friable, or
soluble materials.
2. Comply with ASTM C33.
3. Grading: To suit well screen.
C. Grout: Mixture of Portland cement and bentonite clay or sand suitable for sealing abandoned
wells and piping.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation
examination.
B. Utility Service Locator:
1. Call local utility locater service before performing Work.
2. Request that underground utilities be located and marked within and immediately
surrounding the area to be dewatered.
3. Identify required lines,levels, contours,and data.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for installation
preparation.
B. Protect existing adjacent buildings, structures, and improvements from damage that may be
caused by dewatering operations.
3.3 DEWATERING SYSTEM
A. Locate system components to allow continuous dewatering operations without interfering with
installation of permanent Work and existing public rights-of-way, sidewalks, and adjacent
buildings, structures,and improvements.
B. Drilling:
1. Drill wells in sizes and to depths as required.
2. Provide temporary surface casing if required to stabilize soil while advancing well.
C. Development:
1. Develop wells to remove clay, silt, and sand from well screen and from immediate
vicinity of bore hole.
2. Test well for proper water flow through well screen and for pumping rate.
3. Repeat development until well meets performance requirements.
4. Cover and seal top of well until pump is installed.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 19-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 23 19
DEWATERING
D. Pumps:
1. Install according to manufacturer instructions.
2. Connect pumps to discharge header.
3. Install valves to permit pump isolation.
3.4 SURFACE WATER CONTROL SYSTEM
A. Provide ditches, berms, and other devices to divert and drain surface water from excavation
areas as needed.
B. Divert surface water and seepage water within excavation areas into sumps and discharge water
in an approved manner according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Control and remove unanticipated water seepage into excavation.
3.5 SYSTEM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
A. Operate dewatering system continuously until the work has been completed and proper
stabilization of the excavation or trench has been obtained.
B. Provide 24-hour supervision of dewatering system by personnel skilled in operation,
maintenance, and replacement of system components.
C. Monitoring:
1. Conduct daily observation of dewatering system.
2. Make required repairs and perform scheduled maintenance.
D. If in use, start emergency generators at least twice each week to check operating condition.
E. System Failure:
1. If dewatering system cannot control water within excavation, notify Engineer and stop
excavation Work.
2. Supplement or modify dewatering system and provide other remedial measures to control
water within excavation.
3. Demonstrate that dewatering system operation complies with performance requirements
before resuming excavation operations.
F. Modify dewatering and surface water control systems if operation causes or threatens to cause
damage to new construction, existing Site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water
wells.
G. Correct unanticipated pressure conditions affecting dewatering system performance.
H. Do not discontinue dewatering operations without approval of Engineer.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 19-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 23 19
DEWATERING
3.6 SYSTEM REMOVAL
A. Remove dewatering and surface water control systems after dewatering operations are
discontinued.
B. Abandoned Wells:
1. Fill with sand to within 3 feet of finished grade.
2. Fill remainder of wells with grout.
C. Repair damage caused by dewatering and surface water control systems or resulting from
failure of systems to protect property.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01 40 00-Quality Requirements: Requirements for inspecting and testing.
B. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for testing, adjusting,
and balancing.
C. Monitoring and Recording:
1. Existing Adjacent Buildings, Structures, and Improvements:
a. During dewatering observe the excavation, trench, existing utilities or structures
and the surrounding area to detect movement in comparison to original elevations.
b. Notify Engineer immediately of measured movement.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for protecting finished
Work.
END OF SECTION 31 23 19
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 19-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 23 33
TRENCHING,BACKFILLING FOR UTILITES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Trench,backfill,and compact as specified herein and as needed for installation
of underground utilities associated with the Work.
B. Related work:
1. Documents affecting work of this Section include,but are not necessarily limited to,
General Conditions,Supplementary Conditions and Sections in Division 1 of these
Specifications.
2. Section 31 23 19—Dewatering
3. Section 40 05 19—Plant Piping,Valves,and Appurtenances
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the
methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
B. Use equipment adequate in size,capacity,and numbers to accomplish the work in a timely
manner.:
13 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Existing Utilities:
1. There now exists in the construction area,waterworks,storm drainage,sanitary sewers,
street paving,gas mains and other utilities.
2. Approximate location of certain underground lines and structures are shown on the plans
for information only,other underground lines or structures are not shown.
3. Locate these and otherpossible unknown utility lines using electronic pipe finder,or
other approved means.
4. Locate,excavate and expose all existing underground lines in advance of trenching
operations.
5. The Contractor will be held responsible for the workmanlike repair of any damage done
to any of these utilities in the execution of his work under this Section.
6. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the existing conditions and be prepared to
adequately care for and safeguard himself and the Owner from damage.
B. Notification of intent to excavate:
1. The North Carolina Underground Utility Safety and Damage Prevention Act requires
persons to ascertain the location of underground public utility property prior to
excavation or demolition in certain situations. The Act also requires such persons to give
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 33-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 3123 33
TRENCHING,BACKFILLING FOR UTILITES
timely notice of intent to excavate or demolish prior to commencing such operations.
Failure to comply could subject the violator to a civil penalty of up to two thousand five-
hundred dollars($2,500)for each violation of the Act.
2. Notification of intent to excavate may be given by calling 811 or this toll-free number. 1-
800-632-4949.
C. Clearing:
1. Perform all clearing necessary for installation of the complete work.
2. Clearing shall consist of removing all trees,stumps,roots,brush and debris in the rights-
of-way obtained for the Work.
3. All timber of merchantable size shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be
trimmed and cut in such lengths as directed and stacked along the edge of the right-of-
way.
4. All other material,including trimmings from above,shall be completely disposed of in a
satisfactory manner.
D. Removing and resetting fences:
1. Where existing fences must be removed to permit construction of utilities:
a. Remove such fences and,as the Work progresses,reset the fences in their original
location and condition.
b. Provide temporary fencing or other safeguards as required to prevent stock and
cattle from wandering to other lands.
E. Restoration of disturbed areas:
1. Restore all areas disturbed by,during or as a result of construction activities to their
existing or better condition.
a. For existing areas with sod type grasses,replace with new sod. Existing sod may
be reused where properly removed and stored.
2. Do not interpret this as requiring replacement of trees and undergrowth in undeveloped
sections of the rights-of-way.
F. Minimizing sitting and bank erosion during construction:
1. During construction,protective measures shall be taken and maintained to minimize
silting and bank erosion of creeks and rivers adjacent to the work being performed during
construction.
G. Blasting:
1. Store all explosives in a secure manner,complying with all laws,ordinances,and
regulations.
2. Contractor shall be responsible for damage caused by blasting operations.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 33-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 3123 33
TRENCHING,BACKFILLING FOR UTILITES
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 EXCAVATED MATERIALS
A. Perform all excavation of every description and of whatever substances encountered to depths
indicated or specified.
B. Pile material suitable for backfilling in an orderly manner at safe distance from banks or
trenches to avoid overloading and to prevent slides or cave-ins.
C. Remove and depose of unsuitable or excess materials as directed by the Engineer.
2/ BACKFILL MATERIALS
A. Provide from materials excavated for installation of utility.
1. Use"Select"soil material free from organic matter and deleterious substances,containing
no rocks or lumps over 2"in greatest dimension for backfill up to 12"above top of utility
being covered.
2. Do not permit rocks larger than 2"in greatest dimension in top 6"of backfill.
23 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Provide other materials,not specifically described but required for a complete and proper
installation,as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Engineer.
B. Should the quantity of suitable on-site material be insufficient to complete the work,provide
suitable borrow material as approved by the Engineer at no additional expense to the Owner.
C. Provide select materials from on-site if acceptable material as approved by the Engineer is
available on-site. Otherwise,provide approved select material from an off-site source.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 PROCEDURES
A. Existing Utilities:
1. Unless shown to be removed,protect active utility lines shown on the drawings or
otherwise made known to the Contractor prior to trenching. If damaged,repair or replace
at no additional cost to the Owner.
2. If active utility lines are encountered and are not shown on the Drawings or otherwise
made known to the Contractor,promptly take necessary steps to assure that service is not
interrupted.
3. If service is interrupted as a result of work under this Section,immediately restore service
by repairing the damaged utility at no additional cost to the Owner.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 33-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 31 23 33
TRENCHING,BACKFILLING FOR UTILITES
4. If existing utilities are found to interfere with the permanent facilities being constructed
under this Section,immediately notify the Engineer and secure his instructions.
5. Do not proceed with permanent relocation of utilities until written instructions are
received from the Engineer..
B. Protection of persons and property:
1. Barricade open holes and depressions occurring as part of the Work,and post warning
lights on property adjacent to or with public access.
2. Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise
required.
3. Protect structures,utilities,sidewalks,pavements,and other facilities from damage
caused by settlement,lateral movement,washout and other hazards created by operations
under this Section.
C. Dewatering:
1. Remove all surface and subsurface waters from excavations and maintain the excavation
in a dry condition during construction operations.
2. Maintain the ground water level a minimum of 3-feet below the trench bottom during
excavation,installation and backfilling.
a. Material disturbed below the invert elevation due to improper dewatering shall be
removed and replaced with crushed stone or lean concrete at no expense to the
Owner.
b. Use sumps,pumps,drains,trenching,wells,vacuum or well point system as
necessary to maintain the ground water level a minimum of 3-feet below the trench
bottom and maintain a dry excavation.
c. Dewatering by trench pumping will not be permitted if migration of fine grained
natural material(running sand)from bottom,side walls or bedding material will
occur.
d. Provide monitoring wells sufficient in size,location,number and depth to monitor
the ground water level in the construction area during excavation and backfill
operations.
e. Maintain dewatering operations until backfilling and compaction operations are
complete.
3. Dispose of water pumped from excavations in storm drains having capacity,canals,
trenches or other approved locations.
a. Contractor is responsible for acquiring all permits required to discharge the water
and shall protect waterways from turbidity during the operation.
b. Prevent flooding of streets,roadways,or private property.
c. Provide engines driving dewatering pumps with residential type mufflers.
D. Use means necessary to prevent dust becoming a nuisance to the public,to neighbors,and to
other work being performed on or near the site.
E. Maintain access to adjacent areas at all times.
3.2 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Remove all materials of whatever substance encountered.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 33-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 3123 33
TRENCHING,BACKFILLING FOR UTILITES
B. Where trenching occurs in existing lawns,remove turf in sections and keep damp. Replace turf
upon completion of the backfilling.
C. Open cut:
1. Excavate for utilities by open cut.
2. If conditions at the site prevent such open cut,and if approved by the Engineer,tunneling
may be used.
3. Short sections of a trench may be tunneled if,in the opinion of the Engineer,the
conductor can be installed safely and backfill can be compacted properly into such
tunnel.
4. Remove boulders and other interfering objects,and backfill voids left by such removals,
at no additional cost to the Owner.
5. Remove wet or otherwise unstable soil incapable of properly supporting the utility,as
determined by the Engineer,to depth required and backfill to proper grade with stone
bedding material,at no additional cost to the Owner.
6. Excavating for appurtenances:
a. Excavate for manholes and similar structures to a distance sufficient to leave at
least 12"clear between outer surfaces and the embankment or shoring that may be
used to hold and protect the banks.
b. Overdepth excavation beyond such appurtenances that has not been directed will
be considered unauthorized. Fill with sand,gravel,or lean concrete as directed by
the Engineer,and at no additional cost to the Owner..
D. Trench to the minimum width necessary for proper installation of the utility,with sides as
nearly vertical as possible. Accurately grade the bottom to provide uniform bearing for the
utility.
E. Provide sheeting and shoring necessary for protection of the Work and for the safety of
personnel.
1. Remove in units when level of backfilling has reached the elevation necessary to protect
the utility work and adjacent property.
2. Sheeting at the bottom of trenches over 10'deep for sewers 15"and larger in size,shall
remain in place and be cut off no less than 2"above top of pipe,at no additional cost to
the Owner.
3. When,in the opinion of the Engineer,other sheeting cannot be safely removed,it shall be
left in place and the Contractor will be paid for such sheeting at the prices bid.
a. Cut such sheeting off at least 2'below finished surface.
b. No lumber for sheeting or shoring exceeding that size customarily used will be
paid for unless the use of larger sizes has been ordered,in writing,by the Engineer.
F. Depressions:
1. Dig bell holes and depressions for joints after the trench has been graded. Provide
uniform bearing for the pipe on prepared bottom of the trench.
2. Except where rock is encountered,do not excavate below the depth indicated or
specified.
3. Where rock is encountered,excavate rock to a minimum overdepth of 4"below the
trench depth indicated or specified,and to provide 6"clearance in any horizontal
direction from all parts of the utility and appurtenances.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 33-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 3123 33
TRENCHING,BACKFILLING FOR UTILITES
G. Special requirements relating to excavation for specific types of utilities shall comply with the
following:
1. Water distribution lines:
a. Provide depth of cover shown or minimum cover of 36",whichever is greater.
b. Where minimum cover only is required,carry excavations to depths necessary to
properly grade the pipe on tangents and vertical curves as directed by the Engineer.
c. Provide minimum clearance of 6"between pipe walls and trench walls or sheeting
and bracing lines.
d. If minimum cover of 36"cannot be provided,then thermoplastic piping may not be
used. Use ductile iron piping or other Engineer-approved material.
2. Sanitary or storm sewer lines:
a. Comply with requirements of Section 02722 and Section 02721.
b. Do not excavate trench more than 200'ahead of pipe laying,unless permitted by
Engineer.
c. Maintain trench sides vertical to point not less than 2'above top of pipe.
d. Upper portion of trench may be sloped to any width which will not cause damage
to adjoining structures,utilities,pavements or private property.
3. Sewers,Sanitary Pressure: (Force Main):
a. Comply with requirements of Section 02723.
b. Grade trenches to avoid high points,unless otherwise indicated.
c. Provide minimum cover of 36".
d. Provide minimum clearance of 6"between pipe walls and trench wall or sheeting
and bracing lines.
e. If minimum cover of 36"cannot be provided,then thermoplastic piping may not be
used. Use ductile iron piping or other Engineer-approved material.
4. Electrical conduit:
a. Provide depth of cover shown or minimum cover of 36",whichever is greater.
b. Where minimum cover only is required,carry excavations to depths necessary to
properly grade the conduit on tangents and vertical curves as directed by the
Engineer.
c. Provide minimum clearance of 12"between conduit and trench wall or sheeting
and bracing lines.
d. If minimum cover of 36"cannot be provided,then thermoplastic piping may not be
used. Use ductile iron piping or other Engineer-approved material.
H. Comply with pertinent OSHA regulations in regards to the excavation of utilities.
33 BACKFILLING
A. General:
1. Backfill trenches and excavations immediately after the pipes are laid,unless other
protection is directed or indicated.
2. Select and deposit backfill materials with special reference to the future safety of the
pipes.
3. Reopen trenches which have been improperly backfilled,to a depth as required for proper
compaction. Refill and compact as specified,or otherwise correct to the approval of the
Engineer.
4. Surplus material shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer.
5. Original surface shall be restored to the approval of the Engineer.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 33-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 3123 33
TRENCHING,BACKFILLING FOR UTILITES
6. Maintain proper dewatering during backfill and compaction operations.
B. Lower portion of trench:
1. Deposit approved backfill and bedding material in layers of 6"maximum thickness,and
compact with suitable tampers to the density of the adjacent soil until there is a cover of
not less than 24"over sewers and 12"over other utility lines.
2. Take special care in backfilling and bedding operations not to damage pipe and pipe
coatings.
C. Remainder of trench:
1. Except for special materials for pavements,backfill the remainder of the trench with
material free from stones larger than 6"or 1/2 the layered thickness,whichever is
smaller,in any dimension.
2. Deposit backfill material in layers not exceeding the thickness specified,and compact
each layer to the minimum density directed by the soil engineer.
D. Adjacent to buildings: Mechanically compact backfill in 6"layers within ten(10')feet of
buildings.
E. Under roads,streets and other paved areas:
1. Mechanically tamp in 6"layers using heavy duty pneumatic tampers or equal.
2. Tamp each layer to a density equivalent of not less than 100%of an ASTM D 698
Proctor Curve.
3. Provide additional compaction by leaving the backfilled trench open to traffic while
maintaining the surface with crushed stone.
4. Refill any settlement with crushed stone and continue such maintenance until
replacement of pavement is authorized by the Engineer.
F. Undeveloped areas:
1. Backfill in wooded,swampy or undeveloped areas shall be as specified hereinbefore,
except that tamping of the backfill above a level 2'over the top of the pipe will not be
required.
2. Mound excavated material neatly over the ditch to provide for future settlements.
END OF SECTION 31 2316
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 33-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 3123 33
TRENCHING,BACKFILLING FOR UTILITES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 31 23 33-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 12 16
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Provide asphaltic concrete paving where shown on the Drawings,as specified
herein,as needed for a complete and proper installation.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the
methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
13 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. Product data: Within fifteen(30)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's
Notice to Proceed,submit:
1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section.
2. Certificates, signed by the materials producer and the asphalt-paving Subcontractor,
stating that materials meet or exceed the specified requirements.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 60 00.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. All materials and products used shall comply with pertinent sections of the North Carolina
Department of Transportation's(NCDOT)"Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures",
issued by the Division of Highways,current edition.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. The work covered under this section of this specification shall be performed in strict
conformance with Sections 500&600 of NCDOT Std. Specs.as applicable.
1. Prime Coat:
The work covered under this section of this specification shall be performed in strict
conformance with Section 600.
2. Tack Coat:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 12 16-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 12 16
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING
The work covered under this section of this specification shall be performed in strict
conformance with Section 605.
3. Aggregate Base Course:
The work covered under this section of this specification shall be performed in strict
conformance with Section 520.
4. Asphalt Intermediate Course(I 19.0B):
The work covered under this section of this specification shall be performed in strict
conformance with Section 610.
5. Asphalt Surface Course(S9.5B):
The work covered under this section of this specification shall be performed in strict
conformance with Section 610.
B. Provide hot plant mixed asphaltic concrete paving materials.
1. Temperature leaving the plant:290°F minimum,320°F maximum.
2. Temperature at time of placing: 280°F minimum.
23 EQUIPMENT
A. Comply with pertinent sections of the North Carolina Department of Transportation's(NCDOT)
"Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures",issued by the Division of Highways,current
edition.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct
conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
1. Sweep primed surfaces if needed.
2. Adjust frames and covers if needed.
3.2 WEATHER RESTRICTIONS
A. Do not apply asphalt mixtures to a wet or frozen surface or when air temperature is below 4 0°
F in the shade and falling,or below 35°F in the shade and rising.
33 SPREADING AND FINISHING
A. On arrival at point of use,dump directly into mechanical spreader.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 12 16-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 1216
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING
B. Immediately spread and strike off true to the line,grade and cross section indicated, to such
loose depth that when work is completed,the indicated thickness or weight per square yard will
be secured.
C. Correct irregularities while the mixture is still hot.
D. At locations not readily accessible to mechanical spreaders,acceptable hand spreading methods
may be used.
E. Finished surfaces placed adjacent to curbs,gutters,manholes,etc.,shall be approximately 1/4
inch above the edges of these structures.
3.4 COMPACTION
A. Perform initial rolling with 3-wheel steel roller or a steel wheel 2-axle tandem roller.
B. Follow initial rolling with at least four complete coverages by a pneumatic tired roller.
C. Complete rolling with steel wheel 2-axle tandem roller.
D. Rolling shall start longitudinally at the sides and proceed gradually toward the center of the
pavement,overlapping on successive trips approximately'/4 the width of the roller.
E. Use hand or mechanical tampers in areas not accessible to powered roller
F. Surface mixture after compaction shall be smooth and true to the established crown and grade.
G. Feather and smooth the edges of fill so that the joint between fill and original surface is
invisible.
H. Finished paving smoothness tolerance:
1. Free from birdbaths.
2. No deviations greater than 1/4 inch in 10 feet.
35 PROTECTION OF SURFACE
A. Allow no traffic on surface until the mixture has hardened sufficiently to prevent distortion.
3.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. All work under this section will be measured and paid for as specified in Section 01 40 00.
END OF SECTION 32 1216
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 12 16-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 12 16
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 12 16-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 31 13
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Provide chain link fence system where shown on the Drawings, as specified
herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation.
B. Related work:
1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to,
General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these
Specifications.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods
needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. Product data: Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to
Proceed, submit:
1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section.
2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the
specified requirements.
3. Shop drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication,installation, anchorage,and sizes
of all components.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 60 00.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 DIMENSIONAL DATA
A. Pipe sizes indicated are commercial pipe sizes.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 31 13-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 31 13
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
2.2 GALVANIZING
A. On steel framework and appurtenances,provide galvanized finish with not less than the following
weight of zinc per sq. ft.:
1. Pipe: 1.8 oz. complying with ASTM A 120.
2. Hardware and accessories: Comply with Table I of ASTM A 153.
3. Fabric: 2.0 oz. complying with Class II of ASTM A 392,hot dipped galvanized after
weaving.
4. Barbed wire:
a. Wire: 0.80 oz.per sq. ft.
b. Barbs: 0.65 oz. per sq. ft.
5. Tension wire: 1.2 oz.per sq. ft.
2.3 ALUMINUM COATING
A. Fabric: Provide aluminum coated steel in accordance with ASTM A 491,0.40 oz.per sq. ft.
1. After weaving,coat the cut ends of the wire with a clear,acrylic lacquer to retard
corrosion.
B. Barbed wire: Provide aluminum coated steel in accordance with ASTM A 585.
C. Tension wire: Provide aluminum coated steel in accordance with ASTM A 824,Type 1, 0.40
oz.per sq. ft..
2.4 FABRIC
A. Provide No. 9 gauge or 0.149" wires in 2"mesh,with top and bottom selvages twisted and
barbed.
B. Provide fabric in one piece width of 72".
2.5 BARBED WIRE AND EXTENSION ARMS
A. Type: Provide the following:
1. Three strands of twisted 12-1/2 gauge steel wire with 4 point aluminum alloy barbs on 5"
centers.
B. Extension arms:
1. Provide pressed steel arms,complete with provisions for anchorage to all posts,with
Class 3 zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153.
2. Designed for attaching 3 rows of barbed wire to each arm.
3. Capable of withstanding,without failure, a 250 lbs. downward pull at outer most end of
arm.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 31 13-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 31 13
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
2.6 POSTS,RAILS,AND ASSOCIATED ITEMS
A. Line posts: Provide 2.375" O.D.pipe,weighing 3.65 lbs.per linear foot.
B. End, corner,slope and pull posts: Provide 2.875" O.D.pipe,weighing 5.79 lbs.per linear foot.
C. Gate posts:
1. Provide gate posts for supporting single gate leaf,or one leaf of a double gate installation,
for nominal gate widths as follows:
a. Up to 6'wide: Use 2.875"O.D.pipe weighing 5.79 lbs.per linear foot.
b. Over 6'wide and up to 13': Use 4" O.D.pipe weighing 9.10 lbs.per linear foot.
c. Over 13'wide and up to 18'wide: Use 6.625" outside diameter pipe weighing
18.97 lbs.per linear foot.
d. Over 18'wide: Use 8.625" outside diameter pipe weighing 28.55 lbs.per linear
foot.
2. Provide dual gate posts for supporting cantilever gates for nominal gate widths as
follows:
a. Up to 20'wide: Use 4" O.D.pipe weighing 9.10 lbs.per linear foot.
b. Over 20'wide: Use 6.625" outside diameter pipe weighing 18.97 lbs.per linear
foot.
D. Top rails:
1. Use 1.66" O.D.pipe weighing 2.27 lbs.per linear foot.
2. Provide in manufacturer's longest lengths,with expansion type couplings approximately
6" long for each joint.
3. Provide means for attaching top rail securely to each gate,corner,pull, slope and end
post.
E. Post brace assemblies:
1. Provide at end and gate posts,and at both sides of corner, slope, and pull posts,with the
horizontal brace located at mid-height of the fabric.
2. Use 1.66" outside diameter pipe weighing 2.27 lbs.per linear foot for horizontal brace.
3. Use 3/8" diameter rod with turnbuckle for diagonal truss.
F. Tension wire: Provide No. 6 gauge galvanized coiled spring wire at bottom of fabric.
G. Post tops:
1. Provide wrought iron or malleable iron, designed as weathertight closure cap.
2. Provide one cap for each post.
3. Provide caps with openings to permit through passage of top rail.
H. Stretcher bars:
1. Provide one piece lengths equal to full height of fabric,with a minimum cross section of
3/16"x 3/4".
2. Provide one stretcher bar for each gate and end post, and two for each corner, slope, and
pull post, except where fabric is woven integrally into the post.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 31 13-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 31 13
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
Stretcher bar bands:
1. Provide wrought iron or malleable iron, spaced not over 15" on centers,to secure
stretcher bars to end,corner,pull, slope,and gate posts.
2. Bands may be used also with special fittings for securing rails to end,corner,pull, slope
and gate posts.
J. Truss rod bends:
1. Provide wrought iron or malleable iron to secure truss rod to end, corner,pull, slope and
gate posts.
2.7 SWING GATES
A. General:
1. Fabricate gate perimeter frames of tubular members.
2. Provide additional horizontal and vertical members to assure proper operation of the gate,
and for attachment of fabric,hardware and accessories.
3. Space so frame members are not more than 6'apart.
4. Fabricate gate frames from pipe 1.90" O.D. weighing 2.72 lbs.per linear foot.
B. Fabrication:
1. Assemble gate frames by welding,with special malleable or pressed steel fittings and
rivets for rigid connections.
2. Use same fabric as used in the fence.
3. Install fabric with stretcher bars at vertical edges as a minimum.
4. Attach stretchers to gate frame at not more than 15" on centers.
5. Attach hardware with rivets or by other means which will provide security against
removal and breakage.
6. Provide diagonal cross bracing consisting of 3/8" diameter adjustable length truss rods on
gates where required to provide frame rigidity without sag or twist.
C. Gate hardware: Provide following for each gate:
1. Hinges:
a. Pressed or forged steel,or malleable iron,to suit the gate size;non-lift-off type,
offset to permit 180°opening.
b. Provide 1-1/2 pair of hinges for each leaf over 6'in nominal height.
2. Latches:
a. Provide forked type or plunger bar type to permit operation from either side of the
gate.
b. Provide padlock eye as integral part of latch.
3. Keeper: Provide keeper for vehicle gates,which automatically engages the gate leaf and
holds it in the open position until manually released.
4. Double gates:
a. Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of mushroom or flush plate,with
anchors.
b. Set in concrete to engage the center drop rod or plunger bar.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 31 13-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 31 13
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
c. Provide locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch,requiring
one padlock for locking both gate leaves.
5. All gate hardware to be hot dipped galvanized.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Wire ties:
1. For tying fabric to line posts,use No. 6 gauge aluminum alloy wire ties spaced 12" on
centers.
2. For tying fabric to rails and braces,use No. 6 gauge aluminum alloy wire ties spaced 24"
on centers.
3. For tying fabric to tension wire,use No. 11 gauge aluminum alloy hog rings spaced 24"
on centers.
4. Manufacturer's standard wire ties will be acceptable if of equal strength and durability.
B. Concrete: Comply with provisions of Section 03300 for 2500 psi concrete.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct
additions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Install posts at a maximum spacing of 10'on centers.
2. Install corner or slope posts where changes in line or grade exceed a 30°deflection.
B. Excavating:
1. Drill holes for post footings in firm,undisturbed or compacted soil,strictly adhering to
the dimensions and spacing shown.
2. Spread soil from excavations uniformly adjacent to the fence line, or on adjacent areas of
the site if so directed.
3. When solid rock is encountered near the surface,drill into rock at least 12" for line posts
and at least 18" for end,pull,gate and corner posts. Drill hole at least 1" greater diameter
than the largest dimension of the post to be placed.
4. If solid rock is below soil overburden,drill to full depth required, except penetration into
rock need not exceed minimum depths specified above.
C. Setting posts:
1. Remove loose and foreign materials from sides and bottoms of holes, and moisten soil
prior to placing concrete.
2. Center and align posts in holes.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 31 13-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 31 13
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
3. Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour,and vibrate or tamp for consolidation.
4. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and hold in position during placement
and finishing operations.
5. Trowel tops of footings, and slope or dome to direct water away from posts.
6. Extend footings for gate posts to the underside of bottom hinge.
7. Set keeps,stops, sleeves and other accessories into concrete as required.
8. Keep exposed concrete surfaces moist for at least 7 days after placement, or cure with
membrane curing material or other curing method approved by the Engineer.
9. Grout in those posts which are set into sleeved holes,concrete constructions,or rock
excavations,using non-shrink portland cement grout or other grouting material approved
by the Engineer.
D. Concrete strength:
1. Allow concrete to attain at least 75%of its minimum 28 day strength before rails,tension
wires, and/or fabric is installed.
2. Do not,in any case,install such items in less than 7 days after placement of concrete.
3. Do not stretch and tension fabric and wire, and do not hang gates until concrete has
attained its full design strength.
E. Rails and bracing:
1. Install fence with a top rail and bottom tension wire.
2. Install top rails continuously through post caps or extension arms,bending to radius for
curved runs.
3. Provide expansion couplings as recommended by the fencing manufacturer.
4. Provide bracing to the mid point of the nearest line post or posts at all end, corner, slope,
pull and gate posts.
5. Install tension wires parallel to the line of fabric by weaving through the fabric,and tying
to each post with not less than No. 6 gauge galvanized wire, or by securing the wire to the
fabric.
F. Installing fabric:
1. Leave approximately 2"between finish grade and bottom selvage.
2. Excavate high points in the ground to clear the bottom of the fence.
3. Place and compact fill to within 1" of the bottom of the fabric in depressions.
4. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts,rails and tension wires.
5. Install fabric on outward side facing side of fence, and anchor to framework so that the
fabric remains in tension after pulling force is removed.
6. Install stretcher bars by threading through or clamping to fabric on 4" centers,and secure
to posts with metal bands spaced 15" on centers.
G. Installing barbed wire:
1. Install three(3)parallel wires on each extension arm,on security side of fence,pull wire
taut and secure in place.
H. Installing gates:
1. Install gates plumb,level,and secure for full opening without interference.
2. Install ground set items in concrete for anchorage in accordance with the fence
manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Engineer.
3. Adjust rollers and guides of sliding gates so that gates are level.
4. Lubricate and adjust the hardware for smooth operation.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 31 13-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 31 13
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
I. Miscellaneous:
1. Use U-shaped tie wires,conforming to diameter of pipe to which attached, clasping pipe
and fabric firmly with ends twisted at least two full turns.
2. Bends ends of wire to minimize hazards to persons and clothing.
3. Fasteners:
a. Install nuts for tension band and hardware bolts on side of fence opposite fabric
side.
b. Peen the ends of bolts to prevent removal of nuts.
4. Repair coatings damaged in the shop or field erection,using a hot applied repair
compound applied in accordance with its manufacturer's recommendations as approved
by the Engineer.
3.3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. No separate measurement or direct payment will be made for the work under this Section and all
costs for same shall be included in the price bid for the item to which it pertains.
END OF SECTION 32 31 13
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 31 13-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 32 31 13
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 32 31 13-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 33 3210
TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Under this item,the Contractor is required to furnish all materials,labor,equipment,
power,and maintenance,etc.to implement a temporary pumping system for the
purpose of diverting the existing flow around the work area.
B. The design,installation,and operation of the temporary pumping system shall be the
Contractor's responsibility. The bypass system shall meet the requirements of all codes
and regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the project.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made within 30 days prior to beginning temporary bypass pumping.
B. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00—Submittals Procedures.
1. Schematic design of temporary bypass pumping system
2. Proposed bypass pumping schedule
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with utility owner standards and the conditions of the
permit to construct improvements.
1.4 EXPERIENCE
A. The Contractor shall have a company history of supporting these types of functions
including the proper training in these types of materials, equipment and activities
associated with temporary bypass pumping.
1.5 CONFINED SPACE
A. Comply with federal,state,and local standards for the entering of confined spaces.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All pumps used shall be fully automatic self-priming units that do not require the use
of footvalves or vacuum pumps in the priming system. The pumps maybe electric,or
diesel powered. All pumps used must be constructed to allow dry running for long
periods of time to accommodate the cyclical nature of effluent flows.
B. The Contractor shall provide the necessary controls for each pump.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 33 32 10-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 33 32 10
TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING
C. It is recommended that the pump be contained inside a temporary portable berm to
contain any fuel or sewage that may spill during the normal course of operation.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. General:
At the Preconstruction Conference or before the start of construction,submit in writing
to the Owner's representative a description/schematic and schedule of the proposed
bypass pumping system.
B. Design Requirements
1. Bypass pumping systems shall have sufficient capacity to pump peak flow
regardless of prevailing weather conditions or time of day. Contractor shall
provide all pipeline plugs,pumps of adequate size to handle peak flow,and
temporary discharge piping to ensure that the total flow of the main can be
safely diverted around the section to be repaired. Bypass pumping systems
will be required to be operated 24 hours per day.
2. The Contractor shall have adequate standby equipment available and
ready for immediate operation and use in the event of an emergency or
breakdown. One standby pump for each size pump utilized shall be
installed at the mainline flow by passing locations,ready for use in the
event of primary pump failure.
3. Bypass pumping system shall be capable of bypassing the flow around
the work area and be sized to handle any amount of flow up to full
available flow as defmedby the customer into the work area as necessary
for satisfactory performances of work.
4. The Contractor shall make all arrangements for bypass pumping during
the time when the main is shut down for any reason. System must
overcome any existence force main pressure on discharge.
C. Performance Requirements
1. It is essential to the operation of the existing system being bypassed that no
interruptions in the flow occur throughout the duration of the project.To this
end,the Contractor shall provide,maintain,and operate all temporary
facilities such as dams,plugs,pumping equipment(both primary and back-up
units as required),conduits,all necessary power,and all other labor and
equipment necessary to intercept the incoming flow before it reaches the
point where it would interfere with his work,carry it past the work area and
return it to the existing system downstream of his work.
2. The design,installation and operation of the temporary pumping system
shall be the Contractor's responsibility.The bypass system shall meet
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 33 32 10-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 33 32 10
TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING
the requirements of all codes and regulatory agencies having jurisdiction.
3. The Contractor shall provide all necessary means to safely convey the
sewage past the work area.The Contractor will not be permitted to stop or
impede the main flows under any circumstances.
4. The Contractor shall divert the flow around the work area in manner that
will not cause damage to,or surcharging of customers system and will
protect public and private property from damage and flooding.
5. The Contractor shall protect water resources,wetlands,and other natural
resources.
3.2 NOISE CONTROL FOR EACH PUMP AND/OR GENERATOR
A. The noise resulting from operation of the pump and/or generator shall be muffled
to ensure minimum disruption and annoyance to others.
3.3 PRE-TEST OF BYPASS PUMPING
A. A pretest of the bypass pumping system shall be conducted for a period of 24
hours prior to implementing the bypass system as an element of construction
activities.
3.4 OWNER AND ENGINEER TO BE HELD HARMLESS
A. The Contractor shall holdharmless the Owner,the Engineer,and the authority having
jurisdiction over the work in any legal action resulting from sewage backup,release,or
spill.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND MAINTENANCE
A. Test:
1. The Contractor shall perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping
discharge piping using clean water prior to the actual operation.The Owner's
representative will be given 24 hours'notice prior to testing.
B. Inspection:
1. Contractor shall inspect bypass pumping system on a continuous basis
to ensure the system is working correctly.
C. Maintenance Service:
1. Contractor shall ensure the temporary pumping system is properly
maintained and a responsible operator shall be on hand at all times
when pumps are operating.
END OF SECTION 33 3210
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 33 32 10-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 33 32 10
TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 33 32 10-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 0519
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Provide plant, gravity, pressure, yard and interior piping systems as shown on
the Drawings, specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation.
B. Related work:
1. Documents affecting work of this Section include,but are not necessarily limited to, Gen-
eral Conditions, Supplementary Conditions,and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifica-
tions.
2. Section 05 50 00 -Miscellaneous Metals.
3. Section 05 52 00 -Aluminum Pipe and Tube Railings
4. Section 31 23 33 -Trenching,Backfilling for Utilities.
5. Section 09 90 00-Painting.
6. Section 40 05 62-Plug Valves.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods
needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. Product data: After the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit:
1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section.
2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified
requirements.
C. Certified records of manufacturer's pipe tests per Paragraph 2.1 B of this Section.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 60 00.
B. Storage of PVC pipe:
1. Store in unit packages as received from manufacturer until just prior to use.
2. Stack units in such manner as to prevent deformation to pipe barrel and bells.
3. PVC pipe shall be protected from direct sunlight by covering with opaque material if stor-
age period will exceed six(6)weeks.
4. Protect from severe impact blows, gouging or cutting by metal surfaces or rocks.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Work under this Section may require construction or work in a confined space.
B. Provide temporary facilities and controls as specified in Section 01 50 00.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Service requirements:
1. Pipe materials for the various services shall be as indicated on the drawings. If not shown
on the drawings, piping 4" and larger shall be ductile iron pipe, including sanitary sewer
lines,force mains and water lines unless otherwise indicated below:
2. Design pressures:
a. Pipe,regardless of type of material,shall be designed for minimum of 150 psi inter-
nal pressure, safety factor of 2 with an additional surge allowance pressure of 100
psi, and for trench loads as indicated on the drawings.
B. Factory testing:
1. Test each type of pipe material in accordance with the requirements for that particular type
of pipe as specified hereinafter.
2. Certified records of the tests made by the manufacturer or by an approved commercial
laboratory shall be furnished to the Engineer for each shipment of pipe delivered to the job
site.
C. Lead content:
1. Any pipe, solder,or flux used shall be lead free(lead free is defined as less than 0.2%lead
in solder or flux and less than 8.0%lead in pipes and fittings).
D. Ductile iron pipe and fittings(DIP):
1. Provide pipe with a minimum working pressure as indicated in the design pressures speci-
fied and complying with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51, ASTM A377, latest revision, and
the following:
2. Buried Piping:
a. Provide depth of cover indicated and Type 3 bedding conditions,having a wall thick-
ness required for the design pressures specified.
b. Provide mechanical or push-on joints complying with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11
as modified by ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 with rubber gaskets and lubricants com-
plying with ANSUAWWA C111/A21.11.
c. All buried fittings,valves,etc.to be mechanical joint.
d. Bolts and nuts: Provide Cor-Ten Steel tee head bolts for use on mechanical joints
complying with ASTM A242.
3. Exposed piping:
a. Provide Class 53 minimum.
b. Provide flanged joints complying with ANSUAWWA C115/A21.15,latest revision.
c. Provide solid type flanges.
d. Provide full face,red rubber, factory cut, 1/16"thick gasket for pipe up to 10" diam-
eter and 1/8"thick gasket for larger sizes.
e. Bolts and nuts: Provide standard carbon steel machine bolts,hex head.
4. Air piping: Provide Gore-Tex Style R gaskets on flanged fittings and silicone on mechan-
ical joint fittings rated for 400 degrees F.
5. Fittings: Provide 250 psi rated fittings or specials unless otherwise indicated, complying
with ANSUAWWA C110/A21.10 and in accordance with ANSUAWWA C111/A21.11.
6. Restrained joint pipe and fittings:
a. Provide restrained joint pipe and fittings on all piping at each fitting,including valve
connections and on the pipe joints to a distance of 30' each side of fitting for 12"
piping and smaller and to a istance of 60' each side of the fitting for piping over
12"
b. Provide one of the following for use with push-on joints;
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
1 Flex-Ring by American Cast Iron Pipe Company.
2 Fast Grip Gasket by American Cast Iron Pipe Company.
3 TR-Flex by U.S.Pipe.
4 Field Lok by U.S.Pipe.
c. Provide the following for use with all mechanical joints:
1 Provide retainer glands for use with mechanical joint pipe and fittings.
2 Provide wedge type.
3 Provide ductile iron gland conforming to ASTM A 536-80. Provide split gland
where standard gland cannot be installed.
4) Provide ductile iron set screws, heat-treated to a minimum hardness of 370
BHN with twist-off nuts and permanent standard hex head remaining.
5) Provide for the following rated pressure with minimum 2 to 1 safety factor; 3"
- 16" 350 psi, 18" -48"250 psi.
6) Provide tee-head bolts conforming to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 latest revi-
sion.
7) Provide"MEGALUG"as manufactured by EBAA Iron Sales,Inc.of Eastland,
Texas or approved equal.
7. Lining(All pipes and fittings):
a. Sanitary sewer, scum, sludge and wastewater service:
1) Provide lining complying with one of the following:
a) Polyethylene lining complying with ANSI/ASTM D-1248, 40 mils
nominal thickness or;
b) Amine cured Novalac Epoxy polymeric lining, 40 mils nominal thick-
ness. The standards of quality are based on Protecto 401 by Vulcan
Painters,Birmingham,Alabama or Corrosion-Clad Polymer Lining No.
210 by Seauereisen Cements,Pittsburgh,Pennsylvania.
b. Water and other services:
1) Provide with standard thickness cement lining complying with ANSI/AWWA
C104/A21.4 unless otherwise noted.
c. Air service:
1) Bare unlined pipe with a smooth finish.
8. Coatings:
a. For buried service provide bituminous coating.
b. For exposed locations,provide prime coat per Section 09 90 00.
E. Plastic pipe and fittings(PVC):
1. Provide pipe with a minimum working pressure as indicated in the design pressures spec-
ified and the followings:
2. Buried pipe:
a. Pipe 14"and larger: Comply with ANSI/AWWA C905.
b. Pipe 4" through 12": Comply with ANSI/AWWA C900.
c. Pipe 3"and smaller: Comply with ASTM D2241 for PVC 1120, SDR 21,with NSF
approval marked at 18" intervals.
d. Joints:
1 Provide integral bell or coupling type with elastomeric gaskets.
2 Integral bells comply with ASTM D2672.
3 Couplings to comply with ANSI/AWWA C900.
4 Gaskets to comply with ASTM F477.
5 Lubricants shall be compatible with pipe and gasket materials, shall not sup-
port bacteria growth and shall not adversely affect potable quality of line con-
tents.
3. Exposed pipe:
a. Provide pipe complying with ASTM D1785 for PVC 1120, Schedule 80, dark gray
color,unless otherwise indicated and NSF approved.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
b. Provide solvent weld coupling joints.
4. Fittings:
a. Buried pipe:
1) 4' and larger: Provide ductile iron fittings as specified above.
2 3" and smaller: Provide PVC fittings, 160 psi at 73°F pressure rating,joint
design to conform to pipe joints.
b. Exposed pipe:
1) Use schedule 80 PVC fittings with solvent weld joints.
2 Where threaded fittings are indicated, use Schedule 80 conforming to ASTM
D2464.
5. PVC Primer and Solvent Cement:
a. Primer:
1) Provide NSF approved low VOC and CPVC primer that meets the require-
ments of ASTM F-656, SCAQMD Rule 1168/316A.
2) Provide primer that is purple in color and has a specific gravity of 0.858 +/-
0.040.
3) Provide primer with a max.VOC emissions of 550 G/L.
4) Provide IPS Weld-On P-70 primer or equal.
b. Solvent Cement:
1) Provide NSF approved CPVC chemical resistant solvent cement that meets the
requirements of ASTMF-493 and SCAQMD Rule 1168/316A.
2) Provide solvent cement that is specifically manufactured for chemical re-
sistance to caustics,including hypochlorite solutions.
3) Provide solvent cement that is gray in color and has a specific gravity of 0.982
+/-0.040.
4) Provide solvent cement with a max.VOC emissions of 490 G/L.
5) Provide IPS Weld-On CPVC 724 chemical resistant solvent cement or equal.
6. Restrained joint pipe and fittings:
a. Provide restrained joint pipe where indicated on the plans.
b. Provide restraint for all ductile iron fittings as specifed above.
c. Provide restraint for C900 PVC by mechanical means separate from the mechanical
joint gasket sealing gland.
1) Provide wide, supportive contact around full pipe circumference as follows:
Size Restraint Width
4'', 6" 1-1/2"
8", 10", 12" 1-3/4"
2) Provide means of restraint by machined serrations on inside surface of restraint
device designed to provide circumferential loading over the entire restrainer.
a) Design to be such that restraint increases with increased in-line pressure.
b) Provide a minimum of 8 serrations per inch of restraint width.
3) Restraint device to be pressure rated at 350 psi, or equal to the pipe on which
it is used and capable of withstanding test pressures of 2 times pressured rating.
4) Provide"MEGALUG"as manufactured by EBAA Iron Sales,Inc.of Eastland,
Texas or approved equal.
5) Finish fusion applied epoxy coating per AWWA C-213.
d. Provide restraint for C905 PVC pipe 14" and larger by mechanical means separate
from the mechanical joint sealing gland.
1) Restraint device to be a two-piece configuration with a serrated inside surface
to provide contact around full pipe circumference.
2) Restraint device body to be manufactured from steel (ASTM A285 Grade C)
with fusion epoxy coated surfaces except the serrations.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
3) Provide restraint width as follows:
Size Restraint Width
TT 16", 18" 5"
20",24" 7"
30" 10"
4 Provide 6 serrations per inch of restraint width.
5 Comply with AWWA Cl 11,ANSI 21.11.
6 Pressure rating to match PVC pipe on which it is used with capability to with-
stand test pressure of 2 times rated pressure.
7) Finish fusion applied epoxy coating per AWWA C-213.
8 Provide"MEGALUG"as manufactured by EBAA Iron Sales,Inc.of Eastland,
Texas or approved equal.
F. Stainless steel pipe and fittings(SSP), 3" diameter and larger:
1. Provide schedule 10 pipe and fittings.
2. Provide pipe manufactured from ASTM A-240 annealed and pickled sheets and plates in
accordance with ASTM A-778 in Type 304L stainless steel.
3. Provide butt weld type fittings manufactured in accordance with ASTM A-774 and of the
same material and thickness as the pipe.
a. Provide long radius elbows up to 24" diameter with constant radius of 1.5 times the
nominal pipe diameter.
b. Provide short radius, special radius, and reducing elbows and long radius elbows
greater than 24" diameter of mitered construction with at least five (5)mitered sec-
tions for 90° bends, three (3) mitered sections for 45° and 60° bends, and two (2)
mitered sections for 30°and smaller bends.
c. Provide eccentric and concentric reducers.
d. Provide tees,crosses, laterals and wyes shop fabricated from pipe.
4. Provide finish on pipe and fittings as specified in ASTM A-778 and A-774,respectively.
5. Provide flanged pipe ends made up of Type304L stainless steel slip-on type rolled angle
face rings with stainless steel back-up flanges drilled to ANSI B 16.1 Class 125 Standard.
a. Provide angle face rings continuously welded on both sides of the pipe or fitting and
of thickness equal to or greater than the pipe or fitting to which it is welded.
b. Provide back-up flanges manufactured of stainless steel Type 304 ASTM A-240 with
the following nominal thicknesses:
Nominal Pipe Size (inches) Flange Thickness (inches)
3 -8 1/2
10— 14 5/8
16—20 3/4
24-30 1
6. Provide couplings where shown on drawings or as required for a complete and satisfactory
installation.
a. Provide arched band type couplings of equal or superior alloy and wall thickness as
the pipe.
b. Provide Depend-O-Lok type as manufactured by Brico or approved equal.
7. Provide Depend-O-Lok stainless steel bellows type expansion couplings where shown on
the drawings and as necessary for a complete and satisfactory installation.
a. Provide expansion couplings constructed of Type 304L with 125 lb.ANSI flanges.
b. Couplings to be designed to operate at 20 psi pressure and 20" Hg vacuum and tem-
perature of 220°F.
c. Provide "OMNI-FLEX" expansion couplings as manufactured by Depend-O-Lok,
Inc. of Atlanta, GA,or approved equal.
8. Provide threaded connections for gauge and instrument connections and other devices us-
ing stainless steel#150 threaded half couplings conforming to ASTM A-182 or ASTM A-
276, shop welded to the pipe at location shown on the drawings.
9. Provide Joints as follows:
a. Provide flanged at all valves, meters, flanged couplings and other equipment as
shown on the drawings.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
b. Pipe and fitting spools shall be shop fabricated to the greatest extent possible in 40'0"
maximum lengths. Provide smaller pipe with joints as shown on the drawings for
special handling,installation, and/or disassembly requirements.
10. Provide full face gaskets at all flanged joints and gaskets at coupled joints.
a. Air lines—Gore-Tex style R rated for 400 degrees or greater.
b. All other lines -red rubber.
11. Provide stainless steel bolts and nuts for attaching all flanges,couplings, equipment,etc.
12. Fabricate stainless steel pipe and fittings in accordance with the following:
a. Pickle by immersion in 25%solution of nitric hydrofluoric acid for 20 minutes sup-
plemented by manual scrubbing or brushing with non-metallic pads or stainless steel
wire brushes followed by water immersion and spray rinse and air drying.
b. Employ welders and procedures qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX.
c. Weld with TIG (GTAW) for pipe thicknesses up to and including 11 Ga. Weld
heavier walls after beveling with TIG(GTAW)root pass weld and subsequent weld
passes performed using TIG (GTAW) process, MIG (GMAW), or Metallic Arc
(SMAW)process.
1) Use filler metal of equal or superior ELC grades to provide cross section at
weld equal to or greater than the parent metal.
2) Provide smooth evenly distributed weld deposits with weld reinforcement as
follows:
Weld Reinforcement
Wall Thickness (max)
I.D. O.D.
Up to 12 Ga. (0.109") 1/16" 3/32"
11 Ga. (0.125")to 3/16"P1 3/32" 1/8"
1/4"Plate&Larger 1/8" 3/16"
3) Provide full penetration to interior surface and argon gas shielding to the inte-
rior and exterior of the joint at all butt welds.
4) Exterior welds may be welded by MIG(GMAW)or Metallic Arc(SMAW).
5) Remove excessive weld deposits, slag, splatter, etc.,by grinding.
13. Fabricate spools to the "Pipe Fabrication Institute' fabrication tolerances ES-3 (1981).
14. Swab exterior welds on long spools after fabrication with acid pickling solution, scrub
manually,rinse with clean water and air dry.
15. Mark all fabricated piping pieces with identification numbers corresponding to Contractor's
layout and installation drawings.
G. Stainless steel pipe and fittings,2-1/2" diameter and smaller:
1. Provide Schedule 40 pipe and fittings.
2. Provide Type 304L.
3. Provide NPT threaded connections.
4. Provide stainless steel unions at all connections to fixtures,pumps,equipment,etc.
5. Provide joint compound for thread sealant.
a. Provide Lok-Tite PST or approved equal.
b. Submit shop drawings for approval.
H. Stainless steel tubing(SST):
1. Use Type 316.
2. Provide thickness for pressures required.
3. Minimum thickness of 0.065".
4. Provide Type 316 stainless steel ferrule type fittings, Swagelok or equal.
Copper pipe and fittings(CP):
1. Provide minimum Type"K",hard drawn,with wrought copper fittings, soldered.
2. In conduit: Provide minimum Type "K", soft copper with brass flared fittings.
J. Galvanized steel piping and fittings:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-6 City of Conover,NC

Sect
ion o 0 OS 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
1. Conform to Federal Specification WW-P-406C (1) for Weight A, Class 2, hot-dip, zinc
coated pipe.
2. Fittings:
a. Provide 150 lb.screwed fittings conforming to Federal Specifications WW-P-521D,
Type II.
b. Ends shall be threaded and coupling at one end.
c. Joint couplings shall be hot-dip,zinc-coated.
2.2 PLUGS OR CAPS
A. Provide at all pipe ends and unused branches of fittings.
B. All plugs and caps shall be tapped 2"and provided with 2"plug.
C. Provide restrained fittings on ductile iron lines.
2.3 LINK SEAL SLEEVE SEAL
A. Provide sleeve seals where indicated on the plans to seal between pipe sleeves and piping.
B. Provide glass reinforced nylon plastic pressure plates.
C. Provide Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts.
D. Provide EPDM sealing element.
E. Provide square two(2)piece escutcheon plate on exposed side(s)of sleeve(s).
1. Fabricate from.063"clear anodized aluminum sheet.
2. Mount with stainless steel sleeve and stainless steel stove bolts.
F. Acceptable manufacturer is Link Seal,Type S or equal.
2.5 ADAPTER FLANGES
A. Provide adapter flanges where indicated on the plans.
B. Provide high strength ductile iron flange,ASTM A536,Grade 65-45-12.
C. Provide set screws with a Rockwell hardness of C40-45 converted from Brinnell.
D. Gasket material:
1. Air lines—Gore-Tex style R rated for 400 degrees for greater.
2. All other lines-BUNA S.
E. Minimum pressure rating - 150 psi.
F. Provide adapter flanges with a minimum of a 2 to 1 safety factor.
G. Provide adapter flanges with MEGA-BOND Restraint Coating System.
1. Wash all adapter flanges and appurtenances in a phosphate wash prior to coating.
2. Coat with a minimum of two coats of liquid Xylan fluoropolymer coating with heat cure
to follow each coat.
H. Provide Series 2100 Megaflange Restrained Flange Adapter by EBAA Iron or approved equal.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
2.6 SERVICE SADDLE
A. Provide of the following materials:
Body Type 304 Stainless Steel
Bales and Strips Type 304 Stainless Steel
Studs Type 304 Stainless Steel
Hardware Type 304 Stainless Steel
B. Provide double-strap for sizes 5" and larger.
C. Provide Romac 304 and 305 or approved equal.
D. Connect to pipeline using a 6" stainless steel nipple.
1. Do not use a threaded PVC connection.
2.7 COUPLINGS,BURIED PIPING
A. Provide couplings where needed to make piping connections and where located on the plans.
B. Provide Hymax Grip Couplings or approved equal.
C. Provide ductile iron ASTM A-536 body.
D. Provide high strength low alloy steel bolts with heavy semi-finished hexagon nuts to
AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11 standards.
E. Gaskets to be EPDM.
F. Provide Silicone gaskets for air service.
G. Provide Cor-Ten steel tee head bolts for use on mechanical joints complying with ASTM A242,
galvanized in accordance with ASTM A-123.
H. Provide restrained joints where indicated or specified herein.
2.8 METALLIC DETECTION TAPE
A. Provide 2"wide metallic detection tape on all buried PVC and HDPE piping.
1. Provide 5.0 mil overall thickness with no less than a 50 gauge solid aluminum foil core.
2. Foil to be visible from both sides.
3. No inks or printing extended to the edges of the tape.
4. Encase printing to avoid ink rub-off.
5. Tensile strength-28 lbs/inch.
6. Use heat set mylar inks.
B. Locate 12"below ground surface in pipe trench.
C. Color to be as indicated below:
1. Chemical lines -High visibility safety yellow.
2. Potable water lines-Safety precaution blue.
3. Sanitary sewer- Safety green.
4. Force mains,non-potable water and all other lines-Safety brown.
D. Wording on tape to indicate pipe contents and repeated a minimum of every 24".
2.9 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. All pipe hangers and supports must comply with IBC2018.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
B. Small piping(smaller than 3"):
1. Fabricate hangers and supports from "Unistrut" channels and fittings as specified
in Section 05 50 00.
2. Provide uni-cushion insulated fittings for copper,PVC and stainless steel piping.
C. Large piping(3" and larger):
1. Pipe stands:
a. Provide 304 stainless steel Standon Model S92 Saddle Support by Material
Resources, Inc. or equal with Schedule 40 Type 304 stainless steel pipe
extension and stainless steel floor flange.
b. Mount flange to floor with stainless steel expansion anchors.
D. Riser clamps:
1. Provide stainless steel riser clamps on vertical pipes through sleeves, McMaster Carr
2989 or equal.
E. All exposed piping shall be provided with supports and hangers of adequate size and configura-
tion to support the piping system.
F. Inserts, bolts and anchors shall be set into form work for new concrete. Where hanger and an-
chors are to be supported by existing structures,wedge anchors shall be installed. Anchors shall
be Type 316 stainless steel with stainless steel coupling nuts.
G. Pressure lines shall be secured with straps or reaction blocking to prevent movement.
H. Provide at all bends each side of couplings.
I. The maximum distance between supports or hangers shall not exceed:
Stainless Steel Copper,Stainless Steel,
Tubing,PVC Steel or Ductile Iron
3/8"diameter and smaller 2-1/2' 4'
1/2" diameter 2-1/2' 6'
3/4" and 1" diameter 3' 8'
1-1/4"to 2" diameter 3-1/2' 10'
2-1/2" diameter to 5" diameter 4' 12'
6" diameter and larger 5' 12'
2.10 PIPE INSULATION
A. Provide pipe insulation where indicated on the drawings.
B. Provide 2" thick Owens/Corning Fiberglass "25 ASJ/SSL-II".
C. Provide smooth aluminum jacketing over insulation,Pabco Surefit Metal Products or equal.
2.11 HEAT TRACING CABLE
A. Provide heat tracing cable where indicated on the drawings with the following characteristics:
1. Provide 3-watts per foot,self-regulating cable with waterproof outer jacket suitable for wet
and corrosive applications.
2. Suitable for 120V/1 power supply.
3. Suitable for metal or plastic piping.
4. Circuit length up to 200 feet.
5. UL listed and CSA Certified.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-9 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 0519
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
B. Provide pipe insulation as specified above for all piping with heat tracing cable.
C. Provide end seals.
D. Provide permanent power connection kit to include all materials needed for hard wire connection
to a standard junction box.
E. Provide all necessary components and appurtenances required for complete and proper installa-
tion per the manufacturer's recommendations.
F. Provide Chromalox SRL-3-1CT.
2.12 GATE VALVES
A. General:
1. End connections as required for the piping in which they are installed.
2. Suitable for working pressure of not less than 150 psi.
3. Open by turning counter clockwise.
4. Provide stem extensions, if required, to bring operating nut to within two (2') feet of fin-
ished grade.
5. Fully coat all internal ferrous metal surfaces with two part thermosetting epoxy.
6. Provide two-part thermosetting epoxy coating on valve exterior.
7. Provide stainless steel bolting.
8. Valves to be manufactured in the United States.
B. Gate valves 1-1/2" and smaller:
1. Where gate valves of this size are indicated on plans,use ball valves.
2. Above ground: use stainless steel ball valves.
3. Below ground:
a. Use 1/4 turn all bronze ball valves with stop" suitable for working pressure of not
less than 150 psi.
b. Provide 2"square operating nut for valves larger than 1"and a shut-off rod for valves
1" and smaller.
c. Provide a valve box.
d. Provide Ford Series B 11 or approved equal.
C. Gate valves 2"and larger:
1. Use resilient seated wedge valves complying with ANSI/AWWA C509.
2. Provide integrally cast bronze stem nut on resilient seated wedge valves.
3. Suitable for working pressure of not less than 150 psi.
4. Design for external stem failure outside of the valve body or bonnet when excessive closing
torque is applied with no failure of the pressure retaining parts per AWWA Section 3.2.
a. Factory test with no leakage from either side of the disc.
b. Test shell to 500 psig.
5. Provide certified to NSF 61.
6. Resilient wedge valves:
a. Completely encapsulate resilient iron wedge by an elastomer, without thin spots or
voids.
b. Provide polymer wedge guide bearing caps bearing surface between the encapsulated
wedge and the interior epoxy coating, lowering operation torque and extending ser-
vice life of the valve.
c. The manufacturing plant to have ISO9001 certification.
D. Buried service: Non-rising stem with 2" metal operating nut with arrow indicating direction of
opening.
E. Exposed: Outside yolk and screw with handwheel operator.
F. Provide bypass valve where required for pressure and valve size.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-10 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
G. Valve operator:
1. Provide one T-handle operator for each four(4)buried valves with nut operator.
2.13 PLUG VALVES
A. Comply with Section 40 05 62.
2.14 CHECK VALVES
A. Swing check valves, 3" and larger:
1. Provide valve body of a one-piece casting,globe pattern,constructed of ASTM A126 Class
B cast iron with minimum strength of 30,000 psi.
2. Provide flanged end connections per ANSI B 16.1.
3. Provide full pipeline flow area with disc at 23°open position,and allow for a minimum of
60°total disc travel.
4. Provide a circular flanged cover of adequate size to permit field inspection,maintenance,
and/or replacement of all internal valve components.
5. Design working pressures to 250 psi.
6. Body seat:
a. Material to be 18-8 stainless steel.
b. Design seat to permit field replacement.
7. Disc construction:
a. Construct of ASTM A126 Class B cast iron with minimum strength of 30,000 psi.
b. Provide disc with resilient seat ring for tight shut-off
1) Disc seat ring shall be of BUNA-N.
2) Attach disc seat ring to disc by means of 18-8 stainless steel follower ring and
18-8 stainless steel fasteners.
3) Design disc seat ring to permit field replacement.
c. Attach disc to disc arm by means of a single attachment point.
1) Attachment design shall permit a controlled amount of disc articulation to
provide uniform compression of disc seat ring under any pressure condition,
up to the maximum working pressure.
2) Rotation of the disc around the attachment point shall not be permitted.
d. Construct disc arm of one-piece, ductile iron casting with minimum strength of
60,000 psi.
8. Shaft construction:
a. Construct of non-hardened, 18-8 stainless steel.
1) Hardened stainless steel or chrome-plated steel shafts shall not be permitted.
b. Support shaft in the body by solid bronze bearings mounted in the valve body.
1) Locate shaft and bearings completely out of flowpath through valve.
2) Bearing material shall be UNS C93200 bronze, with minimum strength of
20,000 psi.
3) Bearing/shaft design shall provide sufficient bearing area to prevent bearing
wear, deformation, or excessive friction. Use of oil impregnated bearings,
grease or oil lubrication,or synthetic bearing materials shall not be permitted.
c. Shaft design shall employ stainless steel keys for attachment of disc arm and exter-
nally mounted counterweight arm.
1) Use of set screws or clamps shall not be permitted.
d. Extend shaft through one(1)side of valve body to allow attachment of external coun-
terweight arm and cushion chamber.
e. Seal shaft where it passes through the valve body by means of an externally adjust-
able packing gland and Teflon packing.
1) 0-ring shaft seals shall not be permitted.
f Shaft design shall employ a mechanical locking device for maintaining proper shaft
and disc arm alignment within the valve body. The shaft bearings and/or disc arm
shall not be used to maintain shaft alignment.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-11 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
g. Provide minimum shaft diameters for each size as follows:
Valve Size Shaft Diameter
2-1/2" 3/4"
3" 3/4"
4" 7/8"
6" 1"
8" 1-1/4"
10" 1-1/4"
12" 1-1/2"
9. Counterweight arm and counterweight construction:
a. Attach a single counterweight arm to the valve shaft.
b. The counterweight arm shall employ a stainless steel key to prevent rotation around
the valve shaft.
1) Use of set screws or clamps to connect the counterweight arm to the valve
shaft shall not be permitted.
c. The counterweight arm shall be positioned on the shaft to provide the maximum
amount of closing force when the valve is in the seated position, and the minimum
amount of closing force when the valve is in the open position.
d. Sufficient counterweight(s) shall be provided to prevent or minimize slamming of
the check valve immediately following shut-down of the pump.
1) The position of the counterweight(s) shall be adjustable on the counterweight
arm.
2) The counterweight(s) shall have provision to be locked into position on the
counterweight arm.
10. Valve shall be completely serviceable in the line, and all internal parts shall be removable
through the top cover.
11. The valve shall be Figure 220-DS as manufactured by G.A. Industries, Inc. or Engineer
approved equal.
B. Swing check valves, smaller than 3":
1. Valves smaller than 3" diameter shall be all brass.
2. End connections as required for the piping in which they are installed.
3. Valves shall have swing removable disc.
4. Valves shall be Class 250 working pressure type.
5. Valves to be manufactured in the United States.
C. PVC ball check valves(1/4"to 4"):
1. Provide true union ball check valves where indicated.
2. Provide full port design.
3. Provide Viton 0-ring seals and square-cut 0-ring seats unless otherwise indicated.
a. Provide EPDM seals and seats on valves with the following service:
1 Ammonia
2 Caustic
3 Potassium Permanganate
4. Provide Hayward True Union ball check valves or equal.
2.15 PVC BALL VALVES
A. Provide true union PVC ball valves where shown on the plans.
B. Provide valves with the following features:
1. Full port design.
2. Reversible PTFE seats.
3. Adjustable seat retainer.
4. Viton double 0-ring stem seals unless indicated otherwise.
a. Provide EPDM seals on valves with the following service:
1) Ammonia
2) Caustic
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-12 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
3) Potassium Permanganate
5. Provide upstream vented port on sodium hypochlorite service ball valves.
6. Provide stem extension where indicated.
7. Provide Hayward True Union ball valves or equal.
8. Provide two seat adjustment tools for every ten valves installed.
2.16 STAINLESS STEEL BALL VALVES,4" AND SMALLER
A. Provide the following for sizes under 3":
1. Full port stainless steel ball valves where indicated on the plans or otherwise specified
herein
2. Lever handle operator. T-handle operator where space does not allow use of lever.
3. Three piece body that is in-line serviceable without removing the valve from the line.
4. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. Series "60" as manufactured by Whitey.
b. Apollo Series 86R-200 as manufactured by Conbraco.
c. CF Ball Valve Series F12 as manufactured by CF Fluid Controls.
d. V3P-1000 as manufactured by Velan.
B. Provide quarter turn valves.
C. Provide with standard locking devices.
D. Provide blowout-proof stem.
E. Provide stem with RPTFE live load thrust washer.
F. Materials of construction are as follows:
Body and body cover 316 SS(CF8M)
Ball 316 SS
Stem 316 SS
Seats PTFE
Stem packing PTFE
Stem thrust washer and bushing RPTFE
Body seal 316 SS Graphite
Gland follower 304 SS
Grounding spring 302 SS
Packing Flange 316 SS (CF8M)
All bolts and nuts B8M CI.2, 8M,or 304 SS
Handle 304 SS
Handle grip Vinyl
2.17 YARD HYDRANTS
A. Lever type:
1. Provide Woodford Model Y1 or approved equal.
2. Inlet opening, 1".
3. Casing- 1-1/4" galvanized steel pipe.
4. Provide 1"brass nozzle with 1"x 3/4"nozzle adapter.
5. Provide vacuum breaker.
2.18 BACKFLOW PREVENTER,DOUBLE CHECK TYPE
A. General:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19 13 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
1. 2-1/2" through 10": Use Febco Model 805YD double-check backflow preventer, or ap-
proved equal.
2. Must be on the approved list published by SCDHEC and tested by a certified tester before
placing into service and two(2)copies provided to Owner.
3. Bypasses not allowed unless equipped with an equal backflow protection.
B. 2-1/2"through 10" double-check backflow preventers to consist of the following:
1. Two independent"Y" configured check valves.
2. Must be spring-loaded,center stem guided type.
3. Series 300 stainless steel internal parts.
4. Elastomeric seat disc must be reversible.
5. Bronze,ASTM B 61 or series 300 stainless steel seat rings bolted to valve bodies incorpo-
rating an 0-ring to facilitate field removal and replacement.
6. Guide double-check assemblies at the seat ring and at the cover by replaceable non-corro-
sive bushings to assure positive check seating.
7. Head loss through assemblies not to exceed 5.5 psi at velocities from 0,up to and including
7.5 fps.
8. Document flow curves by independent laboratory testing.
9. Design ductile iron ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 valve bodies and cover to withstand
10:1 safety factor over rated cold water working pressure.
10. Ductile iron bodies flanged, ANSI B16-1, Class 125, epoxy coated internally 10-20 mils.
and prime coated externally.
11. Assemblies to include flanged, full port resilient wedge shut-off valves and four vandal-
resistant full port ball valve test cocks,considered integral to assemblies.
12. Factory-assemble and backflow test all assemblies.
13. Construct double-check assemblies so all internal parts, including seat rings, can be ser-
viced while in line.
14. Assemblies to be rated 175 MWWP(32°-140°F).
15. Assemblies to meet requirements of ASSE Standard 1015; AWWA Standard Code C510-
92, or latest revision; and USC Foundation of Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic
Research, latest edition.
2.19 TAPPING SLEEVE AND VALVE
A. Tapping sleeve:
1. Provide Type 304L stainless steel per ASTM A240.
2. Provide rolled thread stainless steel bolts per ASTM A153,Type 304.
3. Provide Type 304 stainless steel hex head nuts,coated to prevent galling.
4. Virgin SBR gaskets,compounded for water and wastewater service.
5. Provide 3/4"NPT stainless steel test plug.
6. Maximum working pressure of 200 psi.
7. Provide ROMAC Industries Model SST or approved equal.
B. Tapping valve:
1. Construct of material compatible with tapping sleeve.
2. Provide gate valve as specified.
3. Joints-Flange to tapping sleeve,Mechanical Joint for pipe end.
C. Tie rods:
1. Provide steel rods complying with ASTM Designation A242, galvanized in accordance
with ASTM Designation A123.
2. Acceptable products: Super Star Tierod Figure No. SS12 and Tiebolt Figure No. SST7 as
manufactured by Star National or approved equal.
2.20 VALVE BOXES
A. Provide at each buried valve.
B. Cast iron extension type,suitable for minimum cover of 3'6"over the pipe.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-14 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
C. Minimum inside diameter at the top of 5",minimum wall thickness 3/16".
D. Have the word"WATER"; "SEWER"; "SLUDGE",etc., as applicable,cast into the cover.
E. Provide Tyler Series 6850.
F. Where depth requires more than a two piece box use adjustable cast iron extensions.
G. Coat box and cover with two(2)shop coats of bitumastic paint.
2.21 VALVE BOX PROTECTION RING
A. Provide at each valve box a precast concrete protection ring.
B. Provide two rings of No. 3 reinforcing steel,one 14" in diameter,and one 23" in diameter.
C. Inside dimensions to be 9-1/4".
D. Outside diameter to be 27".
E. Provide 5"thickness at interior with a continuous slope to 2"thickness at the outside.
F. Minimum weight of 110 lbs.
2.22 MISCELLANEOUS PARTS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Use standard commercial grade suitable for the type of installation or system involved, and con-
forming to the applicable standards and specifications of the AWWA and approved by the Engi-
neer.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 HANDLING
A. Handle pipe accessories so as to ensure delivery to the point of installation in sound,undamaged
condition:
1. Carry pipe into position-do not drag.
2. Use pinch bars or tongs for aligning or turning the pipe only on the bare end of the pipe.
3. Use care not to injure pipe linings.
B. Thoroughly clean interior of pipe and accessories before installation. Keep clean during instal-
lation operations by plugging or other method approved by the Engineer.
C. Before installation,inspect each piece of pipe and each fitting for defects:
1. Material found to be defective before or after installation: Replace with sound material
meeting the specified requirements,and without additional cost to the Owner.
D. Rubber gaskets: Store in a cool dark place until just prior to time of installation.
3.2 PIPE CUTTING
A. Cut pipe neatly and without damage to the pipe.
B. Unless otherwise recommended by the pipe manufacturer, and authorized by the Engineer, cut
pipe with mechanical cutter only.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-15 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
1. Use wheel cutters when practicable for ductile iron pipe.
2. Cut plastic pipe square,using handsaw,and remove all burrs.
3.3 LOCATING
A. Where possible,locate water line at least 10'away,horizontally,from sewer pipes.
B. Should 10'separation not be practical,then the water main may be located closer provided:
1. It is laid in a separate trench.
2. It is laid in the same trench with the water main located at one side on a bench of undis-
turbed earth.
3. In either of the above cases,crown elevation of the sewer shall be at least 18"below invert
elevation of water line.
C. Where water lines cross over sewers,maintain 18"minimum clearance between crown of sewer
and invert of water line.
D. Where water lines cross under sewers, each line shall be cast iron or ductile iron.
1. A full length of water line shall be located over the sewer so that joints will be equal dis-
tance from the sewer.
E. No water pipe shall pass through or come in contact with any part of a sewer manhole.
F. All piping shall be installed in strict accordance with 10 States Standards.
3.4 ALIGNMENT OF PIPE
A. Pipe lines intended to be straight shall be so laid.
B. Where vertical or horizontal alignment requires deflection from straight line or grade, such de-
flection shall not exceed maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
C. If alignment requires deflection exceeding recommended limits, furnish special bends or a suffi-
cient number of shorter lengths of pipe to provide angular deflections within the allowable limits.
3.5 PLACING AND LAYING
A. General:
1. Comply with pertinent OSHA regulations in regards to excavation of utilities.
2. Excavation and backfillinig to comply with pertinent provisions of Section 31 23 33.
3. Lower pipe and accessones into trench by means of derrick, ropes, belt slings, or other
equipment approved by the Engineer.
4. Do not dump or drop any of the materials of this Section into the trench.
5. Except where necessary in making connections to other lines,lay pipe with the bells facing
in the direction of laying.
6. Rest the full length of each section of pipe solidly on the pipe bed,with recesses excavated
to accommodate bells, couplings, and joints.
7. Take up and relay pipe that has the grade or joint disturbed after laying.
8. Do not lay pipe in water,or when trench conditions are unsuitable for the work;keep water
out of the trench until jointing is completed.
9. Securely close open ends of pipe, fittings, and valves when work is not in progress.
10. Where any part of coating or lining is damaged,repair to the approval of the Engineer and
at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Ductile iron pipe:
1. Install all pipe, fittings and accessories in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600.
2. Gaskets: Handle,lubricate where necessary and install in strict accordance with manufac-
turer's recommendations.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-16 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
C. Plastic pipe,gasketed joints:
1. Clean gasket,bell or coupling interior,especially groove area.
2. Lubricate and insert gasket as recommended by manufacturer.
3. Align spigot to bell, insert spigot into bell until it contacts gasket uniformly.
4. Push pipe "home"until reference mark is at proper location.
D. Flanged joints:
1. Provide true face flanges, field clean and fit with one full face gasket and make bolts up
finger tight.
2. Use torque wrench to alternately tighten bolts 180° apart until full gasket flow and seal are
secured.
3. Bias cut or unusual refacing of any flange will not be acceptable.
E. Screw thread joints:
1. Make cuts square,with cuts thoroughly reamed and rough edges and burrs removed.
2. Make threads sound,clean out,and well fitting.
3. Use pipe dope on male fittings only.
4. Make screwed joints tight with all necessary wrenches but without handle extensions.
F. Solvent weld joints:
1. Install solvent weld joints in strict accordance with solvent cement manufacturer's instruc-
tions.
2. Make cuts square,remove burrs from pipe ends and bevel slightly if necessary.
3. Visually inspect inside of pipe, couplings and fittings removing all dirt and moisture with
clean rag.
4. Apply primer to surface of pipe and socket of fitting if required for cement being used, or
lightly sandpaper surfaces.
5. Apply solvent cement evenly and quickly around the outside of the pipe at a width slightly
greater than depth of fitting socket.
6. Apply a light coat of cement around the inside of the fitting socket.
7. Quickly insert pipe into fitting socket bottom and give pipe or fitting a 90°turn to evenly
distribute the cement,hold in place to prevent fitting rebound.
8. Remove excess cement from pipe and fitting while cement is still soft.
9. Allow joints to cure at least 24 hours before applying pressure to the piping system.
G. Wall pipe:
1. Coat threaded ends of studs with graphite prior to installation.
H. Restrained joints:
1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2. Tighten set screws to the manufacturer's rated torque using a torque wrench. If twist-off
nuts are provided,tighten screws until nut breaks loose.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED PIPE
A. All pipe shall be installed in accordance with details as shown on the Drawings and/or as directed
by the Engineer.
B. Installation and pipe routing details shall be provided by the Contractor.
C. Pipe shall be run parallel with or at right angles to walls, equipment, ceilings, etc. Forty-five
degree (45°) fittings, or angle runs shall be avoided as much as possible and installed only as
approved by the Engineer.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-17 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
D. Modifications to piping installation based on actual field conditions may be required and shall
receive the Engineer's approval. Changes will be provided by the Contractor at no additional
cost to the Owner.
E. Pipe coding shall be provided on all piping exposed to view,including piping in tunnels and floor
or wall chases.
1. Pipe shall be identified with the name of the contents, banded and the direction of flow
indicated.
3.7 INSTALLATION OF STAINLESS STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Exercise extreme care to avoid contacting pipe with any ferrous materials.
B. Use saws,drills, files,brushes,etc.that are specifically designated for use on stainless steel pip-
ing only.
C. Use nylon slings or straps to handle piping.
D. After installation,wash and rinse all foreign matter from the pipe. Remove manufacturer's iden-
tification marking with paint thinner or solvent.
E. Provide final cleaning with detergent and hot water and rinse clean.
F. Threaded pipe:
1. Thread cut pipe utilizing dies specifically for stainless steel pipe.
2. Remove all debris and grit and solvent clean cut threads.
3. Apply joint compound to completely fill all voids.
4. Clean excessive joint compound from piping after completing joint.
3.8 LINK SEAL SLEEVE SEAL
A. Install seal between piping and sleeve.
B. Tighten bolts to manufacturer's specified torques.
C. Check for leaks.
D. Install escutcheon plate at exposed locations.
3.9 ADAPTER FLANGE COUPLING
A. End of pipe not to exceed 1/4" from mating flange.
B. Apply"Never-Seize"to stainless steel set screws.
C. Tighten set screws to manufacturer's recommendations using a torque wrench.
3.10 SETTING VALVE BOXES
A. Center valve boxes on the valves, setting plumb.
B. Tamp earth fill around each valve box to a distance of 4'on all sides,or to the undisturbed trench
face if less than 4'.
C. Fully open and close each valve to assure that all parts are in working condition.
D. Place valve box protection ring around top of valve box as indicated on the plans.
1. Install ring level with top 1" above finished grade.
2. Top of ring to be level with or no more than 1" above the top of the valve box.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-18 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 19
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
E. Provide valve extension necessary to provide the operating nut within 2' of the top of the valve
box.
3.11 INSTALLATION OF HYDRANTS
A. Inspect carefully,insuring that all foreign material is removed from the barrel.
B. Set plumb and at such elevation that connecting pipe and distribution main have same depth of
cover.
C. Install washed stone drainage bed and thrust blocking as indicated.
D. Install blue hydrant reflector on centerline of paved roadway marking the perpendicular location
of fire hydrant with reference to the road centerline.
E. Fully open and close each hydrant to assure that all parts are in working condition.
3.12 INSTALLATION OF DOUBLE-CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.
B. Maintain adequate clearance and easy accessibility for testing and maintenance.
3.13 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations using stainless steel anchors.
B. Install plumb.
3.14 HYDROSTATIC TESTING-PRESSURE LINES
A. General:
1. Pressure and leakage testing must be conducted in accordance with AWWA Standards
C600.
2. Clean and flush line of air,dirt and foreign material.
3. Do not perform hydrostatic tests until at least five days after installation of concrete thrust
blocking.
4. Test pump, pipe connection, pressure gauges, measuring devices and all other necessary
appurtenances to conduct tests are to be provided by the Contractor.
5. Install brass corporation cocks at all high points that do not have permanent air vents. Cor-
poration cocks are to be left in place and all costs for providing such cocks are to be borne
by the Contractor.
6. Conduct tests on each line or valved section of line.
7. Test pressures to be 150 psi, or 1.5 times the maximum working pressure, whichever is
greater, based on the elevation of the lowest point of the section under test and corrected
to the elevation of the test gauge.
8. Do not test pipe at pressures exceeding manufacturer's recommendations.
9. The Contractor must provide documentation of the pressure and leakage tests. Documen-
tation must include length of lines,diameter of pipe(s),amount of water required to fill line
after test was performed,and amount of allowable leakage.
10. The witness to the hydrostatic testing is to be someone other than the Contractor or the
utility installing the lines.
B. Pressure tests:
1. After the pipe is laid,the joints completed,and the trench backfilled,subject the newly laid
piping and valved sections of the piping to the test pressure specified in Part A above.
2. Open and close each valve within the section being tested several times during the test
period.
3. Replace or remake joints showing leakage.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-19 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 0519
PLANT PIPING,VALVES,AND APPURTENANCES
a. Remove cracked pipe, defective pipe, and cracked or defective joints, fittings and
valves. Replace with sound material and repeat the test until results are satisfactory.
b. Make repair and replacement without additional cost to the Owner.
C. Leakage test:
1. Conduct leakage test after the pressure test has been completed satisfactorily.
2. Duration of each leakage test: At least two hours.
3. During the test,subject water lines to the test pressure specified in Part A above.
4. Leakage is defined as the quantity of water to be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any
valved or approved section thereof, necessary to maintain the specified leakage test pres-
sure after the pipe has been filled with water and the air expelled.
a. No piping installation will be accepted until the leakage is less than the number of
gallons per hour as determined by the formula(s):
1) Ductile iron piping:
L=S x D x VID /133,200;where
L=allowable leakage in gallons per hour;
S=length of pipe tested in feet;
D=nominal diameter of pipe in inches; and
P=average test pressure psi gauge.
2) PVC piping:
L=N x D x -J-13 /7400; where
L=allowable leakage in gallons per hour;
N=number of joints in pipeline being tested;
D=nominal diameter of pipe in inches; and
P=average test pressure psi gauge.
b. When testing against closed metal-seated valves, an additional leakage per closed
valve of 0.0078 gallons]per hour per inch of nominal valve size will be allowed.
1) Shoul any test of pipe disclose leakage greater than that specified
above,locate and repair the defective joint or joints until the leak-
age is within the specified allowance, and at no additional cost to
the Owner.
2) Repair all visible leaks regardless of test results.
3.15 PAINTING
A. Paint all exposed piping and hydrants complying with pertinent provisions of Section 09 90 00.
3.16 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. No separate measurement or direct payment will be made for the items under this Section and all
costs for same shall be included in the price bid for the project.
END OF SECTION 40 0519
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 19-20 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 59
SLIDE GATES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Provide fabricated rising stem, slide gates and guide frames where
indicated, as specified and as necessary to provide a complete and proper installation.
1. Sizes and arrangements shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
2. Gates and operators shall be supplied with all the necessary parts and accessories
indicated on the drawings, specified or otherwise required for a complete and
properly operating installation, and shall be the latest standard product of a
manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of fabricated water control gates.
B. Related work:
1. Documents affecting work of this Section include,but are not necessarily limited to,
General Conditions,Supplementary Conditions,and Sections in Division 1 of these
Specifications.
2. Section 03 60 00—Grouting.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Provide the latest standard product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of
this type equipment.
B. Technical services: Provide service of gate manufacturer's service engineer,complying with
Section 01 70 00 and the following:
1. Installation-One day,one trip.
2. Start-up and training-One day,one trip.
C. All components to be furnished by same manufacturer.
D. Referenced manufacturers are named to establish standards of quality. Equal products by
other manufacturers may be provided upon approval by the Engineer.
E. Qualifications:
1. All of the equipment specified under this Section shall be furnished by a single
manufacturer with a minimum of 20-years of experience designing and
manufacturing slide gates. The manufacturer shall have manufactured aluminum
slide gates of the type described herein for a minimum of 20 similar projects.
2. The sealing system shall be certified and tested for operation and performance to
leakage specifications compliant with AWWA C-562.
3. The project design is based on the Waterman A-250 Series Fabricated Slide Gate as
manufactured by Waterman Industries of Exeter, California. Proposed alternates
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 59-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 59
SLIDE GATES
must be pre-approved,per addendum,at least 7-days prior to close of bid.Requests
for alternates must be supplemented with detailed drawings, specifications, and
references. Any/all additional costs for structure modifications or other changes
associated with utilizing a brand other than Waterman are to be borne by the
contractor.
4. To ensure quality and consistency, the slide gates listed in this section shall be
manufactured and assembled in a facility owned and operated by the slide gate
manufacturer. Third-party manufacturers contracted for fabrication and assembly of
the slide gates will not be permitted.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. Product data: Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice
to Proceed, submit:
1. Shop drawings showing details of each gate and frame, including elevation and
sectional views, details of construction,and materials description.
2. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures.
3. Manufacturer's equipment warranty.
4. Manufacturer's installation certificate.
5. Manufacturer's performance affidavit.
6. Designcalculations demonstratinglift loads and deflection in conformance to the
application requirements. Design calculations shall be approved by a licensed
engineer(PE) and shall be available upon request.
C. Provide Operation and Maintenance Manuals complying with Section 01 70 00.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 60 00.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. The gates shall be either self-contained with yoke and bench stand operators in accordance
with the requirements of these specifications.
B. The gates shall be compliant with the latest version of AWWA C562,or as described below.
C. Specific configurations shall be as noted on the gate schedule or as shown on the plans.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 59-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 59
SLIDE GATES
D. Materials:
COMPONENTS MATERIALS
Frame,Yoke, Cover Slide, Aluminum,ASTM B-209&B-211 Alloy 6060 T-6
Wall Thimbles
Seat/Seals& Stem Sleeves Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene
(UHMWPE)ASTM D-4020
Cord Seal Viton ASTM D1418
Flush Bottom Seals Viton ASTM D1418
Stems Stainless Steel ASTM A240,Type 316
Stem cover Clear Butyrate With Mylar Strip
Stem Guides Stainless Steel(ASTM A-240—Type 316L)UHMW
Bushed
Wall Brackets Stainless Steel: ASTM A-240,AISI Type 316L
Fasteners and Anchor Bolts Stainless Steel: ASTM F-593 and 594,Type 316 CW _
Finish Polyamide Epoxy
E. Slide Gate Schedule:
Gate Gate Size inch' Gate Opening Bottom Design Head,feet Operator
Number type2 Direction' Seating4 Seating Unseating Type
Crank w/gear
A 3'-0"x 4'-0" F, U FB 4.0' 4.0' box frame
mounted
Crank w/gear
B 3'-6"x 4'-0" E-: U FB 4.0' 4.0' box frame
mounted
Notes:
1. Clear opening width by height.
2. E=embedded frame,W=wall mounted,Y=self-contained,F=flatback
3. U=upward, D=downward
4. FB=flush bottom
2.2 FRAME AND GUIDE RAILS
A. The gate frame shall be composed of aluminum guide rails with UHMW seat/seals upstream
and downstream. The seat/seals shall form a tight seal between the frame and the slide
(disc).The guides will be of sufficient length to support''Athe height of the slide when in the
full open position.
k shall not deflect more than 1/360th of the span under full head break load.
B. Yoke s a ode ec o e p
C. Seals shall be replaceable without removing the frame from the wall. In the case of
embedded gates,they shall be constructed in a manner that allows replacement of the seals
without removal of the gate frame from the embedment.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 59-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 59
SLIDE GATES
2.3 STEM AND STEM GUIDE
A. Material
1. The stem shall be solid stainless steel of the specified grade.
B. Design
1. Guides shall be adjustable with split stem sleeves. Guides shall be spaced per the
manufacturer's recommendations. The stem L/r ratio shall not exceed 200.
2. Stem threads shall be machine-cut 29-degree full Acme or stub Acme type.
3. Nominal diameter of the stem shall not be less than the crest of the threaded
portion.
C. Provide adjustable Type 316L stainless steel gate stops.
2.4 SEALS
A. The seals shall be self-adjusting. Seals requiring periodic maintenance and adjustments to
maintain specified leakage rates will not be permitted.
B. The top seal design on upward opening gates consisting of four side seals shall incorporate a
self-cleaning wiping function that prevents debris from building-up above the top seal and
causing premature wear of the seats, seals,and gate face.
C. The UHMW seats shall impinge on the slide(disc)by way of a continuous loop cord seal.
Seal designs incorporating resilient seals such as"J-bulb"or"P"seals that come in direct
contact with the friction surface of the slide will not be considered.
D. The cord seal shall function as a seal between the frame and the UHMW, and as a spring
force to maintain contact between the UHMW and the slide (disc).
E. The resilient bottom seal shall be set into the invert member of the frame which shall be
formed in a manner to protect 3 sides of the seal only exposing the side that will come in
contact with the slide. Disc-mounted invert seals exposing additional surface area will not
be permitted.
F. The self-adjusting seal system shall provide an allowable leakage rate of no more than Yz
AWWA leakage rate per minute per peripheral foot of perimeter opening for seating and
unseating heads.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 59-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 59
SLIDE GATES
2.5 SLIDE COVER(DISC)
A. The slide cover(disc)shall be aluminum plate reinforced with structural shapes welded to
the plate.
1. The slide cover shall not deflect more than 1/720th of the span, or 1/32"at the
sealing surface of the gate under maximum specified head.
2. The stem to gate connection shall be either the clevis type,with structural
members welded to the slide and a bolt or bolts to act as a securing method, or a
threaded and bolted(or keyed)thrust nut supported in a welded nut pocket.
3. The clevis,or pocket and yoke, of the gate shall be capable of taking,without
damage,at least twice the rated thrust output of the operator at 40 pounds of pull
on a hand wheel or hand crank,and at locked-rotor stall of a motor operator.
4. The slide cover shall be constructed with vertical and horizontal reinforcement
ribs.
5. All welds shall be performed by an AWS-certified welding technician.
2.6 ANCHOR BOLTS
A. Anchor hardware shall be provided by the slide gate manufacturer.
1. The size, quantity, and location of the anchor hardware shall be engineered by
the slide gate manufacturer. Upon client request manufacturer shall provide
calculations for anchor bolt sizing and quantity.
2. Anchor hardware consisting of studs,nuts and washers shall be provided by the
manufacturer.
2.7 MOUNTING ARRANGEMENTS
A. Embedded guides to have keyways as integral part of the extrusion to lock guide into the
concrete.
B. Surface mounted: Provide predrilled anchor bolt holes at maximum spacing of 18" on
centers.
2.8 HOISTING EQUIPMENT
A. Provide fully enclosed hoist enclosures with roller bearings above and below the operating
nut.
1. Provide threaded bronze operating nut.
B. Non self-contained gates: Provide handwheel or crank operated geared floor stand operator.
C. Maximum effort to operate at design head: 25 pounds.
D. Floor stand operators:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 59-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 59
SLIDE GATES
1. Provide cadmium plated pinion shafts, supported on tapered roller bearings and
having mechanical seal around shaft where it extends from the hoist enclosure.
2. Provide cast iron weatherproof housing.
3. Provide cut tooth beveled gears.
4. Provide removable handle.
a. Limit crank radius to 15".
5. Provide lubrication fittings.
6. Provide aluminum pedestal on floorstand.
E. Handwheel operators:
1. Minimum 15" diameter and bearing supported.
2. Aluminum construction.
3. Roller bearings above and below lift nut flange.
4. Provide lubrication seals.
F. Provide clear,permanently marked directional arrow indicating direction to open gate.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 MOUNTING
A. Embedded gates:
1. Frame may be cast-in-place when wall sections are poured,or boxed-out sections
left in wall for gate installation.
a. Support and brace frame in all directions to prevent distortion.
b. Fill boxed out sections with non-shrink grout, complying with Section 03
60 00.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Installation of the gates shall be performed in accordance with standard industry practices. It
shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to handle,store,and install the equipment
specified in this Section in strict accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall review the installation drawings and installation instructions prior
to installing the gates.
C. The gate frames shall be installed in a true vertical plane,square and plumb,with no twist,
convergence, or divergence between the vertical legs of the guide frame.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall fill any void between the guide frames and the structure with non-
shrink grout as shown on the installation drawing and in accordance with the grout
manufacturer's recommendations.
E. The frame cross rail shall be adjusted as required to maintain consistent seal compression
across the full width of the gate.
F. Check hoist and gate attachment bolts for proper tightness.
G. Clean guide grooves of any foreign matter.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 59-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 59
SLIDE GATES
H. Clean seating surfaces of disc and frame of any foreign matter.
I. Clean threaded portion of stem and lubricate with heavy-duty grease as recommended by
gate manufacturer.
J. Adjust stem stop collar to within 1/16" of top of the hoist operating nut and lock in place.
3.2 FIELD TESTING
A. After installation, all gates will be field tested in the presence of the ENGINEER and
OWNER to ensure that all items of equipment are in full compliance with this Section.Each
gate assembly shall be water tested by the CONTRACTOR at the discretion of the
ENGINEER and OWNER, to confirm that leakage does not exceed the specified allowed
leakage.
3.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. No separate measurement or direct payment will be made for this work and all costs for same
shall be included in the price bid for the work to which it pertains.
END OF SECTION
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 59-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 59
SLIDE GATES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 59-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 62
PLUG VALVES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Provide plug valves at all locations indicated on the Drawings,and as specified
herein,complete and ready for operation.
B. Related work: Documents affecting work of this Section include,but are not necessarily limited
to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these
Specifications..
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the
necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the
methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section.
B. Referenced manufacturer is DeZurik Water Controls and is named to establish standards of
quality. Equal products of other manufacturers conforming to these specifications, and as
outlined in the bid form may be provided upon approval by the Engineer.
C. Manufacturers to have a minimum of ten(10)years operating experience for the specified valve
style.
D. Provide valves with castings and all other components manufactured in the United States.
1. Foreign made components may be provided if manufacturer meets ISO 9000
requirements.
2. Perform final assembly and testing at the manufacturer's factory located in the United
States.
13 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. Product data: Within 45 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to
Proceed, submit:
1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section.
a. Provide listing of all valves to be provided and include type of valve and location.
2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the
specified requirements.
3. Shop drawings showing sectional views, dimensions, end connections, and operator
details.
C. Provide Maintenance manuals complying with provisions of Section 01 70 00.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 62-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 62
PLUG VALVES
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 60 00.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Provide a standard two-year warranty on all labor and materials.
B. The warranty will begin upon successful completion of the initial operating period.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS-Not Used
2.1 GENERAL
A. Provide non-lubricated,eccentric type plug valves having resilient faced plugs,complying with
AWWA Standard C517 and other requirements specified herein.
B. Furnish flanged or mechanical joint end connections as indicated on the Drawings.
C. Provide valves of bolted bonnet design:
1. Valves 3"and larger to be designed to allow packing inspection and replacement without
removing the bonnet or actuator and the packing shall be adjustable.
2. Packing to be replaceable with the valve under pressure with valve open or closed with
pressure on either side of the plug.
D. Provide valves capable of drip-tight shutoff up to full rating with pressure in either direction.
Pressure ratings shall be 175 psi for 3"through 12 and 150 psi for 14"and larger.
E. Provide cast iron valve bodies complying with ASTM A 126,Class B and AWWA Standard
C517.
1. For sizes 3"-36",provide flushing design to prevent pooling in the body.
F. Provide one piece plugs cast of ASTM A536 ductile iron.
G. All exposed nuts,bolts,springs,etc.shall be stainless steel on all valves.
2.2 PORT AREAS
A. Provide minimum 100%full pipe area on sizes 3"-60".
B. Provide rectangular port;round ports are not acceptable.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 62-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 62
PLUG VALVES
23 SEATS
A. Provide corrosion resistant seats complying with AWWA Standard C507-73 and AWWA
Standard C517.
B. Three inch and larger valves to have a 1/8"thick welded-in overlay of not less than 95%nickel
content on all surfaces contacting the plug face.
1. Seat to be 1/2"wide and raised 1/8" from the valve body and machined to a smooth
finish.
C. Screwed in or bolted in seats are not acceptable.
D. Plug shall not contact seat prior to 90%closed.
2.4 BEARINGS
A. Provide valves with permanently lubricated,Type 316 stainless steel bearings in the upper and
lower plug stem journals.
B. Bearings to comply with AWWA Standard C517.
C. Lower bearing housing to be raised from the body to reduce the possibility of grit and sand
entering the bearing housing.
D. Provide grit excluders to prevent entry of grit and solids into the upper and lower bearings
areas.
23 FLANGED END CONNECTIONS
A. Provide, where indicated, valves with flanged ends, faced and drilled to ANSI 125/150 lb.
standard.
B. Flanged valves through 12"to have face-to-face dimensions of AWWA Standard for standard
gate valves.
C. Face-to-Face dimensions per AWWA C517,table 1. Short Body for sizes 3"-12" and Long
Body for 14"and larger.
2.6 RESILIENT PLUG FACING
A. Provide neoprene plug facings vulcanized to the plug and suitable for use with domestic
wastewater. Plug facing bond strength shall meet test methods as described in ASTM D429
method B(75 psi test).
B. Plug to be one piece with integral stem through the actuator.
C. Do not use plugs with cast inlays.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 62-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 62
PLUG VALVES
2.7 BURIED SERVICE VALVES
A. Provide seals on all shafts and gaskets on valve covers to prevent entry of water and dirt.
2.8 PRESSURE GAUGE TAPS
A. Provide 1/4"tap with plug on both ends of the valve for pressure gauge connections.
2.9 ACTUATORS
A. Manual valves to be pmvided with lever or gear actuators and tee wrenches,extension stems,
floor stands,chainwheels,etc.,as indicated on the Drawings.
1. Provide a lever for each lever-operated valve.
2. Provide one tee wrench for every five valves utilizing the tee wrench operation.
B. Valves furnished for installation in a valve box to be provided with a 2"square operating nut
and Type 304L stainless steel extension within 18"of the top of the valve box.
C. Provide 4"and larger valves with gear actuators.
1. Provide gear to fit on a round shaft with keyway to allow operation without the use of mll
pins.
a. Provide 4 keyways at 90 degrees on the shaft to allow for adjustment of the
actuator.
b. Adaptor between plug shaft and actuator shaft is not acceptable.
2. Handwheel and chainwheel components between the input and the stop-limiting devices
to be designed to withstand, without damage, a pull of 200 lbs. as required by the
American Water Works Association(AWWA)Standard C504-74 Section 11.2.3.
3. Pulley and chain for chainwheel actuators to be 316 stainless steel unless otherwise noted
on the plans.
4. Gear sector to handwheel diameter ratio not to exceed 2.0:1.
5. Provide outboard seals on gear sector of gearbox housing to protect the bearings and
other components.
6. Gear actuators,normal service:
a. Enclose all gearing in semi-steel housing suitable for running in a lubricant with
seals provided on all shafts to prevent entry of dirt or water into the actuator.
b. Support actuator shaft and quadrant on permanently lubricated bronze bearings.
c. Provide valve position indicator and an adjustable stop to set closing torque.
d. All exposed nuts,bolts and washers to be stainless steel.
e. Provide air gap between the actuator and the valve body to prevent leakage from
the valve into the actuator.
1) Minimum distance of gap between actuator and body to be 1.38 inches.
f. Minimum distance of gap between actuator and body to be 1-3/8 inches.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 62-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 62
PLUG VALVES
7. Gear actuators,buried service:
a. Provide neoprene seals on all shafts and gaskets on actuator covers to prevent entry
of water and dirt.
b. Mounting brackets to be totally enclosed with gasket seals.
c. Support actuator shaft and quadrant on permanently lubricated bronze bearings.
d. All exposed nuts,bolts and washers to be stainless steel.
PART 3 -EXECUTION-Not Used
3.1 GENERAL
A. Handle,store and install all valves complying with the manufacturer's recommendations and the
Drawings.
B. Valves installed in horizontal pipe runs shall be mounted with the plug horizontal and at the top
of the body when the valve is open.
3.2 PAINTING
A. Exposed valves:
1. Factory painting:
a. Sandblast to SSPC-10 Near White Metal.
b. Prime exterior with Tnemec 66-1211 Epoxoline Primer,3.0 dry mils.
c. Paint interior of valve with two coats of coal tar epoxy, TNEMEC Hi-Build
Tneme-Tar,minimum 14 mils dry thickness.
2. Field painting: Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 09 90 00.
B. Buried valves:
1. Sandblast to SSPC-10 Near White metal.
2. Paint exterior and interior of valve with two coats of coal tar epoxy,TNEMEC Hi-Build
Tneme-Tar,minimum 14 mils dry thickness.
33 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. No separate measurement or direct payment will be made for the work under this Section and
all costs for same shall be included in the price bid for the item to which it pertains.
END OF SECTION 40 05 62
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 62-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 40 05 62
PLUG VALVES
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 40 05 62-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 43 1133
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BLOWERS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide two(2)Positive Displacement Blowers installed on the existing concrete pad as shown
on the Drawings. The contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and services
necessary for a complete and proper installation ready for operation. The blowers shall be
furnished completely packaged with all accessories,tested and ready for operation.
B. It is the intent of these specifications to set a standard of quality for the materials and/or equipment
described herein and not limit competition to a specific vendor. The design,materials and/or
equipment under this section is based on materials/equipment manufactured by the suppliers
named in this specification. Alternate equipment not named may be submitted for evaluation as
an"or equal"in accordance with Article 11 of the Instructions to Bidders provided it meets the
performance and other pertinent requirements of the specification. If other equipment is
proposed,the Contractor must demonstrate to the Engineer and the Owner that all requirements
of materials, experience, performance, and workmanship will be met or exceeded by the
equipment proposed. Submittal for consideration by engineer for approval as"or equal"must
include,at minimum,the information required in Sections 1.2 and 1.3. Submittals that do not
include all required information will not be considered. Contractors proposing alternate
manufacturers will be responsible for all costs associated with system evaluation and redesign
including all electrical,mechanical and civil aspects of the installation.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer or Packager Qualifications: Supplier shall have experience in providing similar
equipment,and shall show evidence of satisfactorily operating installations in the eastern region
of the United States.
B. Blower Packager supplier must be an Authorized Distributor of the blower being supplied and
must be authorized to perform warranty service.
C. The naming of a manufacturer herein is only an indication that the manufacturer is capable of
providing equipment that meets the requirements of this specification but does in any way relieve
the manufacturer from complying with this specification in its entirety.
13 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal sheets are to be 8'/2 x 11 inches,or if larger,to be folded to 8%2 x 11 inches so that the
title block is clearly visible without unfolding.Drawings are to be similarly folded and inserted
in pockets as appropriate.Bind each copy in a soft cover binder.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit ten(10)copies of an integrated shop drawing for the blower system.All
mechanical and electrical equipment and components specified herein must be included to be
considered a complete shop drawing.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 43 11 33-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 43 1133
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BLOWERS
C. Installation,Operation,and Maintenance Manuals: Submit five(5)copies of the manuals within
four(4)weeks of receiving approved shop drawings.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 DESIGN CRITERIA
Name Grit Chamber Blower
Quantity 2
Discharge Pressure 3.5 PSIG
Minimum Motor HP 5 HP
Max. BHP 4.1 BHP
Motor RPM 3600 RPM
Discharge Volume 119 SCFM
Discharge Volume 128 ICFM
Elevation-0'MSL 875'EL.
Inlet Air Temp. 100°F
Blower RPM 3800 RPM
Max.Allowable RPM 4300 RPM
Blower Model ES-15
2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER
A. This specification and the applicable drawings are based on positive displacement blower
packages with Gardner Denver"Robuschi"Series blowers.
B. Other manufacturers are acceptable as approved by the Engineer on an as-equal basis.
23 ROTARY LOBE POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BLOWERS
A. General: Each blower shall be of the horizontal, rotary, positive displacement type. Each
assembly shall be rugged in construction and of such design that it may be disassembled and
inspected without disturbing the inlet or discharge piping.
B. Casing:Casing shall be of one piece with separate head plates,and shall be made of close grained
gray cast iron suitably ribbed to prevent distortion under service conditions.
C. Head Plates:Fabricate drive end and gear end head plates of close-grained cast iron which are
precision machined for exact bearings housing fit.
D. Impeller and Shaft:Impeller and shaft shall be made from common cast iron. Impeller shall be of
the Helical Twist 3 Lobe Design. Straight three lobe impellers are acceptable.Blower shall be
positively timed by a pair of accurately machined heat-treated alloy steel, timing gears. Gear
diameters smaller than 5"are not acceptable.
E. Bearings:Each impeller/shaft shall be supported by double row ball or spherical roller bearings
sized for a minimum of 50,000 hours of B-10 life.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 43 11 33-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 43 1133
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BLOWERS
F. Bearing Seals:Provide a piston ring type oil seal at each bearing,designed to prevent lubricant
from leaking into the air stream.Provisions shall bemadeto vent the lubrication system to prevent
any possible carryover of lubricant into air stream.
G. Lubrication:The timing gears and the bearings shall be splash oil lubricated from oil slingers
mounted on the drive shaft and dipping in the oil. Sight glasses for oil level observation shall be
provided.Grease lubrication is not acceptable.
2.4 ELECTRIC MOTORS
A. Motors:Provide a single speed,constant torque,TEFC 3600 RPM motor, 1.15 S.F., Premium
efficiency suitable for mounting on a slide base and connecting to the blower shaft by a V-belt
and sheave drive assembly.Motor shall be suitable for480V/3Ph/60Hz incomingpower and shall
have a normally closed thermostat embedded in the windings.Motors shall be as manufactured
by Marathon,Baldor,WEG Electric,Toshiba,World Wide Electric or equal.
2.5 BLOWER PACKAGE ACCESSORIES
A. General:The blower packages shall be fabricated and assembled with the following accessories
and shipped complete as unit ready for operation.
B. Equipment Base:The base shall be built so that the blower and the motor are mounted to provide
for horizontal tensioning of the v-belt drive.The base shall be a minimum of 1/4"plate steel with
angle legs and gussets. These items shall also have a minimum thickness of 1/4". Bases
constructed of all angle iron will not be acceptable.Combination base discharge silencers are also
not acceptable.The silencer may not be welded to the base in any way.
C. Drive:Provide V-belt drive assembly consisting of Sheaves,quick detachable bushings,V-belts,
and sliding motor base. Provide drive assembly with a 1.4 service factor based on motor
nameplate horsepower.
D. Guard:Provide OSHA Style steel belt guard to enclose drive and belts.Design guard for easy
removal.The guard shall be constructed to allow visual inspection of the drive system without
removing the guard.
E. Filter: Provide each blower with a suitably sized air filter. Filters to be Model CCF-"
manufactured by Universal Silencer,equivalent product manufactured by Endustra,or equal.
F. Intake Silencer:Provide a heavy duty,all welded,noise attenuation unit constructed of carbon
steel sheet and plate and featuring an acoustically treated outlet for pulse control.Silencers to be
Model RIS-4" manufactured by Universal Silencer, equivalent product manufactured by
Endustra,or equal.
G. Discharge Silencer:Provide a heavy duty,all welded,noise attenuation unit constructed of carbon
steel sheet and plate and featuring an acoustically treated outlet for pulse control.Silencers to be
Model SD-4"manufactured by Universal Silencer,equivalent product manufactured by Endustra,
or equal.
1. Supports:Provide two(2),carbon steel,clamp type supports at each end of silencer for
rigidly mounting silencer horizontally to the blower package base.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 43 11 33-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 43 11 33
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BLOWERS
H. Expansion Joints:Provide threaded sleeved cylindrical type,three ply bias fiberglass reinforced
silicone rubber connectors for blower inlet and discharge connections.Furnish units which are
capable of withstanding 25 psi and handle operating temperatures of 250oF.Expansion joints to
be equivalent to XL-Fab Series 500,General Rubber Corp.or Metra Flex Co.or equal.
I. Pressure Relief Valve:Provide spring or weight type relief valve with proper sizing and weights
for set point pressure.Provide Sutorbilt PL,equivalent product manufactured by Val-Matic,or
equal. Spring type or Kunkle valves are acceptable.
J. Check Valves:Providethreadedtype,cast iron body,aluminum internals for mounting on blower
discharge piping.Provide Flexi-Hinge Model 502-4",equivalent product manufactured by Val-
Matic,or equal.Threaded valves are also acceptable.
K. Discharge Butterfly Valve:Provide wafer type,resilient seated,lever operated butterfly valve
for isolating the blower from the manifold.Furnish valve with cast iron body and disc of nodular
iron;Stainless steel stem;Acetal Bushing;Buna-N seat;and 316 SS Torque plug.Valve shall be
Keystone,WKM,Mueller,or equal.
L. Discharge Pressure Gauge: Provide a discharge pressure gauge on the blower package to be
equivalent to U.S.Gauge,McDaniel Instruments or equal.
1. Range:0-15 psig.
2. Accuracy:2%of full scale.
3. Dial:2.5",270 degree scale.
M. Inlet Restriction Gauge:Provide each blower with a Dwyer Model 2020 inlet gauge,equivalent
product manufactured by US Gauge,or equal,to measure loss through the inlet filter.
N. Instrument Spool:Each blower package shall be supplied with a fabricated steel spool piece for
mounting the relief valve, pressure gauge, and any other instruments required by the
specifications.Gauges and instruments mounted in the silencer body are not acceptable.
2.6 SHOP PAINTING
A. Shop Prime Coating:Prime paint all components with gray Kem-Flash prime paint manufactured
by Sherwin Williams Company,Tnemec Co.,or equal.Prime paint by the individual component
manufacturer is not acceptable.
B. Shop Finish Coating:Finish paint all component parts before assembly with machine tool gray
Kem-Lustral Enamel as manufactured by Sherwin Williams Company,Tnemec Co.,or equal.
Field painting of blower equipment is not acceptable.
2.7 SOUND REDUCTION ENCLOSURE
A. Each blower assembly shall be furnished with a weather tight,sound attenuating enclosure. The
enclosure shall be manufactured of 16 gage aluminum,and shall be lined with 3"of acoustical
foam,and 20 ga.galvanizedperforated steel;sufficient to meet the 80 dba attenuation requirement
at one meter from any exterior surface of the enclosure. The enclosure shall have removable side
panels which will allow full access to the assembly for maintenance or repair.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 43 11 33-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 43 1133
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BLOWERS
B. An air ventilation fan shall be mounted on the enclosure and sized as necessary to keep the
assembly at a temperature needed to maintain proper operation as recommended by the assembly
manufacturer. The ventilation fan motor will be 115 V/1 Ph/60Hz and provide approximately 10
CFM/motor HP.
C. The two side panels shall provide for a minimum of 50%of each side to be removed for access.
The panels shall include 2 locking latch assemblies and a minimum of two hinges.The doors
must be hinged for easy access.
D. Any pipe penetration holes in the enclosure shall be sized to ow for passage of pipe flanges. All
penetration holes shall have flash rings installed to seal around the pipe.
E. The enclosure will be free standing and not attached or mounted onto the blower package frame
in any way. The enclosure will require field assembly and shall be supplied with installation
instructions as well as all special tools and fasteners required for assembly.
2.8 CONTROLS
A. The local control panel shall be NEMA 4X Stainless Steel rated. The enclosure door shall be
gasketed with a rubber composition material around the perimeter to assure a positive
weatherproof seal. The door shall open a minimum of 180 degrees. An optional padlock hasp
can be provided. All control switches; pilot indicators,and other operational devices shall be
mounted on the door. A back plate shall be manufactured from 12-guage, sheet steel and be
finished with a primer coat and two(2)coats of baked-on enamel.Devices installed on the door
will be permanently identified with engraved legends.
B. The local control panel shall include a 3-positionH-O-A switch for each blower.The local control
station shall include run status indicator lights.The local control station allows manual operation
of each blower as well as off and automatic control via the 3-position H-O-A switch.
C. The panel power distribution shall include all necessary components and be wired with stranded
copper conductors rated at 90 degrees "C" minimum. Conductor terminations shall be as
recommended by the device manufacturer.
D. The power system shall contain incoming power terminals,motor circuit breakers. The blower
or blower's circuit breaker shall be heavy-duty thermal magnetic or motor circuit protector similar
and equal to Square"GJL"type"FAL"or equal. Each breaker shall be sized to adequately meet
the operating conditions of the load and have a minimum interruption capacity of 10,000 amps at
230 volts and 18,000 amps at 460 volts.Breakers shall be indicating type,providing"on-off-
tripped" positions of the handle. Breakers shall be designed so that tripping of one pole
automatically trips all poles.
E. A control power transformer shall be supplied to supply the 120VAC control power for all
controls and the blower enclosure-cooling fan.The control transformer shall be sized to handle
the amperage requirements of all the 120 VAC loads.The transformer shall be protected on the
primary and secondary sides by properly sized circuit breakers.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 43 11 33-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 43 1133
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BLOWERS
2.9 SPARE PARTS
A. The contractor shall deliver the following spare parts for each blower:
1. One(1)Set of V-belts.
2. One(1)Filter Elements.
3. One Case of AEON Synthetic Blower Oil—six(6)total
B. Spare parts must be provided with blower equipment. Coupons and/or Certificates for alter use
are not acceptable.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 FACTORY TESTING
A. Test each blower prior to shipment to prove conformance with the performance criteria indicated
in Section 2.1.
B. Submit certified copies of test data prior to shipment.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Located blowers(s)as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Block and shim as necessary to place at proper elevation plumb and level.
C. Install according to manufacturer's written instructions.
33 PIPING
A. Install suction and discharge piping,as indicated on Drawings.
B. Locate interior piping parallel with,or at right angles to,wallls,ceilings,equipment,etc.unless
otherwise indicated.
C. Use torque wrench, alternatively tighting bolts 180o apart until full gasket flow and seal are
secured.
3.4 FIELD WIRING
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 26 00 00-Electrical.
3S MANUFATURER REPRESENTATIVE
A. General:Provide the services of a qualified factory certified representative for the required days
as specified hereunder.A man-day is defined as eight(8),on-site,working hours.
KCI
C Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 43 11 33-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 43 1133
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BLOWERS
B. Initial Operation/Training: Provide a minimum of two(2)trips of two(2)days each for blower
equipment installation inspection,certification,start-up,training,and corrective adjustments.
C. Revisit:Provide a separate visit of one(1)day for re-inspecting of the blower packages after the
blowers have been in operation for one(1)month.The factory authorized representative must
perform a vibration test,verify RPM,and discharge temperature
END OF SECTION 43 1133
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 43 11 33-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 43 11 33
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BLOWERS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 43 11 33-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 13
CHAIN AND RAKE BAR SCREENS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section includes the furnishing of a front-cleaning, front-return link driven mechanically
cleaned bar screen assembly and any auxiliary equipment or accessories to be installed in the
location as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein.
Number of units: 1
Equipment designation:FPFS—Full Penetration,Fine Screen
Equipment location:Outdoors—Conover,NC
B. All equipment supplied under this section shall be furnished by or through a single Screening
System Supplier who shall coordinate with the Contractor, the design, fabrication, delivery,
installation and testing of the screening components.The Screening System Supplier shall have
the sole responsibility for the coordination and performance of all components of the screenings
system with the performance and design criteria specified herein.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate all details ofthe screening equipment with other
related parts of the Work,including verification that all structures,piping,wiring,and equipment
components are compatible.The Contractor shall be responsible for all structural and other
alterations in the Work required to accommodate the equipment differing in dimensions or other
characteristics from that contemplated in the Contract Drawings or Specifications.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM)
C. American Welding Society(AWS)
D. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC)
E. American Bearing Manufacturers Association(ABMA)
F. American Gear Manufacturers Association(AGMA)
G. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA)
H. Underwriters Laboratory(UL)
13 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. The contractor shall submit the following items from the selected equipment manufacturer:
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 13-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 13
CHAIN AND RAKE BAR SCREENS
1. (4) Sets of General Arrangement drawings that illustrate the layout of the equipment,
equipment weight,principal dimensions with related verifications required for installation
including anchorage locations.Other related data inc lud ing descriptive literature,Electrical
Control Drawings,Catalog Cut Sheets for individual components and Drive Motor Data.
2. A list of recommended Spare Parts including any Special Tools required for routine
maintenance of the equipment is provided in Section 2.5.
3. (4)Sets of O&M Manuals including As-Built Drawings of the Mechanically Cleaned Bar
Screen Arrangement,Controls and Accessories shall be provided in digital format after
equipment ship for inclusion in the Close-Out Submittal process.
4. For sites that have(3)ft or greater head differential,equipment manufacturer shall provide
Structural Certification from licensed Civil engineer.
C. Furnish products of qualified manufacturers that are suitable for intended use.Furnish products
of each type by single manufacturer unless specified otherwise.Confirm that manufacturer's
production capacity can provide sufficient product,on time,to meet Project requirements.
D. The Engineer may reject as non-complying such material and products that do not bear
identification satisfactory to the Engineer as to manufacturer,grade,quality and other pertinent
information.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Mechanically Cleaned Bar Screens shall be fully assembled, and shop tested at the
manufacturing facility prior to shipment. Shop testing shall include a minimum of 4 hours of run
time.
B. To assure quality and performance: All equipment furnished under this Section and related
sections shall be of a single manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the design and
manufacture of the equipment and demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that the
quality is equal to equipment made by those manufacturers specifically named herein.And the
screen manufacturer shall have at least 25 installations of the specified model of mechanically
cleaned bar screen equipment that has been in successful operation,at similar installations,for at
least five(5)years.Upon request,the manufacturer shall provide a reference of such installation
sites along with the relevant contact information.
C. Possible consideration may be given to manufacturers with less installation experience but only
upon submission and approval of dimensional and installation drawings and 0& M Manuals.
Additionally,a complete product development plan with dates indicating all applicable alpha and
beta testing shall be provided for review and acceptance.
D. Approval of any manufacturer that does not meet the installation experienced definedherein shall
be contingent upon submission and approval of the previously defined information.Additionally,
such manufacturers shall be required to provide a performance bond issued in favor of the owner,
covering the full amount of the manufacturer's offering and for the entire warranty period of the
project.
E. The equipment furnished shall be fabricated,assembled,installed and placed in proper operation
condition in full conformity with approved drawings, specifications, engineering data, and/or
recommendations furnished by the equipment manufacturer.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 13-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 13
CHAIN AND RAKE BAR SCREENS
15 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer shall provide a written one year standard warranty from the date of use of the
mechanically cleaned bar screen equipment to guarantee that there shall be no defects in material
or workmanship in any item supplied.
B. Manufacturer shall warrant for the period of5 years all rotating parts of the Mechanically Cleaned
Bar Screen including the gear motor,bearing,drive head,and the link system including the links,
castings,pins and retaining rings.Manufacturer warrants that these components shall be replaced
if damaged or defective in the normal use of the equipment.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
Duperon Corporation, 1200 Leon Scott Court, Saginaw,
A. Screen shall be as manufactured by
P rP
Michigan,TF 800.383.8479.The screens shall be the FlexRake®Model,Full Penetration Fine
Screens.
B. Or pre-approved equal. Screen manufacturer seeking pre-approval must submit application a
minimum of three(3)weeks prior to bid day.Charges for additional engineering to alter site
drawings to meet the intention of the specification shall be at the cost of the manufacturer
requesting such change.The necessary submission to be considered a pre-approved equal shall
include the following information:
1. Product data sheet
2. Site specific proposal drawing
3. Installation drawings and instructions.
4. O&M manual
2/ BASIS OF DESIGN
A. The mechanically cleanedbar screen shall have a head sprocket only,with no sprockets,bearings,
idlers, or similar drive components under water to trap the chain. Equipment featuring
reciprocating rake arms or lowerbearings/sprockets/tracks below the water is not acceptable.
B. The mechanically cleaned bar screen shall be designed to run continuously(24/7), without
operator.
C. The equipment shall have multiple scrapers on the bar screen at one time cleaning continuously
from bottom to top,the entire width of the bar screen.The drive output shaft rotation shall be
constant and in one direction in order to reduce maintenance and increase product life.Units
which have single raking arms or that require cycle times shall not be allowed. Cleaning
mechanisms that utilize shock absorbers,springs or other dampening or hydraulic actuations are
unacceptable.
D. The link system shall have jam evasion capability by flexing around and collecting large objects
such as a 2 X 4, bowling ball, grease balls and surges o f solids at peak loading times without
overloading and shutting down the unit.The link system shall be such that it bends in one direction
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 13-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 13
CHAIN AND RAKE BAR SCREENS
only which allows it to become its own lower sprocket and frame and shall have a 1,000 pound
lifting capacity.
E. Designs employing the use of endless moving media or cables and hydraulic cylinders to remove
debris from the channel and units utilizing proximity or limit switches for reverse cycles are not
acceptable.
F. Equipment utilizing a greater than % HP motor or two or more motors to complete a screen
cleaning cycle is not acceptable.
G. The design shall be such to ensure that all maintenance can be accomplished at the operating floor
level or above.No part of the drive system including sprockets shall be located below the water
surface at maximum design flow.
H. Design Conditions:
Site Installation Information:
Channel Width: 3.00 ft
Channel Height: 13.00 ft
(upstream clearance) Channel Depth: 4.50 ft
Bar Opening Size: 1/4"
Angle of Installation: 15 degrees from vertical
Average Flow: 1.50 MGD
Average Water Level: 1.10 ft
Maximum Flow: 3.50 MGD
Maximum Water Level: 2.50 ft
Maximum Head Differential: 1.00 ft
Equipment Location: Outdoors
Outdoor Installation:
Site Access Constraints: -
Installation Area(Envelope) Classification: Class I Div 2
Collection and Conveyance
Washer/Compactor: Yes
23 COMPONENTS
A. Bar Screen Assembly:Bar screen assembly shall be of stainless steel and designed to withstand
1 foot head differential unless noted otherwise in Section 2.2 J Design Conditions.Unless noted
otherwise materials of construction shall be 304 Stainless Steel.A stainless steel channel bottom
plate shall be an integral part of the bar screen assembly to fully engage scrapers in the bar screen
at the base of the unit and assure that the raking mechanism reaches the bottom of the screen to
prevent debris accumulation. The bar screen assembly shall be shipped in one piece.
1. Screen Bars: Bars shall be 316L stainless steel and be tear-shaped with a Hydraulic
Coefficient shape factor of 0.76 and the minimum dimensions of 0.25 inch x 0.75 inch x
0.13 inch.Bars shall be individually replaceable without welding.
2. Side Fabrication: The screen framework shall be 304 stainless steel bent plate with
minimum of 3/16 inch cross section..Horizontal members shall be of stainless steel bent
plate or stainless steel pipe. Support members and frame shall adequately support the bar
screen based on site specific requirements.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 13-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 13
CHAIN AND RAKE BAR SCREENS
3. Dead Plate:Dead plate shall be 0.25 inch thick 304 stainless steel. The dead plate shall be
flat and true;span the entire width of the unit;and transition from bar screen to discharge
point.
4. Discharge Chute:The discharge chute shall be 11 ga. (0.12 inch)304 stainless steeL The
discharge chute shall be bolted to the dead plate and shall be designed to allow debris to be
transferred from discharge point into the debris containment.
5. Link Slides:Link slide assembly shall be provided per manufacturer standard design and
shall be constructed of UV Stable UHMW PE rollers and 304 stainless steel supports and
components.
B. Return Guide/Closeouts: Return guide/Closeouts shall be 304 stainless steel and shall assure
proper alignment of scrapers as they enter the bar screen and assure that there is no space wider
than the clear opening between bars to prevent passage of larger solids than allowed through the
screen.
C. Debris Blade:A 304 stainless steel andUV Stable UHMW-PE debris blade assembly,which does
not require a separate drive,shall be installed to assist in removing debris from the scraper on the
mechanically cleaned bar screen unit as recommended by the manufacturer.Hydraulic,shock,or
spring controlled debris blade mechanisms are not acceptable.
D. Screen Enclosure:A 14ga.#4 brushed satin fmish 304 SSTL Enclosure shall be installed to cover
the screen above the operating decklevel.Front Enclosure shall have removablepanels for access
to equipment.Removable panels shall be 16ga.304 SSTL and shall be provided with knurled
knobs for"no tool required"access.Alignment notches shall be included to support repositioning
of removable panels.The top of the Front enclosure shall include a knock out for a customer site
option to install a 6-inch diameter pipe stub. (The option of connecting to the site's exhaust
system,to provide a positive air exchange from interior of enclosure,by Others.)Rear Enclosure
shall have hinged removable doors and shall be secured with a lift-slide-latch handle. Rear
removable door shall include an integral viewing door that shall be secured with a lift-slide-latch
handle to provide access for a quick look inside.
For multi-deck applications, 14ga.#4 brushed satin finish 304 SSTL side shileds will also be
provided.
E. Link System:The link system shall be passivated stainless steel castings and have a minimum
ultimate strength of 60,000 lbs with a minimum cross section of 1.5 inches and weighing a
minimum of 4.5 lbs each.Parts must meet ASTM A380 specification for surface fmish.
1. 304 stainless steel system includes 302 stainless steel retaining rings and 304 stainlesssteel
pins.
F. Scrapers: Scrapers shall be spaced 21 inches apart.To provide long product life the scraper shall
move at no greater than 28 inches per minute at standard operating speed of''Arpm allowing for
approximately 1 debris discharge per minute. Staging Scrapers and Thru Bar Scrapers shall be a
maximum ratio of 3:1 per manufacturer recommendations.At least one scraper every 84 inches
shall fully penetrate the bar screen,cleaning all three sides of the bars as well as through to the
cross members in openings of 0.25,0.375 and 0.50 inches.
1. Staging Scrapers; Staging Scrapers shall be 1 inch thick x 4 inches x screen width UV
Stable UHMW-PE with a serrated edge.
2. Thru Bar Scrapers:Thru Bar Scrapers shall be minimum.375 inchthickx 5 inches x screen
width 304 stainless steel.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 13-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 13
CHAIN AND RAKE BAR SCREENS
G. Drive Head:The Drive Head shall be located at the top of the mechanically cleaned bar screen.
1. Drive Unit: Each mechanically cleaned bar screen unit shall operate independently and
shall have its own drive unit and driven components.
a. Drive Sprockets and end castings shall be cast 304 stainless steel.
b. Drive Shaft shall be 304 stainless steel.
c. Gearbox shall be shaft-mounted,right angle type and include spiral bevel gearing.
The output shaft speed shall be controlled by a vector type inverter or per rake
manufacturer's recommendation.It shall have at least a 1.52 or greater service factor
based on machine torque requirements. The gearbox shall not be vented to the
outside atmosphere.The gearbox shall be grease filled. Oil filled gearboxes are not
allowed.
d. The motor shall be AC induction type,inverter duty,3 phase/480 volt and mounted
to the gear reducer.The motor shall be 1/2 hp,designed for 1800 RPMs base speed
and rated for Class I, Groups C & D, Class II Groups F& G environments.The
motor shall have an EPNV enclosure, NEMA design B with a 56C frame size.
Service factor shall be 1.0 or greater,Class F insulation and be optimized for IGBT
type inverters.The motor must be UL listed and designed for continuous operation.
e. Motor shall have built in, normally closed,thermostat to protect from overheating
that is to be field wired to corresponding terminal in control panel for redundant
(ambient)overload protection.
f. All drive head components shall be of components available in the United States.
2. Bearing:Bearing shall be greased Timken tapered roller bearings,non self-aligning dual
lip sealed,lubricated,and shall have a 24/7/365 L10 life of 20 years when in compliance
with stated O&M recommendations.
3. Speed Reducer:Speed reducer shall be a double-reduction,cycloidal style and shall comply
with all applicable AGMA standards.The speed reducer shall be capable of a 4/1 speed
range with variable output speeds between 0.50 to 2.2 output RPMs (in high flow
conditions).The speed reducer shall produce an output torque of 11,417 in.lb. and have a
gear ratio of 809:1.
H. Standard Coating:All non-stainless bar screen components shall be coated in strict accordance
with the paint manufacturer's specification. Surface Preparation shall be done in accordance with
SSPC-SP-10 Near White. The three-part coating system shall be manufactured by Tnemec as
follows:Prime Coat Series 90-97 Tneme Zinc at 2.5-3.5 mils DFT,Intermediate Coat Series 27
F.C. Typoxy at 3.0-5.0 mils DFT,and Top Coat Series 1075U Endura-Shield II at 2.0-3.0 mils
DFT. Standard color is 11SF Safety Blue.Material shall meet all state and federal VOC and other
regulatory requirements.
Alternatives:Any alternate products must provide certified test reports when submitting products
other than those specified herein the specification. Test reports shall indicate the test method,
system and requirements for those products being submitted,and shall meet or exceed the test
criteria and performance values of the specified coatings herein.
2A ELECTRICAL,CONTROLS,AND INSTRUMENTATION
A. General:Controls for each rake shall be in enclosures provided by the bar screen manufacturer.
The bar screen manufacturer shall be responsible for proper sizing and function of the controls at
480V,unless specified otherwise.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 13-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 13
CHAIN AND RAKE BAR SCREENS
1. Main control panels require shading from the sun and shall be operated within a
temperature range between 35°F and 104°F. Sunshields,visors or other structures needed
to provide shade are by others.(If the controls will experience temperatures outside this
range,then special climate provisions are available.)
2. Controls shall be designed to accept incoming power supply per plans/specs and shall
include a step-down transformer as needed to achieve 120V.
3. Control Panel(s) shall be constructed to meet the appropriate NEMA classification
requirements and will include a main,lockable disconnect.The panel will be constructed
by a UL certified control panel build facility and will be supported by the appropriate UL
labeling.
4. Controls shall be tested prior to shipment to owner.The rake manufacturer shall verify all
overload settings in the rake controller to insure proper overload and speed settings
required for the application are properly programmed.
5. Control panel(s) shall be wired complete with a minimum of#16 MTW wire in the
appropriate colors for the circuits being supplied. 120VAC control shall be red,grounded
AC neutral shall be white,DC control shall be blue,DC neutral shall be blue with a white
tracer, equipment ground shall be green and all incoming and outgoing external power
source wires shall be a yellow configuration.All AC power wiring shall be a minimum of
#12 Black.All wires shall be labeled at both ends with heat-shrink wire markers. Internal
panel wiring shall be contained in non-flammable,covered wire way.
6. All panel(s)and panel mounted devices shall be labeled with engraved I.D.markers that
reference back to the system schematics.Tags shall be white with black core,engraved as
required.
7. All field wiring and power cables between the bar screen Main Control Panel and the Local
Push Button Station shall be provided by others under the Electrical Section.VFD rated
motor cable(Belden#29502 or equal)is recommended for all motors.Motor cables shall
be less than 80 ft unless otherwise specified.
B. Components
1. Main Control Panel
a. Enclosure(s)shall be NEMA 4X 304 SSTL for outdoor installations.
b. Enclosure shall not be located in an explosive environment.
c. Main Control Panel shall be designed with a SCCR rating of 18KA at 480VAC
minimum and labeled as such,unless otherwise specified.
d. All terminals utilized in the main panel shall be 600V rated terminals and 20%spare
terminal space shall be provided for any potential future revisions.
e. The Main Control Panel shall include at a minimum the following:
1) Main fusible disconnect with lockable operator,unless otherwise specified.
2) Physical or virtual Hand/Off/Auto(HOA) Selector and Push/pull E-Stop
button.
3) Elapsed run-time meter
4) Indication for"Power On","Forward"and necessary faults.
f. Relay Based Controls shall include the following:
1) Variable Frequency Drive(VFD)
2) Electronic torque control
3) Hard contact SCADA Interlock(s)
4) Adjustable on/off cycle timers
2. Local Control Push Button Station
a. Enclosure shall be NEMA 7/9 rated for Classified area installation.Local push
button station must be local to the equipment to maintain requirements of local safety
codes as determined by the Engineer.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 13-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 13
CHAIN AND RAKE BAR SCREENS
b. Local station shall be mounted within 10 feet or as close to the equipment as safely
possible and be field wired by the electrical subcontractor to the corresponding
terminal inputs in the main control panel.
c. The remote pushbutton station shall include Forward, Jog Reverse and E-Stop
buttons.
3. Instrumentation
a. Two Level/Two Speed Control:When the lower level switch trips, the rake runs.
When the upper level switch trips the rake runs at high speed.When the level switch
returns to the normal position,an off-delay timer is initiated to prevent intermittent
equipment starting/stopping. Cycle timing logic shall also be included that shall
function in parallel with the level control for optimal rake run time.
1) (2)Mechanical Float Switches including 50 foot long cabling.
C. Controls Design Conditions
Incoming Power:(Voltage/Phase) 3phase/480V/60Hz
Enclosures: Same for Multiple
Installation location: Outdoors
Approx.distance between main panel and equipment motor 40 ft.
Climate controlled location: No
Outdoor location(must be shaded): By Others
Thermostat,air conditioner and heater Provided by screen
manufacturer
Transducer/Float cable length(50 ft standard): Standard
25 SPECIALTY TOOLS,SPARE PARTS AND LUBRICATION
A. Manufacturer shall provide any specialty tools and recommend spare parts required for
maintaining the equipment as follows:
1. Drive Clevis Pin (1)
2. Snap/Retaining Rings (10)
3. Link Clevis Pins (4)
4. Scraper Bolts (4)
5. Scraper Nuts (4)
6. Snap RingTool(1)
7. Never Seez, 1 oz.tube (1)
B. Manufacturer shall provide one tube of Multi-Purpose grease which is a 5-year supply of
lubrication,required for maintaining all bar screen components.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 SHIPMENT
A. Shipment of all equipment shall be coordinated to allow the screen shipment as one complete
integrated assembly unless otherwise specified by the customer,contractor,or engineer.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 13-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 13
CHAIN AND RAKE BAR SCREENS
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Equipment shall be installed in strict conformance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions,as submitted with Shop Drawings,Operation and Maintenance Manuals and/or any
pre-installation checklists.Installation shall utilize standard torque values and be installed secure
in position and neat in appearance.Installation shall include any site preparation tasks as required
by the engineer or manufacturer; such as unloading, touch-up painting, etc. and any other
installation tasks and materials such as wiring, conduit, controls stands as determined by the
customer and/or specified by the manufacturer.
B. Anchor Bolts:Anchor bolts and nuts shall be 304 stainless steel and furnished for each item of
equipment by the CONTRACTOR.
1. Anchor bolt template drawings shall be included in the submittal to permit verification of
the location structural elements,new or existing in the concrete.
2. Anchor bolt sizes,quantity and requirements will be indicated on the submittal drawings.
Quantity is site specific but typically eachBarscreen assembly requires(8)to(12)1/2"dia.
x 4 1/2"Lg.embed HILTI HAS RODS w/HIT-RE 500 V3 adhesive system anchor bolts
for Mechanical Screen anchorage and typically(8)to (12) 3/8"dia. x 3 3/8"Lg. embed
HILTI HAS RODS w/ HIT-RE 500 V3 adhesive system anchor bolts for the Return
Guide/Closeouts anchorage.
33 TESTING
A. After completion of installation,CONTRACTOR shall provide for testing and shall be performed
in strict conformance with the manufacturer's start up instructions.Testing of the bar screen shall
demonstrate that the equipment is fully operational by picking up and depositing materials into
specified containment.
B. Field certification shall include inspection of the following:
1. Verify equipment is properly aligned and anchored per the installation instruction and
drawings. Assure the bar screen unit is square, flat and unobstructed with required
clearances maintained.
2. Assure controls and instrumentation work in all modes.
3. Check equipment for proper operation of debris blade,scrapers,etc as well as completion
of the Start-Up requirements in the installation guide.
3.4 ON-SITE TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
A. Manufacturer shall provide services to include Installation Certification,and shall include(1)day
for Start-Up and(1)day for Training.Manufacturer shall be given minimum 14 days notification
prior to the need for such services.To assure the best outcome for the Owner and Contractor,the
Contractor shall provide certification for completion of the PRE-COMMISSIONING
CHECKLIST.
END OF SECTION 46 2113
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 13-9 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 13
CHAIN AND RAKE BAR SCREENS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 13-10 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 16
WASHER COMPACTOR
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This section includes the furnishing of an interleaving,dual auger washer compactor assembly as
shown on the drawings and as specified herein. A single unit shall provide washing and
compacting action on wastewater screenings.
B. All equipment supplied under this section shall be of a single manufacturer and demonstrate,to
the satisfaction of the Engineer, that the quality is equal to equipment made by those
manufacturers specifically named herein.
C. The equipment furnished shall be fabricated,assembled,erected,and placed in proper operating
condition in full conformity with approved drawings, specifications, engineering data, and/or
recommendations furnished by the equipment manufacturer.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM)
C. American Welding Society(AWS)
D. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC)
E. American Bearing Manufacturers Association(ABMA)
F. American Gear Manufacturers Association(AGMA)
G. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA)
H. Underwriters Laboratory(UL)
13 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. The contractor shall submit the following items from the selected equipment manufacturer:
1. 1. (4) Sets of Shop Drawings, including: Main Layout Drawings, List of Equipment
Specifications,and Recommendations furnished by the Equipment Manufacturer.
2. (4)Sets As-Built Drawings of Washer Compactor Structure,Controls,and Accessories(as
applicable).
3. List of Spare Parts and Special Tools(as applicable).
4. (4) Sets O&M Manuals (including As-Built Drawings)to be provided after equipment
ships for inclusion in the close-out Submittal process.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 16-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 16
WASHER COMPACTOR
C. Furnish products of qualified manufacturers that are suitable for intended use.Furnish products
of each type by single manufacturer unless specified otherwise.Confirm that manufacturer's
production capacity can provide sufficient product,on time,to meet Project requirements.
D. The Engineer may reject as non-complying such material and products that do not bear
identification satisfactory to the Engineer as to manufacturer,grade,quality and other pertinent
information.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Washer Compactor shall be fully assembled,and shop tested at the manufacturing facility
prior to shipment. Shop testing shall include a minimum of 4 hours of run time.
B. To assure quality and performance: All equipment furnished under this Section and related
sections shall be of a single manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the design and
manufacture of the equipment and demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that the
quality is equal to equipment made by those manufacturers specifically named herein.And the
Washer Compactor manufacturer shall have at least 25 installations of the specified model of
Washer Compactor equipment that has been in successful operation,at similar installations,for
at least five(5)years.Upon request,the manufacturer shall provide a reference of such installation
sites along with the relevant contact information.
C. Possible consideration may be given to manufacturers with less installation experience but only
upon submission and approval of dimensional and installation drawings and 0& M Manuals.
Additionally,a complete product development plan with dates indicating all applicable alpha and
beta testing shall be provided for review and acceptance.
D. Approval of any manufacturer that does not meet the installation experienced defined herein shall
be contingent upon submission and approval of the previously defined information.Additionally,
such manufacturers shall be required to provide a performance bond issued in favor of the owner,
covering the full amount of the manufacturer's offering and for the entire warranty period of the
project.
E. The equipment furnished shall be fabricated,assembled,installed and placed in proper operation
condition in full conformity with approved drawings, specifications, engineering data, and/or
recommendations furnished by the equipment manufacture The equipment furnished shall be
fabricated,assembled,installed and placed in proper operation condition in full conformity with
approved drawings,specifications,engineering data,and/or recommendations furnished by the
equipment manufacturer.
15 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer shall provide a written one-year standard warranty from the date of use of the
Washer Compactor equipment to guarantee that there shall be no defects in material or
workmanship in any item supplied.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 16-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 16
WASHER COMPACTOR
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Washer Compactor[s]shall be as manufactured by Duperon Corporation, 1200 Leon Scott Court;
Saginaw,Michigan,TF 800.383.8479.
B. B.Or pre-approved equal. Washer Compactor manufacturer seeking pre-approval must submit
application a minimum of three(3)weeks prior to bid day.Charges for additional engineering to
alter site drawings to meet the intention of the specification shall be at the cost ofthe manufacturer
requesting such change.The necessary submission to be considered a pre-approved equal shall
include the following information:
1. Product data sheet
2. Site specific proposal drawing
3. Installation drawings and instructions.
4. O&M manual
2.2 BASIS OF DESIGN
A. Compacting Action: The Washer Compactor shall have dual augers to provide positive
displacement action. Augers shall be oriented on top of each other and rotate in opposing
directions.Augers shall be intermeshed,with one left-hand and one right-hand lead.Augers shall
be designed with a limited float on top of a strainer to allow for the accommodation of irregular
debris.
B. Washing Action:The Washer Compactor shall have a wash water manifold integrated into the
main housing.Two ports inside the unit shall emit a medium pressure stream.Wash water shall
run continuously when the Washer Compactor is in motion.Continuous operation(non-batching)
equipment is required;filling-and batching-type equipment shall not be accepted.
C. Operation: The Washer Compactor shall be continuous run, not requiring an operator.The
Washer Compactor shall be equipped with a self-regulating, active pressure zone designed to
accept non-standard wastewater debris in its original form,including but not limited to:rocks;
broken concrete; and metal (such as bolts or short pipe) up to 4 inches long. The Washer
Compactor shall have the ability to process multiple pieces of clothing, variable volumes of
debris, and unprocessed septage or grease. The Washer Compactor shall move at a nominal
operating speed of 0.5 to 2.2 RPM and shall have the ability to run intermittently to sync with
upstream equipment.
D. Materials
1. Fabrications: All welded fabrications shall be made from stainless steel. All welded
connections and welding procedures shall comply with AWS"Structural Welding Code—
Sheet Steel"D1.3/D1.6.
2. Select Parts: Select power transmission parts to be made from cast iron;however, shall
conform to standard coating as follows.
3. Standard Coating:
a. Motor gearbox shall be coated in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's
specification. Surface preparation shall be done in accordance with SSPC-SP-10
near White. The three-part coating system shall be manufactured by Tnemec as
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 16-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 16
WASHER COMPACTOR
follows:Prime Coat Series 90-97 Tnemec Zinc at 2.5-3.5 mils DFT; Intermediate
Coat Series Typoxyat 3.0-5.0 mils DFT;and Top Coat Series 1075UEndura-Shield
II at 2.0-3.0 mils DFT. Standard color is 11SF Safety Blue.Material shall meet all
State and Federal VOC and other regulatory requirements.
b. Alternatives: Any alternate product must provide certified test reports when
submitting products other than those specified herein. Test reports shall indicate the
test method,system, and requirements for those products being submitted and shall
meet or exceed the test criteria and performance values of the coatings specified
herein.
E. Design Conditions
Washer Compactor WC3.A_.5 Data Sheet
Peak Capacity: 30 cu.ft./hr(approx.15 minutes)
Average Capacity(Continuous): 6.5 cu.ft./hr
Wastewater Application ('/<"barscreen): Up to 15 MGD
Water:Typical • Utilizes filtered effluentor municipal
water
• Consumes 3-10GPM
• Requires 40-60 PSI
• IA inch NPT supply(female threads)
• 3 inch NPT drain(male threads)
Materials of Construction: • 304 SSTL
• 17-4 Spur Gears
• Delrin(or equivalent)thrustand plane
bearings
• UHMW Auger Supports
Strainer: • Perforated Screen
Hopper Height (Deck to Hopper): 38"
Hopper Length (WC3.A2.X Unit): 43"
Performance Data(Typical Wastewater Debris)
Dry Solids: 30%-60%
Mass/Weight Reduction: 60%-70%
Volume Reduction: 70%-80%
Odor/Fecal: Significantly decreases odor/fecal
Motor/Drive
Motor Size: 0.75 HP
Motor Paint: Duperon®Standard Tnemec Coating
Motor Service Factor(Minimum): 1.0
Output Speed: 2.2 RPM
Speed Reducer Ratio/Output: 809:1
Speed Reducer Paint: Duperon®Standard Tnemec Coating
Site Power
PhaseNoltage: 3Phase/480 volt
Controls
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 16-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 16
WASHER COMPACTOR
• NEMA 4X SSTL enclosure
• Main Disconnect
• Emergency Stop
• HOA(Auto is discreet"Run"input)
• Fwd/Jog Reverse/E-Stop Push Button
Station
• "Run"and"In Auto"discrete outputs
• Explosion-Proof station(local
standard)
Mounting: • Wall
• Pedestal(by others)
Project Management
Submittal Quantity: 2-4
O&M Manual Quantity: 2-4
Warranty Period: 1 year
23 COMPONENTS
A. Main Housing:The main housing of the Washer Compactor shall be constructed of stainless steel
(material options contained in table)with a minimum thickness of 11 gauge. Support and flange
connections shall be 3/8 inch.
B. Bar Screen Hopper:The hopper of the Washer Compactor shall be constructed of stainless steel
(material options contained in table)with a minimum thickness of 11 gauge.
C. Augers:The augers shall be of stainless steel(material options contained in table)with 8 inch
diameter flights, 3/8 inch thick, with 4 inch flight pitch. The augers shall be coupled to a
transmission at the drive end and be supported at the compaction end with UHMW p lane b e arings.
This arrangement shall allow for the accommodation of irregular debris.The auger shaft shall be
2 inch stainless steel schedule 40 pipe with 2 inch solid stainless steel stub shaft.
D. Compaction Housing: The compaction housing of the Washer Compactor shall be '/4 inch
stainless steel(material options contained in table)and shall house a spring and gate assembly to
provide the resistance for compaction.The compaction housing shall contain the auger supports.
E. Discharge Chute:The discharge chute of the Washer Compactor shall be constructed of stainless
steel(material options contained in table)with a minimum thickness of 14 gauge. Support and
flange connections shall be 1/4 inch.The discharge chute shall be tapered outward toward the
discharge end.
F. Water Supply: The water supply shall connect at a single point with a % inch NPT female
connector.A NEMA 7/9 Explosion proof solenoid valve is provided to limit the wash water flow
to only when the washer compactor is running.Ball valves shall be provided to distribute flow to
the washing and trough sprayer connections.
G. Strainer: A strainer shall be located beneath the lower auger to filter the washed solids. The
strainer shall be removable via drain trough and pressed against the lower auger with spring
pressure. The strainer shall be self-cleaning through continuous, even contact with the lower
auger. Strainers requiring auger-mounted brushes will not be accepted.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 16-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 16
WASHER COMPACTOR
H. Drain Trough:A removable pan shall be provided beneath the main housing to collect washwater.
Washwater shall be drained through a 3 inch NPT male drain port.The pan shall be a minimum
of 11 gauge stainless steel(material options contained in table).
Drive Assembly
1. Each Washer Compactor unit shall operate independently,with its own drive unit and
driven components.The gearbox shall not be vented to the outside atmosphere.
2. The gearbox shall be grease lubricated and designed for 5 years (or 20,000 hours of
operation)between recommended clean and re-grease services.The gearbox shall be right
angle type,and shall incorporate cycloidal and spiral bevel gearing with a total ratio of
809:1. The gear reducer output shaft speed shall be 0.5 RPM minimum to 2.2 RPM
maximum and controlled by an AC Tech,vector-type inverter(or greater service factor)
based on unit torque requirements.It shall be shaft-mounted utilizing the keyless Taper-
Grip®bushing.
3. The motor shall be mounted to the gear reducer by utilizing a quill,C-Face mounting style.
The motor shall be AC induction type, 0.75 HP, 3/60/230/460 volt, explosion proof,
inverter-duty model.
4. The drive assembly shall incorporate the Duperon®standard coating system.
J. Auger Transmission
1. The Drive Assembly shall be coupled to a dual gear transmission,which drives the augers
in a counter-rotation.
2. The spur gears are contained in a stainless steel housing and supported by Delrin (or
equivalent)plane bearing.
3. Grease fittings shall be located outside of the transmission housing to provide lubrication
to the gears.
K. Speed Reducer:The Speed Reducer shall have a maximum output of 2.2 RPM,809:1 reduction
ratio with 18,900 in-lb.of output torque.
L. Thrust Bearings:Thrust Bearings shall be Delrin(or equivalent),self-lubricating,and be capable
of withstanding a minimum o f2000lb.ofthrust load(each auger)at 2.2 RPM for life ofmachine.
M. Screw Supports:Screw supports shall be UHWM plane type, self-lubricating,and fastened into
place using stainless steel fasteners.
2.4 ELECTRICAL,CONTROLS,AND INSTRUMENTATION
A. General:Controls the washer compactor shall be in enclosures provided by the washer compactor
manufacturer. The washer compactor manufacturer shall be responsible for proper sizing and
function of the controls at 480V, unless specified otherwise.Note that the washer compactor
controls can be integrated into the main control panel of the bar screen if provided by the same
manufacturer.
1. Main control panels require shading from the sun and shall be operated within a
temperature range between 35°F and 104°F. Sunshields,visors or other structures needed
to provide shade are by others. (If the controls will experience temperatures outside this
range,then special climate provisions are available.)
2. Controls shall be designed to accept incoming power supply per plans/specs and shall
include a step-down transformer as needed to achieve 120V.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 16-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 16
WASHER COMPACTOR
3. Control Panel(s) shall be constructed to meet the appropriate NEMA classification
requirements and will include a main,lockable disconnect.The panel will be constructed
by a UL certified control panel build facility and will be supported by the appropriate UL
labeling.
4. Controls shall be tested prior to shipment to owner.The washer compactor manufacturer
shall verify all overload settings in the motor controller to insure proper overload and speed
settings required for the application are properly programmed.
5. Control panel(s) shall be wired complete with a minimum of#16 MTW wire in the
appropriate colors for the circuits being supplied. 120VAC control shall be red,grounded
AC neutral shall be white,DC control shall be blue,DC neutral shall be blue with a white
tracer, equipment ground shall be green and all incoming and outgoing external power
source wires shall be a yellow configuration.All AC power wiring shall be a minimum of
#12 Black.All wires shall be labeled at both ends with heat-shrink wire markers.Internal
panel wiring shall be contained in non-flammable,covered wire way.
6. All panel(s)and panel mounted devices shall be labeled with engraved I.D.markers that
reference back to the system schematics.Tags shall be white with black core,engraved as
required.
7. All field wiring and power cables between the washer compactor Main Control Panel and
the Local Push Button Station shall be provided by others under the Electrical Section.
VFD rated motor cable(Belden#29502 or equal)is recommended for all motors.Motor
cables shall be less than 80 ft unless otherwise specified.
B. Components
1. Main Control Panel
a. Integrated into bar screen control panel.
2. Local Control Push Button Station
a. Enclosure shall be NEMA 7/9 rated for Classified area installation.Local push
button station must be local to the equipment to maintain requirements oflocal safety
codes as determined by the Engineer.
b. Local station shall be mounted within 10 feet or as close to the equipment as safely
possible and be field wired by the electrical subcontractor to the corresponding
terminal inputs in the main control panel.
c. The remote pushbutton station shall include Forward, Jog Reverse and E-Stop
buttons.
3. Sequence of Operations
a. The Washer Compactor controls shall enable the push button station installed near
the Washer Compactor when in "Hand" mode and utilize an input signal from a
remote source when in "Auto" mode. Upon receiving a disruption of "remote
source"signal in "Auto"mode,the Washer Compactor shall utilize an off-delay
timer to allow debris to finish depositing.The washwater solenoid is energized any
time that the washer compactor is running.
b. The Duperon®Speed Controller fault shall be cleared by turning off the Washer
Compactor, then waiting approximately three minutes (or time designated per
current UL standards)and thenturningthe HOA back to the desired setting.A motor
overtemp fault shall clear automatically when the motor cools to a temperature
within the normal operating range.
4. Miscellaneous
a. The following shall be provided by the electrical contractor and are not part of the
Washer Compactor manufacturer scope of supply:
1) Mounting stands
2) Mounting hardware
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 16-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 16
WASHER COMPACTOR
3) Field wiring and conduit
a) VFD-rated motor cable(Belden#29502 or equal)recommended for all
motors.
b) Motor cables shall be less than 80 ft.long unless specified otherwise.
4) Junction boxes
5) Installation
b. Field wiring shall include (but not be limited to) the following connections as
applicable:
1) All incoming power supply to the main control panel.
2) All required grounding of the motor and controls.
3) Motor to the main control panel.
4) VFD-rated motor cable (Belden #29502 or equal) recommended for all
motors.
5) Motor cables shall be 80 ft.long unless specified otherwise.
6) Motor thermostat to the terminal inputs in the control panel.
7) Washwater solenoid wiring
8) Input and output signal wiring for remote start/stop as required byplans/specs.
c. Remote station contacts to the corresponding terminal inputs in the main control
panel.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 SHIPMENT
A. Shipment of all equipment shall be coordinated to allow the Washer Compactor shipment as one
complete integrated assembly unless otherwise specified by the customer,contractor,or engineer.
3/ INSTALLATION
A. Equipment shall be installed in strict conformance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions,as submitted with Shop Drawings,Operation and Maintenance Manuals and/or any
pre-installation checklists.Installation shall utilize standard torque values and be installed secure
in position and neat in appearance.Installation shall include any site preparation tasks as required
by the engineer or manufacturer; such as unloading, touch-up painting, etc. and any other
installation tasks and materials such as wiring, conduit, controls stands as determined by the
customer and/or specified by the manufacturer. All plumbing shall be completed on site by a
qualified individual in accordance with all local and national plumbing regulations.
B. Anchor Bolts:Anchor bolts and nuts shall be 316 stainless steel and furnished for each item of
equipment by the CONTRACTOR.
1. Anchor bolt template drawings shall be included in the submittal to permit verification of
the location structural elements,new or existing in the concrete.
2. Anchor bolt sizes,quantity and requirements will be indicated on the submittal drawings.
Quantity is site specific but typically each Washer Compactor assembly requires(4) 1/2"
dia.x 4 1/2"Lg. embed HILTI HAS RODS w/RE-500v3 Adhesive system anchor bolts.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 16-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 16
WASHER COMPACTOR
33 TESTING
A. After completion of installation,contractor shall provide for testing and shall be performed in
strict conformance with the manufacturer's start up instructions. Testing of the Washer
Compactor shall demonstrate that the equipment is fully operational,and that the equipment will
wash,compact,and deposit materials not to exceed 4 inches.
B. Field certification shall include inspection of the following:
1. Verify Washer Compactor is properly leveled and anchoredper the installation instructions
and site drawings.
2. Assure controls and instrumentation work in all modes.
3. Assure proper auger orientation.
4. Check to assure all Start-Up requirements are completed per the Installation Guide.
3.4 ON-SITE TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
A. Manufacturer shall provide services to include Installation Certification,and shall include(1)day
for Start-Up and(1)day for Training.Manufacturer shall be given minimum 14 days notification
prior to the need for such services.To assure the best outcome for the Owner and Contractor,the
Contractor shall provide certification for completion of the PRE-COMMISSIONING
CHECKLIST. Duperon reserves the right to combine the start-up and training time for the
Duperon®Washer Compactor with that of other Duperon equipment,such as the Duperon®
FlexRake®.
END OF SECTION 46 2116
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 16-9 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 21 16
WASHER COMPACTOR
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
•
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 21 16-10 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Furnish and installation of the following:
1. Degritting system, consisting of(1) 12-inch minimum diameter screw-type dewatering
classifier,complete with(1) 10-inch minimum diameter grit cyclone(s)per classifier.
2. Submersible-type wet pit vortex-type slurry pumping unit specifically designed to pump
slurries of grit,debris and organic solids without clogging.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 40 00.
B. All pumping and degritting equipment furnished under this Section shall be of a design and
manufacture that has been used in similar applications and it shall be demonstrated to the
satisfaction of the Owner that the quality is equal to equipment made by that manufacturer
specifically named herein. Manufacturers shall provide evidence of at least five(5)installations
in which identically sized equipment has provided satisfactory performance for a minimum of
five (5) years in a similar application. No consideration will be given to individually sized
equipment that has not been commercially available for at least five(5)years.
C. To ensure a consistently high standard of quality,the manufacturer of this pumping equipment
shall comply with the requirements of the ISO 9001 Quality System,and such compliance shall
be verified by an independent certification agency approved by the International Organization for
Standardization. Documentation shall be submitted for approval showing compliance with this
requirement,and the equipment will not be released for shipment until approved.
D. The complete degritting system specified in this section shall be furnished by,and be the product
of,one manufacturer including the grit pump,cyclone,classifier and all specified accessories and
appurtenances,to ensure compatibility,integrity of individual components and unit responsibility.
13 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 00.
B. The submittal data shall be prepared,in its entirety, by the equipment manufacturer. Shop
drawings prepared by the manufacturer's sales representative,fabrication shops,or other than the
listed manufacturers will not be acceptable.No additions or modifications to the manufacturer's
submittal will be accepted, with the sole exception of a cover sheet provided by the
manufacturer's local Representative.
C. The classifier and cyclone operating parameters,i.e.,cyclone feed rate,pressure and underflow
and classifier pool area,weir length,screw speed,submergence,and slope,have been selected to
avoid build up of fine grit in the classifier tank,which will cause grit of the desired size to evade
capture. Changes in any of these parameters will not be acceptable unless a detailed submittal
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-1 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
showing calculations and operating data provides evidence that any such change will not affect
the ability of the system to perform as specified.
1.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Section 0170 00.
B. Include installation instructions,assembly views,lubrication instructions,and replacement parts
lists.
1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver,store,handle and protect the equipment under provisions of Section 01 60 00.
1.6 MANUFACTURER SERVICES
A. Furnish the services of a representative ofthe degritting systemmanufacturer to assist in adjusting
and mechanical testing of the equipment furnished,to supervise the initial operation,and to make
final adjustments as may be necessary to assure the Owner that the degritting system is in
satisfactory operating condition.
B. Furnish sufficient supervision,data,and information from the manufacturer to train operators in
the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment furnished.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 GRIT SLURRY PUMPS
A. Design:
1. Performance:
a. The pumps shall be designed for continuous operation and will be operated
continuously under normal service.
b. Operation Criteria:
Flow TDH Max. Min. Brake Min. Min. Max.
GPM FT Pump Impeller HP Solids Motor Motor
RPM Dia. Required Passage Size RPM
Design 250 42 1200 3 5.94 - 7.5 1160
Condition
c. The pump's head vs. capacity curve shall slope upward toward shutoff in one
continuous curve with no points ofinflection capable ofcausing hunting at any pump
operational speed.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-2 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
2. The pump shall be of a fully recessed impeller design, with the impeller mounted
completely out of the flow path between the pump inlet and discharge connections so that
solids are not required to flow through the impeller. All flow path clearances within the
pump shall be equal to or greater than the discharge diameter,so that all solids which will
pass through the discharge will pass through the pump.
3. Theuntrimmed impeller shallbeofthecup-type design such that lade ends are surrounded
by an integral rim which shall direct the flow to the center of the volute,minimizingparticle
impact and reducing wear.
a. The impeller shall be specifically designed to pump grit slurries and shall have no
less than 10 vanes,each a minimum of 5/16 inches of the specified material and be
trimmed to meet the condition points as specified. Pump-out vanes on the rear
shroud of the impeller are not acceptable.
b. The hydraulic design shall be such that the length of the impeller vane increases as
wear occurs to the rim,allowing as new or better pumping performance throughout
the wear cycle of the impeller.
4. The single piece casing thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4" with normal casting
tolerances, and shall have a centerline discharge connection. Tangential discharge
connections are not acceptable.
5. Pumps shall be equipped with slotted raised-face flanges to receive 125 lb. standard
bolting,and special case slots shall be cast in to retain bolts and fasten the motor adapter
for easy case removal.
6. A removable wearplate of Hi Chrome II shall be provided back of the impeller designed to
direct flow from behind the impeller to the center of the volute for maximum protection to
the casing.
B. Materials of Construction:
1. Hi Chrome II Construction. The parts exposed to abrasive wear— case, impeller and
wearplate—shall be of all Hi Chrome II material conforming to ASTM Designation A532-
75 Class I, Type A, and be a minimum of 650 Brinell hardness for maximum wear
resistance.
C. Mounting:
1. Fast out discharge elbow fixture shall be designed such that the pump can be removed from
a wet pit without entering the pit or disconnecting piping.
The manufacturer shall provide the fast out fixture,which shall be permanently mounted
in the wet-well as shown by the plans. The fixture shall cantilever the entire pump volute
and motor from the centerline discharge flange, providing an unobstructed sump floor
under the pump;supports from underside of pump volute or pump suction to sump floor
(which could collect textiles and impede flow to pump)will not be acceptable.
The fixture shall include a 90 degree ductile iron piping elbow to connect to vertical piping,
and shall provide mounts for two guide rails of standard schedule 40 pipe(provided by
others),which will guide the pump into position.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-3 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
D. Submersible Motor:
1. All motors covered by this specification shall conform to the latest applicable requirements
of NEMA,IEEE, ANSI and NEC standards.All motors in this specification shall be UL
Listed,and suitable for use in Class 1,Groups C and D applications.
a. Motors shall be designed for continuous submerged duty in water and/or sewage,
and also suitable for operation at full load continuously in air for up to 15 minutes.
b. Three phase motors shall be rated 230/460 volt,and shall be final connected for the
higher voltage unless specified otherwise by the customer. The motor shall be
designed for easy field reconnection to the lower voltage.
c. All ratings shall be based on an ambient temperature of 40 C.
d. The motor construction shall be such that it will withstand 100 psi water pressure at
all seal locations,and shall be designed to operate at a maximum submergence depth
of 160 feet.
e. All motors shall be furnished with Class F or better insulation materials.Insulation
materials rated lower than Class F are unacceptable.
f. Motors from 1 HP up to and including 135 HP shall be rated as Class F,1.15 Service
Factor,Class 1 Groups C and D.All motors shall be UL(Underwriters Laboratories)
and CSA(Canadian Standards Association)approved,and shall be nameplated as
such.
g. All motors shall be manufactured in the United States of America.The ability to
provide engineering support,factory testing,replacement parts and UL Rerate after
repairs shall be provided domestically.
2. Motor Materials Description:
a. Bearings shall be deep selected to provide a minimum L-10life of 17,500 hours.
b. Motors shall be greased by the motor manufacturer with a premium, moisture
resistant polyuria thickened grease, containing rust inhibitors,and suitable for an
operating temperature range of-20 to+120 degrees C.
c. Dual(2)moisture sensing probes shall be provided that extend into the oil chamber
to detect the presence of moisture should the outer seal fail.A moisture detection
system shall be selected by the customer to utilize the moisture sensing probes.A
moisture relay, Warrick type 2810 or equal must be provided by the controls
manufacturer.
d. All motors shall include two normally closed thermostats connected in series and
embedded in adjacent phases as required by UL for motors of 1 HP or higher.These
leads shall be brought out in the control cable,and must be connected to the control
panel by others.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-4 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
e. The power cap and cable assembly shall be designed so as to prevent moisture from
wicking through the cable assembly,even if the cable has been punctured.Power
and Control cable entry in to the lead connection chamber shall be epoxy
encapsulated for positive moisture sealing. A Buna-N power and control cable
grommet shall be provided in addition to the epoxy filled leads.
f. The motor enclosure, end brackets,flanges and cap assembly shall be cast iron
ASTM A-48.The top end bracket shall include integrally cast provisions for vertical
lifting of the motor.
g. The motor shaft material shall be 416 stainless steel.All external hardware shall be
stainless steel,including the nameplate.
h. Two independently mounted mechanical face type seals shall be provided. The inner
and outer seals shall be separated by an oil filled chamber. Double seal(back to
back)configurations are not acceptable due to the potential for failure of both seals
as a result of lodged solids. Similarly bellows-type and jacketed seal construction
is also prohibited.
The oil chamber shall act as a barrier to trap moisture and provide sufficient time
for a planned shutdown. The oil shall also provide lubrication to the internal seal.
Standard John Crane Type 21,or U/L approved seals shall be provided. The inner
seal shall be provided with carbon rotating face and ceramic stationary face. The
outer seal shall be provided with a solid tungsten carbide rotating face and a silicon
carbide or tungsten carbide stationary face.
2.2 GRIT CLASSIFIER
A. Cyclone:
1. Performance:
a. Grit collector underflow shall be pumped to the grit cyclone(s).The cyclone(s)shall
separate inlet feed into two streams:overflow and under-flow.The overflow shall
include the majority of the liquid along with lighter organic materials which can then
be piped downstream or back to the grit collector. The underflow shall be
concentrated grit slurry which shall be directed into the grit classifier.The grit
classifier shall further remove organic material and shall separate the grit for
discharge into a grit disposal system.
b. Each cyclone shall be sized for an inlet feed of 250 gpm at a pressure of 7.5 psi At
the inlet feed conditions specified,each grit cyclone shall be capable of capturing 95
percent of the grit entering the inlet feed that is larger than 105 micron(150 mesh)
and has a specific gravity of 2.65 or greater.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-5 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
Cyclone inlet Cyclone
#Conical feed diameter overflow Apex diameter Vortex finder
Cyclone Size sections (inch) (inch) (inch) diameter(inch)
6-inch(600LC) 1 2.5 3 1.5 3
10-inch(1000C) 2 4 6 2 4
15-inch(1500CA) 2 6 8 3 6
20-inch(2000CA) 3 8 10 4.5 7.5
2. Each cyclone shall consist of a heavy-duty cast-iron volute feed chamber with one
fabricated steel cylindrical section with 2 conical sections and two apex sections of
aluminum to minimize overhung weight.
a. Each section of the cyclone shall be individually lined and protected from the high
velocity grit by a replaceable rubber liner.The cyclone shall be constructed so that
any section of the liner can be replaced independently.
b. A hinge and quick disconnect clamp shall be provided between the apex assembly
and lower cone section to allow removal of material which may clog the apex,
without disconnecting any piping on the cyclone itself. Cyclone designs that do not
provide an equal or greater number of quick disconnect sections will not be accepted
due to the decrease in operator access and safety in the event of a clog.
3. The inlet feed to the cyclone shall be 4-inch, the overflow 6-inch, with Victaulic
connections furnished by the cyclone manufacturer. Cast iron adaptor pieces will be
provided with ANSI 125 lb.flat face flanges. The adaptor piece will be fitted with a cast
iron elbow on the overflow so that the flange face will mate up with horizontal piping.
4. Each cyclone shall be supplied complete with a 2-inch apex.
5. The cyclone vortex finder shall be 4-inch diameter and made of Ni-Hard with a minimum
hardness of 500 Brinell.
6. Each cyclone inlet feed shall be tapped for a 1"NPT gauge connection and a diaphragm-
protected pressure gauge shall be provided by the cyclone manufacturer.
7. The cyclone underflow shall feed into the classifier for washing and dewatering,and be
sized so that the proper hydraulic loading is provided to the classifier.
8. The cyclone overflow will feed to piping furnished by the contractor which must be
properly and adequately vented to prevent siphoning.
9. The cyclone manufacturer shall supply a fabricated 316 stainless steel support to mount the
supplied cyclones.
a. The cyclone shall be attached to a minimum 3/8 inch 316 stainless steel mounting
plate,properly oriented such that the cyclone underflow discharges directly into the
classifier feedbox.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-6 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
B. Classifier:
Screw Screw
speed speed(6 Sluice Water
(4 pole, pole, Straight Min. Min.weir Overflow nipple
Screw 1800 1200 sided/Full pool area length drain size and diameter
size RPM) RPM) flare (ft2) (inch) type(inch) (inch)
12 rpm 8 rpm Straight 6 13.3 2-1/2 NPTF 3/8
12-inch sided
12 rpm 8 rpm Full flare 8.3 28.3 2-1/NPTF 3/8
8 rpm 5 rpm Straight 13.8 20.7 4 Grooved 3/8
18-inch sided
8 rpm 5 rpm Full flare 19.9 44.8 4 Grooved 3/8
24-inch 6 rpm 4 rpm Full flare 36 59.9 6 Grooved 1/2
30-inch 4 rpm Variable Full flare 54 74.8 6 Grooved 1/2
1. Each classifier shall consist of a Full flare fabricated 316 stainless steel grit settling tank
with a screw-type grit conveyor.
a. The classifier shall have a minimum pool area at maximum water level of 8.3 square
feet,a minimum weir length of28.3 inches,anda screw speed of 12 RPM maximum.
b. The classifier po ol depth and weir height shall be adjustable by removable weir bars.
c. The grit settling tank shall be constructed of 1/4" 316 stainless steel plate,suitably
reinforced and mounted on 316 stainless steel supports at a slope of not more than 3
1/2 inches per foot. The tank shall be designed to provide a settling compartment
where grit separation takes place,with a minimum full water depth of 150%of the
screw diameter.
d. The weir overflow shall discharge into a launder box equipped with a screwed pipe
nozzle or Victaulic fitting for connection to 2 1/2 inch drain connection.
e. The classifier tank shall be provided with a welded bar,running from the top of the
tank to below the water level to provide a sluice channel,in order to prevent the
build up of grit opposite the raked material,to aid in drainage.The manufacturer
shall supply and install a valve cock with a 3/8-inch NPT nipple for the spiral sluice
water. A 115 volt,single phase solenoid valve,which is compatible with the motor
enclosure, shall also be supplied and installed by the manufacturer for the sluice
water line and connected by the electrical contractor to open when the Hydrogritter
motor is activated.
f. Each classifier tank shall be fitted with a grit discharge opening,located such that
accumulated grit at the top(dry)end of the screw conveyor shall exit the tank in a
vertical down direction through the grit discharge opening.
2. Each classifier tank shall be supplied complete with(1)fabricated feed box to facilitate the
introduction of underflow from the cyclone into the classifier.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-7 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
Number of feedboxes Number of feedboxes
Screw size (standard) (option)
12-inch 1 2
18-inch 1 2
24-inch 2 As required
30-inch 2 As required
a. The feed box shall be reinforced minimum 12 gauge 316 stainless steel plate,and
shall be fitted with a wear protector,coated with 1/4-inch thick neoprene to protect
against abrasion, and to function as a splashguard. The wear protector and
splashguard shall be internal to the feedbox such that no splashing will be allowed
outside the feedbox. Radial flow diffusers shall not be acceptable.
b. The feed boxes shall have hinged covers,to provide for inspection of the cyclone
apexes without disturbing the cyclone piping or alignment. The hinged covers shall
be provided with two snap buckles,one on each side,for quick release.The feedbox
must allow the operator to easily view the discharge of the cyclone into the classifier
for clog diagnosis of the cyclone.Classifiers that do not incorporate a hinged
feedbox or some other type of easy access to the cyclone discharge will not be
accepted.
c. The feed boxes shall be designed andlocatedby the manufacturer to minimize short-
circuiting to the overflow weir of the classifier,and to handle maximum cyclone
underflow discharge.
d. The classifier manufacturer shall be responsible for ensuring that the feed boxes are
designed to dissipate energy generated from the cyclone underflow, to minimize
disruption of the classifier pool.
3. The grit shall be removed from the bottom of the settling compartment and discharged by
means of a 50%pitch, 12-inch diameter screw-type conveyor.
Raking Screw Screw Flight Wear Wear shoe
Screw capacity shaft shaft height Flight shoe height Wear shoe
size (tons/hr) diameter thickness (inch) thickness material (inch) thickness
12-inch 3/4 3-inch Sch. 80 4-1/8 12 gage ARS 4 10 gage
18-inch
2 4-inch Sch. 80 6-3/4 3/16 inch ARS 6-1/2 10 gage
2 4-inch Sch. 80 6-3/4 3/16 inch Ni-Hard 3-1/2 5/8 inch
24-inch 4 8-inch Sch.40 6-3/4 3/16 inch Ni-Hard 7 3/4 inch
30-inch 5 10-inch Sch. 80 8-3/8 3/8 inch Ni-Hard 8 3/4 inch
a. The screw shall be made from pre-formed heavy 316 stainless steel flight sections
welded to the shaft and fitted with replaceable wearing shoes.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-8 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
1) The screw shaft of the conveyor shall be a minimum of 3-inch diameter,
Schedule 80 pipe,and shall be designed with a maximum stress of 3000 psi,
and a fatigue at 98% reliability of 20 years minimum. If calculations are
required,they shall be signed by a registered Professional Engineer,showing
compliance with these requirements and shall be submitted for approval.
2) The flights shall be a minimum thickness of 12 gage 316 stainless steel,
welded to the pipe shaft. The flights shall be a minimum height of 4 inches,
as measures along the face of the flight.
3) Wearing shoes shall be abrasion resistant and mounted on the flights by means
of flat head screws and nuts.The abrasion resistant wearing shoes shall be
made of ARS and shall be a minimum of 10 gage in thickness by 4-inches
high.
4) The screw shall have the capacity to remove 3/4 ton(s)per hour of grit from
the grit settling tank.
5) Shaftless spirals shall not be considered equal and are not acceptable.
4. The screw conveyor shall be rigidly supported at both the upper and lower ends,so that the
screw conveyor is mounted above,and does not contact,the classifier tank. This mounting
shall provide for a clearance between the screw conveyor and the tank bottom,so that a
buildup of sand or grit will provide a bed for the screw, eliminating tank wear, and
providing a drainage area for the conveyed grit.
a. The upper end of the screw conveyor shall be connected to a cycloidal motion speed
reducer. The cycloidal speed reducer shall be designed so that all torque is
transmitted by rollers,and shall be capable of withstanding shock loads of 500%of
rated loading.
1) Gear-type speed reducers are not acceptable.
2) The cyclodrive shall be connected to a 1/2 HP, totally enclosed motor by
means of a belt drive and fitted with a guard of the same material as the spiral
guard.
Screw size Motor Horsepower
12-inch 1/2
18-inch 1
24-inch 2
30-inch 3
3) The motor shall be 2-speed allowing operation at 1200 and 1800 rpm speeds.
b. The lower end of the screw shall be supported by a submerged bearing,housed in a
water-tight cast iron housing, suitable for completely submerged operation in grit
service.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-9 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
1) The bearing shall be designed to accept radial loads from the spiral screw
conveyor.
2) The cast iron housing shall be provided with stainless steel cap screws,and
fill and drain plugs.
3) The bearing shall utilize a sealed bronze sleeve type bearing, running
completely submerged in oil,and shall require only yearly inspection and oil
change.
4) The bearing shall be provided with permanent stellite seals to prevent the
leakage of oil and infiltration of grit and other foreign particles into the
housing.The seal shall be of the self compensating type,consisting of two
matinghardened steel alloyrings,each held inplace bya rubber toric. The
g �
wearing surfaces of the rings shall be precision lapped to form an initial
sealing band of approximately 1/32 inch in width. The seal shall be designed
such that as seal rings wear through normal operation,the pressure from the
rubber torics shall push the rings further against each other to form a
broadened contact band.
5) Lower bearing designs incorporating conventional packing, requiring
external flushing, or bearings located outside the grit tank will not be
acceptable.
5. The complete drive assembly, screw conveyor, and lower bearing assembly shall be
designed so that the screw can be raised for inspection without the need to disassemble any
components,or to drain the classifier tank.
a. The complete drive assemblyshallbepivotedatthe shaft centerline so that the screw
assembly can be raised for periodic inspection.
b. The lower end of the assembly shall be attached to a manually operated handwheel
and screw-type lifting device designed to allow the entire assembly to be lifted above
the maximum water level. Cable type lifting systems are not acceptable.
c. The belts and sheaves on the drive assembly shall be covered with a guard of the
same material as the combination classifier spiral guard.
6. The classifier shall be fitted with an OSHA approved classifier spiral guard to enclose the
entire settling tank during normal operation. The classifier spiral guard shall be designed
to prevent objects from coming into contact with moving parts while the classifier is in
operation.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-10 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
Screw size Guard material Design Vent connections
Fiber reinforced plastic(FRP) Air tight (2)2 inch threaded flanges
Fiber reinforced plastic(FRP) Non-airtight N/A
12-inch Same material as tank Air tight (2)2 inch threaded flanges
Same material as tank Non-airtight N/A
Fiber reinforced plastic(FRP) Non-airtight N/A
18-inch Same material as tank Air tight (2)2 inch threaded flanges
Same material as tank Non-airtight N/A
24-inch
Same material as tank Air tight (1)6 inch threaded flange
Same material as tank Non-airtight N/A
30-inch Same material as tank Non-airtight N/A
a. The classifier spiral guard shall be provided in two pieces for ease of removal and
to minimize the weight of any single piece.
b. The cover shall be fitted with a gasket and secured with sufficient number of clamps
to provide a gas tight seal.
c. The handwheel screw extension and upper end of the screw where the driven
assembly extends through the tank shall be enclosed by a rubber expansion bellows,
which allows adjustment of the screw without the need to disconnect the bellows or
the loss of odor control integrity.
7. The classifier shall be fitted with an OSHA approved classifier spiral guard to enclose the
entire settling tank during normal operation. The classifier spiral guard shall be designed
to prevent objects from coming into contact with moving parts while the classifier is in
operation.
a. All submerged metal pieces shall be coated with a two part coal tar epoxy with a
minimum solids content of 75%to a dry film thickness of 16 to 20 mils.
b. Stainless steel parts shall receive a cosmetic blast with non-ferrous media to remove
all weld stain markings and give the surface a uniform appearance. Stainless steel
parts will not be coated.
C. Control Panel:
1. The degritting system control panel shall be self-contained providing power and control to
the grit classifier equipment as outlined herein.
a. Provide a UL listed degritting system control panel. The control panel shall be
supplied by the degritting system manufacturer.
2. Included/optional components:
a. Grit classifier/dewatering circuit breaker and variable frequency drive(VFD).
b. Main circuit breaker.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-11 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
c. Grit pump(s)motor starter(s).
d. Control power transformer.
e. Operator devices.
f. Integrated controls/control logic.
g. Surge protection device.
h. Alarm horn with silence button.
i. Alarm beacon,flashing LED type.
j. Auxiliary alarm contacts.
k. H-O-A.
1. Analog surge protection.
m. Control Relay Logic
n. Terminal strip for connection of telemetry system.
3. Enclosure:
a. All components indicated in this specification shall be housed in a single enclosure.
Construction of enclosure shall be NEMA 4X.
b. The enclosure shall be provided with wall brackets for mounting to the floor.
4. Wiring:
a. All control wiring shall have permanently marked numbers.
b. Wiring shall be accomplished in a neat manner run in PVC wiring duct with 25%
spare capacity.
5. Main Circuit Breaker:
a. The main circuit breaker shall be a thermal magnetic circuit breaker sized as required
to feed all internal circuits.
b. The main circuit breaker shall include a handle mechanism;door interlocked with
padlock lockout provisions.
6. Motor Starters:
a. Integrated full voltage,non-reversing starters shall be provided for the equipment
noted under"included components"as starters.
b. Starters shall be combination type as follows:
1) IEC style contactors with MSP type overload protection.
7. Control Power Transformer:
a. Control power shall be 120 VAC provided by an integral control power transformer.
b. The control power transformer shall include primary and secondary fusing.
c. The control transformer shall be sized to power all of the control equipment and the
sluice water solenoid.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-12 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
8. Operator Devices:
a. Pilot lights shall be 30mm Oil tight,NEMA 4x rated.
b. Operator devices shall be mounted on enclosure door.
c. The following operator devices shall be supplied:
1) "Hand-Off-Auto"selector switch for each motor.
2) "Run"pilot light for each motor starter.
3) "Hand-Off-Auto"selector switch for the sluice water solenoid.
9. Controls:
a. If HOA switches are specified,the"Hand"mode shall force the equipment on,the
"Off"mode shall force the equipment off, and the "Auto" mode shall follow the
control sequence of operation.
b. Provide all control hardware including relays,timers,and operator devices to meet
the specified sequence.
c. If multiple grit pumps are operated by the panel,a selector switch allowing for lead
pump selection or full alternation between all pumps will be provided.
10. Control Sequence of Operation:
a. Upon call for system to start,the grit classifier drive motor and sluice water solenoid
shall energize.
b. After 0-5 minutes(programmable),the grit pump shall energize.
c. The grit pump shall continue to operate for 0-60 minutes(programmable)and then
stop.
d. After the grit pump stops,the grit classifier and sluice water solenoid shall continue
to operate for 0-10 minutes(programmable)and then stop.
e. If multiple pumps are operated,the operating pump will alternate.
f. A cycle timer will start and count down the time until the start of the next cycle
(programmable for 0-546 minutes).
K. Customer terminations shall be provided for:
a. Sluice water solenoid control— 120VAC power contact.
b. Grit pump run indication—dry contact,close on run.
c. Grit classifier run indication—dry contact,close on run.
d. Remote emergency stop—Dry contact,open to stop.
e. Fault indication.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 GRIT SLURRY PUMPS
A. Installation:
1. Install the pumps in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
2. Lubricate the equipment before start-up.
3. Conduct field tests to demonstrate that the pump(s)perform in accordance with the
specifications.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-13 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
B. Performance Testing:
1. A certified shop test shall be performed on each pumping unit in accordance with the test
code of the Hydraulic Institute Section 14.6, Level 2B. Tests shall be sufficient to
determine the curves of head,input horsepower,and efficiency for capacity from shutoff
to runout. A minimum of six points,including shutoff, shall be taken for each test run. At
least one point of the six shall be taken as near as possible to each specified condition.
2. Results of the performance tests shall be certified by a Registered Professional Engineer
and submitted for approval before final shipment.
3. A representative of the owner may witness the performance testing if so desired.
3.2 GRIT CLASSIFIER
A. Installation:
1. Install the degrtting system in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
2. Lubricate the equipment before start-up.
3. Conduct field tests to demonstrate that the system performs according to the specifications.
B. Equipment Testing:
1. Description of Work:
a. The grit classifier manufacturer shall provide a method for testing the grit classifier
at the specified flow rate,in its own manufacturing facility.
2. Test Procedure:
a. It is understood that the factory test will simulate the efficiency of the grit classifier
system for collecting grit only from the test loop. It is further understood that the
actual operating conditions at the Owner's site may vary due to the inclusion of
various types and sizes of organics that may not be present in the manufacturers test
facility.
b. The test loop shall include the classifier and cyclone purchased by the owner.The
grit pump will be a unit of identical performance characteristics supplied by the grit
classifier manufacturer.
1) The test loop shall also include a test hopper,piping and sufficient associated
valving to simulate the actual design characteristics of the final installation.
2) There shall be sufficient sample points in the test loop to allow for an
evaluation of the test fluid before and after the cyclone(s)and classifier.
c. The grit classifier system manufacturer shall provide a documented test procedure
to the Consultant and/or Owner at least 2 weeks prior to the factory test,for review
by the Consultant and/or Owner.
3. Factory Test:
a. The test loop shall be filled with clear water,and by utilizing a variable speed drive,
the pump shall supply flow to the test loop identical to the design conditions.
1) The flow from the pump to the test loop shall be verified by a calibrated flow-
measuring device,or by measuring the pressure drop across the pump with
calibrated gauges and comparing the pressure drop to a factory certified test
curve for the pump.
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-14 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 23 13
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
b. A known volume and weight of water and sand shall be added to the test loop via
the hopper,such that the resultant pumped product has a content of approximately
1%solids by weight entering the cyclone.
c. The system shall be run for a minimum of 5 minutes to allow the flow rates and sand
concentrations to stabilize. Flow rates shall be measured at the cyclone inlet and at
the classifier weir.
d. The resultant flow shall be directed to flow through the cyclone(s),and test samples
shall be taken at the cyclone inlet,cyclone overflow and classifier weir.
e. The samples shall be sent to a third-party laboratory to be analyzed. Analysis shall
be based on weight,volume and/or screening sieves,as appropriate.
1) By measuring the capture rates at the various sample points and comparing
the results with the original content of the test loop,the capture rate of the grit
classifier system shall be determined.
f. If the test results do not meet the design specifications, the grit classifier
manufacturer shall be given the opportunity to make any necessary adjustments to
the classifier system,and the tests shall be repeated.
END OF SECTION 46 2313
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-15 City of Conover,NC

Section 46 2313
GRIT CLASSIFYING AND WASHING EQUIPMENT
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
KCI Project No.962004671 Northeast WWTF Headworks Improvements
December 2020 46 23 13-16 City of Conover,NC